QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K


(Mark One)  

ý

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002

OR

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                    TO                    :

Commission File Number 1-14667

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Washington
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation
or Organization)
  91-1653725
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

1201 Third Avenue, Seattle, Washington
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

98101
(Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (206) 461-2000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
  Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Title of each class
  Name of each exchange on which registered
Ligitation Tracking Warrants™   NASDAQ

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý     No  o .

        Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  ý     No  o .

        The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2002:

Common Stock – $35,086,844,423 (1)

(1)
Does not include any value attributable to 18 million shares that are held in escrow and not traded.

        The number of shares outstanding of the issuer's classes of common stock as of February 28, 2003:

Common Stock – 939,456,466 (2)

(2)
Includes 17,775,000 shares held in escrow pending resolution of the Company's asserted right to the return of such shares.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

        Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 15, 2003, are incorporated by reference into Part II and Part III.




WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
2002 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
PART I   1
  Item 1. Business   1
      Business Segments   2
      Available Information   5
      Employees   5
      Factors That May Affect Future Results   5
      Taxation   7
      Environmental Regulation   7
      Regulation and Supervision   8
      Principal Officers   13
  Item 2. Properties   15
  Item 3. Legal Proceedings   16
  Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   16
PART II   16
  Item 5. Market for our Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters   16
  Item 6. Selected Financial Data   20
  Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   17
      Controls and Procedures   17
      Critical Accounting Policies   17
      Five-Year Summary of Selected Financial Data   20
      Significant Transactions   20
      Ratios and Other Supplemental Data   22
      Earnings Performance   26
      Review of Financial Condition   33
      Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements   38
      Asset Quality   40
      Operating Segments   47
      Liquidity   51
      Capital Adequacy   54
      Market Risk Management   54
      Maturity and Repricing Information   61
      Recently Issued Accounting Standards   66
      Tax Contingency   67
      Goodwill Litigation   68
  Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk   54
  Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   70
  Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   70
PART III   70
  Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant   70
  Item 11. Executive Compensation   70
  Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   70
  Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   70
  Item 14. Controls and Procedures   17
PART IV   71
  Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K   71

i



PART I

Business

    Overview

        With a history dating back to 1889, Washington Mutual, Inc. is a financial services company committed to serving consumers and small- to mid-sized businesses. Based on our consolidated assets at December 31, 2002, we were the largest thrift holding company in the United States and the seventh largest among all U.S. bank and thrift holding companies.

    Company Growth

        Our assets have grown over the last seven years primarily through the following acquisitions:

Acquisition Name

  Date Acquired
  Loans
  Deposits
  Assets
 
  (in millions)

Keystone Holdings, Inc.   Dec. 20, 1996   $ 14,563   $ 12,815   $ 21,894
Great Western Financial Corporation   July 1, 1997     32,448     27,785     43,770
H.F. Ahmanson & Company (1)   Oct. 1, 1998     33,939     33,975     50,355
Long Beach Financial Corporation   Oct. 1, 1999     415     -     821
Mortgage operations of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (2)   Jan. 31, 2001     3,352     -     7,307
Bank United Corp.   Feb. 9, 2001     14,983     8,093     19,034
Fleet Mortgage Corp. (2)   June 1, 2001     4,378     -     7,813
Dime Bancorp, Inc.   Jan. 4, 2002     21,660     15,171     31,288
HomeSide Lending (2)   Mar. 1, 2002     1,094     -     1,232
HomeSide Lending, Inc. (3)   Oct. 1, 2002     42     -     2,775

(1)
Includes loans, deposits and assets acquired by Ahmanson from Coast Savings Financial, Inc.
(2)
This was an acquisition of selected assets and/or liabilities.
(3)
With the acquisition of SR Investment, Inc., the Company purchased the ownership of HomeSide Lending, Inc.

        During 2002, the Company completed three acquisitions. On January 4, 2002, we completed our acquisition of New York-based Dime Bancorp, Inc. The acquisition of Dime added approximately $31 billion to our asset base, including approximately $22 billion in loans, and increased our deposit base by approximately $15 billion. The acquisition of Dime also significantly contributed to the growth in our mortgage banking business, resulting in a $926 million increase to our mortgage servicing rights ("MSR") balance and a $49.24 billion increase in our portfolio of loans serviced for others.

        In two transactions during 2002, we purchased for cash HomeSide Lending, Inc., the U.S. mortgage unit of National Australia Bank Limited. The aggregate purchase price of HomeSide was $2.45 billion. The acquisition of HomeSide added approximately $1 billion in loans held for sale, approximately $960 million in net MSR and approximately $130 billion to our portfolio of loans serviced for others. We also acquired a proprietary loan servicing platform, which we intend to make our primary loan servicing platform. In addition we assumed $760 million in long-term debt and $750 million in other liabilities.

1



Business Segments

        We manage our operations by grouping our products and services within business segments. These business segments are:

    Banking and Financial Services Group;

    Home Loans and Insurance Services Group; and

    Specialty Finance Group

        The management of our interest rate risk, liquidity, capital, borrowings and purchased investment securities portfolios is performed by our Treasury Division.

        Our mission is to become the nation's leading retailer of consumer financial services. Our strategy is to focus primarily on middle-market consumers in the largest metropolitan areas. Our entry into new markets is led by the Home Loans and Insurance Services Group. Through advertising, branding and positioning we build customer awareness and encourage households to conduct business with Washington Mutual. In our selected market areas, we then overlay our retail banking operations and cross-sell key products, including checking accounts, deposit accounts and home equity loans. Store expansion was a priority in 2002 and will continue to be a priority in 2003. We plan to achieve our mission principally through organic growth and ongoing operational improvements.

    Banking and Financial Services Group

        The Banking and Financial Services Group offers a comprehensive line of financial products and services to a broad spectrum of consumers and small- to mid-sized businesses. The Group serves approximately seven million consumer households and businesses through 1,526 financial center stores, 59 business banking centers and 2,490 ATMs. The Group offers various deposit products including the Group's signature Free Checking accounts as well as other personal and business checking accounts, savings accounts, money market deposit accounts and time deposit accounts.

        The Group's goal is to increase the number of the Company's products and services used by customers, thus increasing profitability. To achieve this goal, the Group's strategy is to cross-sell products and services to existing home loan customers and to new customers in selected market areas. During 2002, we opened 143 new financial center stores primarily in the Atlanta, Phoenix, Denver and New York metropolitan areas. The configuration of our new stores is based on an innovative retail banking platform that was launched in Las Vegas in 2000, and serves customers in an open, free-flowing retail environment. We also acquired 123 financial center stores in the New York/New Jersey area as part of the Dime acquisition. In 2003 we plan to add approximately 250 new stores primarily in Chicago and the New York metropolitan area.

        In addition to deposit products and home loans and insurance products, the Group offers a full range of other consumer products and services through its financial center stores, including:

    Home equity loans and lines of credit;

    Investment advisory and securities brokerage services;

    Annuities and mutual funds; and

    Student loans, unsecured lines of credit and other consumer loans.

        Home equity loans and lines of credit account for 11% of loans held in portfolio, up from 6% at the end of 2001. Currently, less than 3% of households that have a home loan serviced by Washington Mutual have a home equity loan or line of credit with us. Home equity loans and lines of credit generally provide higher margins than home loans and represent an opportunity to expand the non-home loan portfolio.

2



        Investment advisory and securities brokerage services are provided by approximately 650 financial consultants of WM Financial Services, a licensed broker-dealer. In addition, fixed annuities are offered to the public by approximately 1,500 licensed bank employees. Our mutual fund management business, WM Advisors, Inc., offers investment advisory and mutual fund distribution services. Assets under management at December 31, 2002 totaled $13.09 billion.

        The Banking and Financial Services Group also offers a full array of commercial banking products and services primarily to small- and mid-sized businesses. These products include lines of credit, receivables and inventory financing, equipment loans, real estate financing, government-guaranteed loans, international trade financing, cash management and merchant bankcard services.

        See "Operating Segments" within Management's Discussion and Analysis for financial information regarding the Banking and Financial Services Group.

    Home Loans and Insurance Services Group

        The principal activities of the Home Loans & Insurance Services Group include:

    Originating and servicing home loans;

    Buying and selling home loans in the secondary market; and

    Managing the home loan portfolio.

        In 2002, Washington Mutual was the largest servicer and the second largest originator of mortgage loans in the nation. The Group's strategy is to remain a leading originator and servicer of home loans and to increase its market share in both loan origination and loan servicing.

        The Group offers home loans through multiple distribution channels, including 386 retail home loan centers, 36 wholesale home loan centers, correspondent channels, and directly to consumers through call centers and the internet. The Group also offers home loans through the Banking and Financial Services Group's 1,526 financial center stores.

        Through these lending channels the Group offers a diversified set of home loan products including:

    Fixed-rate home loans;

    Adjustable-rate home loans (where the interest rate may be adjusted as frequently as every month);

    Hybrid home loans (loans with a rate of interest that is fixed for a predetermined time period, typically 3 or 5 years, and then becomes adjustable); and

    Government insured or guaranteed home loans.

        Insurance services complement the mortgage lending process, and products offered include homeowners', flood, earthquake and other property and casualty insurance. Other types of insurance products offered include mortgage life insurance, accidental death and dismemberment, and term and whole life insurance. The Group also manages the Company's captive reinsurance activities.

        Home loans are either originated or purchased, and are either held in portfolio or held for sale and subsequently sold into the secondary market. We generally sell newly originated fixed-rate home loans and hybrid home loans to the Federal National Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae"), a government-sponsored enterprise.

        All loans, whether originated or purchased, are subject to the same nondiscriminatory underwriting standards. When determining whether to make a loan, the Group follows established lending policies and procedures that require consideration of an applicant's credit profile and the size and characteristics of the loan. When the Group purchases home loans, it normally delegates the underwriting responsibility to the correspondent lenders that originate the loans. Correspondent lenders are required to comply with the

3



Group's underwriting and appraisal standards, and quality control procedures are performed to ensure that compliance occurs.

        The Group is migrating to single platforms for originating and servicing home loans. The process of reducing the number of origination systems from seven to a single platform will occur in stages throughout 2003 and should be completed in 2004. In the fourth quarter of 2003, we expect to begin the multi-year process of converting from an outsourced loan servicing system to a proprietary system acquired as part of the HomeSide Lending transaction. During 2003, we will also be consolidating our nationwide loan fulfillment operations from approximately 500 locations to approximately 60 locations. We anticipate that these initiatives will improve operational efficiencies and productivity.

        Mortgage servicing involves the administration and collection of home loan payments and fees. When loans are sold into the secondary market, the Group generally retains the right to service those loans and hence retains the customer relationship. We intend to use these customer relationships to cross-sell additional products and services. The mortgage servicing portfolio (including owned loans) grew from approximately 4.3 million loans at December 31, 2001 to approximately 6.3 million at December 31, 2002. Growth in the mortgage servicing portfolio in 2002 was largely due to the acquisitions of Dime and HomeSide.

        The Group also originates, and purchases from correspondents, loans to higher-risk borrowers as part of its specialty mortgage finance program. Originated specialty mortgage finance loans, also called specialty home loans, are made through Long Beach Mortgage Company and are usually held for sale. Purchased specialty mortgage finance loans are generally held in portfolio. The risk characteristics of specialty mortgage finance loans are similar whether originated or purchased. The Group reviews and re-underwrites purchased specialty mortgage finance loans prior to purchasing them from correspondents. Charge-offs on specialty mortgage finance loans are expected to be higher over time than the Group's other home loans.

        See "Operating Segments" within Management's Discussion and Analysis for financial information regarding the Home Loans and Insurance Services Group.

    Specialty Finance Group

        The Specialty Finance Group provides financing to developers, investors, mortgage bankers and homebuilders for the acquisition, construction and development of apartment buildings ("multi-family" lending), other commercial real estate and homes. The multi-family lending business accounts for a majority of the Group's revenues. The Group also services commercial real estate mortgages as part of its commercial asset management business and conducts a consumer finance business through Washington Mutual Finance Corporation's 432 branches.

        A key element of the Group's strategy is to reduce its dependence on interest-earning assets and to increase its fee-based service offerings. The Group will achieve this goal by:

    Developing a program to pool commercial real estate loans into mortgage-backed securities for sale into the secondary market. This program will provide a distribution channel to originate, securitize and sell commercial real estate assets while retaining the servicing rights and customer relationships;

    Increasing its service offerings to include products sold to government agencies; and

    Increasing market share in the highly fragmented multi-family market through acquisition, when, and if, suitable opportunities are identified.

        The Group's multi-family lending program entails three key elements: originating loans, servicing loans and providing ancillary banking services to enhance customer retention. Combining these three elements under one umbrella has allowed the Group to become a leading originator and servicer of multi-

4



family loans. The Group's multi-family lending program has a dominant market share – more than 20% in certain key cities along the West Coast and is building its market share in the Northeast and the Midwest. In early 2003, the Group completed the consolidation of its four multi-family servicing locations into one location in Texas. The consolidation is expected to result in increased operating efficiencies while improving already high levels of customer service.

        In addition to commercial lending and servicing activities, the Specialty Finance Group, through Washington Mutual Finance's 432 branches, originates and services consumer installment loans and consumer real estate secured loans. These loans are generally held in the loan portfolio. Loans originated by Washington Mutual Finance generally earn higher yields than loans made by Washington Mutual's banking subsidiaries because they tend to have higher credit risk. The consumer installment loans are primarily for personal, family or household purposes. Such loans are unsecured or secured by luxury goods, automobiles or other personal property. Additionally, Washington Mutual Finance acquires installment contracts from local retail establishments, usually without recourse to the originating merchant.

        See "Operating Segments" within Management's Discussion and Analysis for financial information regarding the Specialty Finance Group.


Available Information

        We make our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to such reports filed pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, available as soon as reasonably practicable free of charge on or through our website located at www.wamu.com/ir after filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.


Employees

        Our number of full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2002 was 52,459, compared with 39,465 at December 31, 2001 and 28,798 at December 31, 2000. During 2002, the number of full-time equivalent employees increased primarily as a result of the acquisitions of Dime and HomeSide. We believe that we have been successful in attracting quality employees and that our employee relations are good.


Factors That May Affect Future Results

        From time to time, we have made and will make forward-looking statements. Our Form 10-K and other documents that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission have forward-looking statements. In addition, our senior management may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, the media and others. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They often include words such as "expects," "anticipates," "intends," "plans," "believes," "seeks," "estimates," or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as "will," "would," "should," "could," or "may."

        Forward-looking statements provide our expectations or predictions of future conditions, events or results. They are not guarantees of future performance. By their nature, forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties. These statements speak only as of the date they are made. We do not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that arise after the date the forward-looking statements were made. There are a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, that could cause actual conditions, events or results to differ significantly from those described in the forward-looking statements.

        Some of these factors are described below.

    General business and economic conditions may significantly affect our earnings.

        Our business and earnings are sensitive to general business and economic conditions. These conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, money supply, fluctuations in both

5


debt and equity capital markets, the strength of the U.S. economy, and of the local economies in which we conduct business. If any of these conditions worsen, our business and earnings could be adversely affected. For example, if short-term interest rates rise faster than mortgage rates, our net interest income, which is our largest component of net income, would be adversely affected. A prolonged economic downturn could increase the number of customers who become delinquent or default on their loans, or a rising interest rate environment could decrease the demand for loans. An increase in delinquencies or defaults could result in a higher level of charge-offs and provision for loan and lease losses, which could adversely affect our earnings.

        In addition, our business and earnings are significantly affected by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies. We are particularly affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve Board, which regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. The Federal Reserve Board's policies directly and indirectly influence the yield on our interest-earning assets and the cost of our interest-bearing liabilities. Changes in those policies are beyond our control and difficult to predict.

         If we are unable to effectively manage the volatility of our mortgage banking business, our earnings could be adversely affected.

        During 2001, through a series of acquisitions, we became one of the largest originators and servicers of home loans in the nation. Changes in interest rates significantly affect the mortgage banking business. One of the principal risks to the mortgage banking business is prepayments and their effect on MSR. One of the ways we mitigate this risk is by purchasing financial instruments, such as fixed-rate investment securities, interest rate contracts and forward commitments to purchase home loans, which tend to increase in value when long-term interest rates decline. The success of this strategy, however, is dependent on management's judgments regarding the amount, type and mix of MSR risk management instruments that we believe are appropriate to manage the changes in fair value of our MSR asset. If this strategy is not successful, our net income could be adversely affected. For further discussion of how interest rate basis risk and MSR prepayment risk is managed, see "Market Risk Management."

         A failure to effectively implement our business operations technology solutions could adversely affect our earnings and financial condition.

        During 2001 and early 2002, we consummated five acquisitions. As a result of these acquisitions, we significantly expanded our mortgage banking and loan servicing business, greatly expanded our consumer banking and lending presence in Texas and began consumer banking operations in the State of New York. On the mortgage banking side, we are currently integrating the technology platforms of the acquired companies into our business. We are developing single operating platforms for the origination and servicing of home loans and are migrating from a decentralized mortgage operations model to a regional processing configuration. We anticipate that these initiatives will result in economies of scale and operating efficiencies. On the consumer banking side, we are currently upgrading the technology used in our ATMs and financial center stores.

        If we experience difficulties in the integration of the technology platforms or the upgrading of software or any prolonged interruption of our service, we could experience higher than anticipated administrative costs and the loss of customers, among other things. These events could cause our earnings to be lower than anticipated and could adversely affect our operations and financial condition.

    The financial services industry is highly competitive.

        We are subject to significant competition in attracting and retaining deposits and making loans as well as in providing other financial services in all of our market areas. We face pricing competition for loan and deposit products. In addition, customer convenience and service capabilities, such as product lines offered and the accessibility of services are significant competitive factors.

6


        Our most direct competition for loans comes from other savings institutions, national mortgage companies, insurance companies, commercial banks and government-sponsored enterprises. Our most direct competition for deposits comes from savings institutions, credit unions and commercial banks doing business in our market areas. As with all banking organizations, we have also experienced competition from nonbanking sources, including mutual funds, corporate and governmental debt securities and other investment alternatives offered within and outside of our primary market areas.

    Changes in the regulation of financial services companies could adversely affect our business.

        Proposals for further regulation of the financial services industry are continually being introduced in Congress. Proposals that are now receiving a great deal of attention include consumer protection initiatives on predatory lending, credit reporting and privacy. The agencies regulating the financial services industry also periodically adopt changes to their regulations. It is possible that one or more legislative proposals may be adopted or regulatory changes may be made that would have an adverse effect on our business. For further discussion of the regulations of financial services, see "Regulation and Supervision."


Taxation

    General

        For federal income tax purposes, we report income and expenses using the accrual method of accounting on a calendar year basis. We are subject to federal income tax under existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, in generally the same manner as other corporations.

    State Income Taxation

        Many of the states in which we do business impose corporate income taxes on companies doing business in those states. The State of Washington does not currently have a corporate income tax, but has a business and occupation tax on gross receipts. Currently, the tax does not apply to interest received on loans secured by first mortgages or deeds of trust on residential properties.

    Assistance Agreement

        In connection with the Keystone acquisition, we acquired American Savings Bank, F.A. American Savings Bank was formed to effect the December 1988 acquisition of certain assets and liabilities of the failed savings and loan association subsidiary of Financial Corporation of America. In connection with the acquisition of American Savings Bank, Keystone Holdings and certain of its affiliates entered into a number of continuing agreements with the predecessor to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), including an Assistance Agreement. The Assistance Agreement provides, in part, for the payment to the Federal Savings & Loan Insurance Corporation Resolution Fund over time of 75% of most of the federal tax savings and 19.5% of most of the California tax savings (in each case computed in accordance with specific provisions contained in the Assistance Agreement) attributable to the utilization of certain tax loss carryforwards. The provision for such payments is reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements as "Income Taxes."

        See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Income Taxes."


Environmental Regulation

        Our business and properties are subject to federal and state laws and regulations governing environmental matters, including the regulation of hazardous substances and wastes. For example, under the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act and similar state laws, owners and operators of contaminated properties may be liable for the costs of cleaning up hazardous substances without regard to whether such persons actually caused the contamination. Such laws may affect us both as an owner of properties used in or held for our business, and as a secured lender on property that is found to contain hazardous substances or wastes.

7



        Further, although the environmental regulations exempt holders of security interests, the exemption may not be available if a secured party engages in the management of its borrower or the collateral property in a manner deemed beyond the protection of the secured party's interest. Federal and state legislation, as well as guidance issued by the United States Environmental Protection Agency and a number of court decisions, have provided assurance to lenders regarding the activities they may undertake and remain within the environmental regulations' secured party exemption. However, these assurances are not absolute and generally will not protect a lender or fiduciary that participates or otherwise involves itself in the management of its borrower, particularly in foreclosure proceedings. As a result, the federal environmental regulations and similar state statutes may influence our decision whether to foreclose on property that is found to be contaminated. Our general policy is to obtain an environmental assessment prior to foreclosing on commercial property. The existence of hazardous substances or wastes on such property may cause us to elect not to foreclose on the property, thereby limiting, and in some instances precluding, our realization on such loans.


Regulation and Supervision

        The following discussion describes elements of the extensive regulatory framework applicable to savings and loan holding companies, federal savings associations and state savings banks and provides some specific information relevant to us. This regulatory framework is primarily intended for the protection of depositors, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole rather than for the protection of shareholders and creditors.

        To the extent that this section describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to those provisions. Those statues and regulations, as well as related policies, are subject to change by Congress, state legislatures and federal and state regulators. Changes in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company, including interpretation or implementation thereof, could have a material effect on the Company's business.

    General

        Washington Mutual, Inc. is a Washington state corporation. It owns two federal savings associations and one Washington state-chartered savings bank, as well as numerous nonbank subsidiaries. Because our state bank has elected to be treated as a savings association for purposes of federal holding company law, Washington Mutual, Inc. is a savings and loan holding company. As a savings and loan holding company, Washington Mutual, Inc. is subject to regulation by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS").

        Our federal savings associations are subject to extensive regulation and examination by the OTS, their primary federal regulator, as well as by the FDIC. Our state bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the Director of Financial Institutions of the State of Washington (the "State Director") and by the FDIC. Our nonbank financial subsidiaries are also subject to various federal and state laws and regulations.

        All of our banking subsidiaries are under the common control of Washington Mutual, Inc. and are insured by the FDIC. If an insured institution fails, claims for administrative expenses of the receiver and for deposits in U.S. branches (including claims of the FDIC as subrogee of the failed institution) have priority over the claims of general unsecured creditors. In addition, the FDIC has authority to require any of our banking subsidiaries to reimburse it for losses it incurs in connection either with the failure of another of our banking subsidiaries or with the FDIC's provision of assistance to one of our banking subsidiaries that is in danger of failure.

    Payment of Dividends

        Washington Mutual, Inc. is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and other subsidiaries. Its principal sources of funds are cash dividends paid by those subsidiaries, investment income, and borrowings. Federal and state law limits the amount of dividends or other capital distributions that a

8


banking institution, such as our federal associations and our state bank, can pay. Each of our banking subsidiaries has a policy to remain well-capitalized and, accordingly, would not pay dividends to the extent payment of the dividend would result in it not being well-capitalized. In addition, our federal associations must file an application with the OTS at least 30 days before they can pay dividends to Washington Mutual, Inc. The ability of Washington Mutual, Inc. to borrow funds, for the purpose of paying dividends to its shareholders or otherwise, from its banking subsidiaries is limited by affiliate transaction restrictions discussed below. See Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Dividend Restrictions" for a more detailed description of the limits on the dividends our subsidiary banks can pay.

    Capital Adequacy

        Washington Mutual, Inc. is not currently subject to any regulatory capital requirements, but each of its subsidiary banking institutions is subject to various capital requirements. Our state bank is subject to FDIC capital requirements, while our federal associations are subject to OTS capital requirements. An institution's capital category depends upon where its capital levels are in relation to relevant capital measures, which include a risk-based capital measure, a leverage ratio capital measure, a tangible equity ratio measure, and certain other factors.

        Federal law and regulations establish minimum capital standards, and under the OTS and FDIC regulations, an institution is required to have a leverage ratio of at least 4.00%, a Tier 1 risk-based ratio of 4.00% and a total risk-based ratio of 8.00%. In addition, our federal associations are required to have a tangible capital ratio of 1.50%. Federal law and regulations also establish five capital categories: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. An institution is treated as well-capitalized if its ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is 10.00% or more, its ratio of core capital to risk-weighted assets is 6.00% or more, its leverage ratio is 5.00% or more, and it is not subject to any federal supervisory order or directive to meet a specific capital level. In order to be adequately capitalized, an institution must have a total risk-based capital ratio of not less than 8.00%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of not less than 4.00%, and a leverage ratio of not less than 4.00%. Any institution that is neither well-capitalized nor adequately capitalized will be considered undercapitalized. Any institution with a tangible equity ratio of 2.00% or less will be considered critically undercapitalized.

        As of December 31, 2002, each of our banking subsidiaries met all capital requirements to which they were subject and satisfied the requirements to be treated as well-capitalized. See Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Dividend Restrictions" for an analysis of our regulatory capital.

    Holding Company Status and Acquisitions

        Washington Mutual, Inc. is a multiple savings and loan holding company, as defined by federal law, because it owns more than one savings association. Washington Mutual, Inc. is regulated as a unitary savings and loan holding company, however, because the OTS deems our federal associations to have been acquired in supervisory transactions. Therefore, we are exempt from certain restrictions that would otherwise apply under federal law to the activities and investments of a multiple savings and loan holding company. These restrictions will apply to Washington Mutual, Inc. if any of our three banking institutions fails to meet a qualified thrift lender test established by federal law. The Company's three banking subsidiaries are currently in compliance with qualified thrift lender standards.

        Washington Mutual, Inc. may not acquire control of another savings association unless the OTS approves. Washington Mutual, Inc. may not be acquired by a company, other than a bank holding company, unless the OTS approves, or by an individual unless the OTS does not object after receiving notice. Washington Mutual, Inc. may not be acquired by a bank holding company unless the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve") approves. In any case, the public must

9



have an opportunity to comment on the proposed acquisition, and the OTS or Federal Reserve must complete an application review. Without prior approval from the OTS, Washington Mutual, Inc. may not acquire more than 5% of the voting stock of any savings institution that is not one of its subsidiaries.

        The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act generally restricts any non-financial entity from acquiring us unless such non-financial entity was, or had submitted an application to become, a savings and loan holding company as of May 4, 1999. Since Washington Mutual, Inc. was treated as a unitary savings and loan holding company prior to that date, Washington Mutual, Inc. may engage in non-financial activities and acquire non-financial subsidiaries.

    Federal Home Loan Bank System

        The primary purpose of the Federal Home Loan Banks (the "FHLBs") is to provide funding to their members for making housing loans as well as for affordable housing and community development lending. The FHLBs are generally able to make advances to their member institutions at interest rates that are lower than could otherwise be obtained by such institutions. The FHLB System consists of twelve regional FHLBs; each is federally chartered but privately owned by its member institutions. The Federal Housing Finance Board ("Finance Board"), a government agency, is generally responsible for regulating the FHLB System.

        Generally, an institution eligible to be a member must initially apply for membership in the FHLB for the district where the member's principal place of business is located. One of our savings associations, Washington Mutual Bank, FA ("WMBFA"), currently is a member only of the San Francisco FHLB, because WMBFA's home office is in Stockton, California. Our state bank, whose head office is in Seattle, is a member of the Seattle FHLB, as is our other federal association, whose home office is in Salt Lake City. The Dallas FHLB (of which Bank United was a member prior to merging into WMBFA) and the New York FHLB (of which Dime's depository institution subsidiary, The Dime Savings Bank of New York, FSB, was a member prior to merging into WMBFA) have requested that the Finance Board allow WMBFA to be a member of those FHLBs without terminating WMBFA's membership in the San Francisco FHLB. WMBFA has supported these requests. The Finance Board is currently considering whether institutions may be members of more than one FHLB.

    Deposit Insurance

        The FDIC insures the deposits of each of our banking subsidiaries to the applicable maximum in each institution, and such insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States government. The FDIC administers two separate deposit insurance funds, the Bank Insurance Fund (the "BIF") and the Savings Association Investment Fund (the "SAIF"). The BIF is a deposit insurance fund for commercial banks and some federal and state-chartered savings banks. The SAIF is a deposit insurance fund for most savings associations. Our state bank is a member of the BIF, but a substantial portion of its deposits is insured through the SAIF. Our federal associations are members of the SAIF, but a small portion of WMBFA's deposits is insured through the BIF.

        The FDIC has established a risk-based system for setting deposit insurance assessments. Under the risk-based assessment system, an institution's insurance assessments vary according to the level of capital the institution holds and the degree to which it is the subject of supervisory concern. In addition, regardless of the potential risk to the insurance fund, federal law requires the FDIC to establish assessment rates that will maintain each insurance fund's ratio of reserves to insured deposits at $1.25 per $100. Both funds currently meet this reserve ratio. During 2002, the assessment rate for both SAIF and BIF deposits ranged from zero to 0.27% of assessable deposits. Our banking subsidiaries qualified for the lowest rate on their deposits in 2002. Accordingly, none of these institutions paid any deposit insurance assessments in 2002. If, in the future, the reserve ratio of either insurance fund falls below required levels, that fund may reinstitute deposit insurance assessments for all institutions, including those not currently subject to deposit insurance assessments.

10


        In addition to deposit insurance assessments, the FDIC is authorized to collect assessments against deposits to be paid to the Financing Corporation ("FICO") to service FICO debt incurred in the 1980s. The FICO assessment rate is adjusted quarterly. Since 2000, SAIF- and BIF-assessable deposits have been assessed at the same rate by FICO. For the years 2001 and 2002, the average annual rate was 1.90 cents and 1.75 cents per $100 of assessable deposits.

    Affiliate Transaction Restrictions

        Our three banking subsidiaries are subject to the same affiliate and insider transaction rules applicable to member banks of the Federal Reserve System as well as additional limitations imposed by the OTS. These provisions prohibit or limit a banking institution from extending credit to, or entering into certain transactions with, affiliates, principal stockholders, directors and executive officers of the banking institution and its affiliates. For these purposes, the term "affiliate" generally includes a holding company such as Washington Mutual, Inc. and any company under common control with the banking institution. In addition, the federal law governing unitary savings and loan holding companies prohibits our banking subsidiaries from making any loan to any affiliate whose activity is not permitted for a subsidiary of a bank holding company. This law also prohibits each of our banking institutions from making any equity investment in any affiliate that is not its subsidiary. Each of our banking subsidiaries currently is in material compliance with all these provisions.

    Federal Reserve, Consumer and Other Regulation

        Numerous regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board affect the business operations of our banking subsidiaries. These include regulations relating to equal credit opportunity, electronic fund transfers, collection of checks, truth in lending, truth in savings and availability of funds.

        Under Federal Reserve regulations, our banking subsidiaries are each required to maintain a reserve against their transaction accounts (primarily interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing checking accounts). Because reserves must generally be maintained in cash or in noninterest-bearing accounts, the effect of the reserve requirements is to increase an institution's cost of funds. These amounts and percentages are subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve Board. A savings bank, like other depository institutions maintaining reservable accounts, may borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank discount window, but the Federal Reserve Board's regulations require the savings bank to exhaust other reasonable alternative sources before borrowing from the Federal Reserve Bank.

        The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act included provisions that give consumers new protections regarding the transfer and use of their nonpublic personal information by financial institutions. In addition, states are permitted under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act to have their own privacy laws, which may offer greater protection to consumers than the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. Numerous states in which the Company does business have enacted such laws.

        The four federal banking agencies, including our regulators, have jointly issued expanded examination and supervision guidance relating to two areas affecting our activities – subprime lending and, most recently, mortgage banking and MSR. The guidance on subprime lending principally applies to institutions with subprime lending programs with an aggregate credit exposure equal to or greater than 25% of an institution's Tier 1 capital and advises that examiners will evaluate the capital of each subprime lender on a case-by-case basis. WMBFA currently holds purchased specialty mortgage finance loans significantly in excess of 25% of its Tier 1 capital and could be adversely affected by the application of the guidance since a significant portion of these loans may be considered subprime loans under the guidance.

        The guidance on mortgage banking activities and mortgage servicing rights highlights the banking agencies' concerns about and provides guidance relating to mortgage banking activities, primarily in the valuation and hedging of mortgage servicing rights. The guidance states that institutions with significant exposure to mortgage related assets, especially mortgage servicing rights, should expect greater scrutiny of

11



those assets during examinations, and additional capital may be required for institutions that fail to follow the practices set forth in the guidelines.

        On October 26, 2001, President Bush signed into law the USA PATRIOT Act. The Act includes numerous provisions designed to fight international money laundering and to block terrorist access to the U.S. financial system. The provisions generally affect banking institutions, broker-dealers and certain other financial institutions. The Act requires some of our subsidiaries to adopt new policies and procedures to combat money laundering and grants the Secretary of the Treasury broad authority to establish regulations and to impose requirements and restrictions on subsidiary operations. We do not expect the impact of the Act on our operations to be material, and we have established policies and procedures to ensure compliance with the Act's provisions.

    Community Reinvestment Act

        The Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA") requires that our banking subsidiaries ascertain and help meet the credit needs of the communities we serve, including low- to moderate-income neighborhoods, while maintaining safe and sound banking practices. The regulatory agency assigns one of four possible ratings to an institution's CRA performance and is required to make public an institution's rating and written evaluation. The four possible ratings of meeting community credit needs are outstanding, satisfactory, needs to improve, and substantial noncompliance. In 2000, each of our federal associations received an "outstanding" CRA rating from the OTS. In 2002, our state bank received a "satisfactory" CRA rating from the FDIC. We maintain a CRA public file that is available for viewing. The file includes copies of our most recent CRA Public Evaluations, descriptions of our products and services, delivery outlet information, and public comments.

        In September 2001, we announced a new ten-year $375 billion community commitment, effective January 2002. This commitment replaced prior ones made by us and the companies we acquired. As of December 31, 2002, we had exceeded our yearly targets for lending in low- to moderate-income neighborhoods and underserved market areas.

    Regulatory Sanctions

        The OTS, FDIC and the State Director may sanction any of their regulated institutions that do not operate in accordance with applicable regulations, policies and directives. Proceedings may be instituted against any banking institution, or any institution-affiliated party, such as a trustee, director, officer, employee, agent, or controlling person, who engages in unsafe and unsound practices, including violations of applicable laws and regulations. The OTS, FDIC and the State Director may revalue assets of an institution, based upon appraisals, and may require the establishment of specific reserves in amounts equal to the difference between such revaluation and the book value of the assets. The FDIC has additional authority to terminate insurance of accounts, after notice and hearing, upon a finding that the insured institution is or has engaged in any unsafe or unsound practice that has not been corrected, is operating in an unsafe or unsound condition, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, or order of or condition imposed by the FDIC.

    Regulation of Nonbanking Affiliates

        As broker-dealers registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and as members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"), our broker-dealer subsidiaries are subject to various regulations and restrictions imposed by those entities, as well as by various state authorities. As a registered investment advisor, WM Advisors is subject to various federal and state securities regulations and restrictions. Our consumer finance subsidiaries are subject to various federal and state laws and regulations, including those relating to truth-in-lending, equal credit opportunity, fair credit reporting, real estate settlement procedures, debt collection practices and usury. Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulation by various state insurance regulators. Some of our subsidiaries are subject to various state licensing and examination requirements.

12



Principal Officers

        The following table sets forth certain information regarding the principal officers of Washington Mutual:

Principal Officers

  Age
  Capacity in Which Served
  Employee of
Company
Since

Kerry K. Killinger   53   Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer   1983
Thomas W. Casey   40   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   2002
Craig J. Chapman   46   Group President, Specialty Finance Group and Chief Administrative Officer   1998
Fay L. Chapman   56   Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel   1997
Daryl D. David   48   Executive Vice President, Human Resources   2000
Craig S. Davis   51   Group President, Home Loans and Insurance Services   1996
Jeremy V. Gross   44   Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer   2001
William A. Longbrake   59   Vice Chair, Enterprise Risk Management and Chief Risk Officer   1996
Robert H. Miles   46   Senior Vice President and Controller   1999
Deanna W. Oppenheimer   44   Group President, Banking and Financial Services   1985
Craig E. Tall   57   Vice Chair, Corporate Development and Strategic Planning   1985
James G. Vanasek   58   Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer   1999

        Mr. Killinger has established two committees within the management of the Company, the Executive Committee and the President's Council. He established the Executive Committee in 1990 to facilitate and coordinate decision making by and communication among the most senior executive officers of the Company who, as a committee, determine the Company's strategic direction. The President's Council, established by Mr. Killinger in December 2002 and comprised of the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Administrative Officer and the Group Presidents, is focused on operational efficiency, operational decision-making and strategic execution, with particular emphasis on operations and execution across business segments. The executive officers serving on these committees at December 31, 2002 are indicated below.

        Mr. Killinger is Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Washington Mutual. He was named President and Director in 1988, Chief Executive Officer in 1990 and Chairman in 1991. Mr. Killinger joined Washington Mutual as an Executive Vice President of Washington Mutual Bank in 1983. He has been a member of the Executive Committee since its formation in 1990.

        Mr. Casey is Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Washington Mutual. As a member of the Executive Committee and the President's Council, he oversees all aspects of Washington Mutual's corporate finance and investor relations functions. Prior to joining Washington Mutual, Mr. Casey was with GE Capital Corp. from 1992 through 2002 where he held advising, controllership and analyst positions prior to becoming Vice President of GE Capital and Vice President and CFO of GE Financial Assurance.

        Mr. Chapman is Group President of Specialty Finance and Chief Administrative Officer. He is responsible for overseeing the Commercial Real Estate and Specialty Lending units and Washington Mutual Finance Corporation. As Chief Administrative Officer, Mr. Chapman oversees operational

13



excellence, acquisition integration, corporate property services and strategic sourcing. After joining Washington Mutual in 1998 as President and Chief Executive Officer of Washington Mutual Finance Corporation, he became a member of the Executive Committee in 2001 and a member of the President's Council in 2002. Previously, Mr. Chapman served as President of AMRESCO Residential Mortgage Corporation from 1996 to 1997.

        Ms. Chapman has been Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel since 1999. She became Executive Vice President, General Counsel and a member of the Executive Committee in 1997.

        Mr. David joined Washington Mutual in 2000 as Executive Vice President, Human Resources. He is responsible for talent acquisition, organizational capabilities, leadership development and rewards and benefits. Mr. David became a member of the Executive Committee in 2001. He has more than 25 years of human resources management experience, most recently, at Amazon.com as Vice President of Strategic Growth and Human Resources.

        Mr. Davis is Group President of Home Loans and Insurance Services. He is responsible for home loan lending and insurance services and overseeing the Community and External Affairs division. Mr. Davis became Executive Vice President and a member of the Executive Committee in January 1997 and a member of the President's Council in 2002. Prior to joining Washington Mutual, he was Director of Mortgage Originations of American Savings Bank, F.A. from 1993 through 1996 and served as President of ASB Financial Services, Inc. from 1989 to 1993.

        Mr. Gross joined Washington Mutual in 2001 as Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer and became a member of the Executive Committee at that time. He is responsible for directing the Company's corporate technology strategy. Mr. Gross joined Washington Mutual from Sydney, Australia-based Westpac Banking Corp. where he was Group Executive of Technology, Operations and eCommerce from 1999 to 2001. Previously, he spent seven years at Countrywide Credit Industries where he was Managing Director and Chief Technology Officer.

        Mr. Longbrake has been Vice Chair, Enterprise Risk Management and Chief Risk Officer since 2002. He has been a member of the Executive Committee since 1996. He is responsible for managing the Company's market risk, operational risk, compliance, internal audit, security, information security, business continuity planning, insurance risk and regulatory relations. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Longbrake was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. He became Vice Chair in 1999.

        Mr. Miles has been Senior Vice President and Controller since January 2001. He serves as Washington Mutual's principal accounting officer. Mr. Miles joined the Company as Senior Vice President, Corporate Tax in June 1999. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Miles was Director, Domestic Taxes of BankBoston, N.A. from 1996 to 1999.

        Ms. Oppenheimer is Group President of Banking and Financial Services. She is responsible for consumer banking, financial services and business banking. Additionally, Ms. Oppenheimer oversees corporate marketing and corporate communications. Ms. Oppenheimer became Executive Vice President in 1993, has been a member of the Executive Committee since its formation in 1990, and became a member of the President's Council in 2002. She has been an officer of the Company since 1985.

        Mr. Tall is Vice Chair, Corporate Development and Strategic Planning. He is responsible for overseeing the Company's corporate development, including acquisitions, strategic planning, real estate investments, and Washington Mutual's Strategic Capital Fund. Mr. Tall became an Executive Vice President in 1987 and Vice Chair in 1999. He has been a member of the Executive Committee since its formation in 1990.

        Mr. Vanasek is Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer. He is responsible for overseeing all facets of the Company's credit risk management policies, strategies and performance. Mr. Vanasek became a member of the Executive Committee in 2001. Prior to joining Washington Mutual in 1999, he spent eight

14



years at the former Norwest Bank, in a variety of lending risk management positions including Chief Credit Officer.


Properties

        The Company's headquarters are located at 1201 Third Avenue, Seattle, Washington 98101. As of December 31, 2002, we conducted business in 44 states through approximately 2,773 physical distribution centers.

        Additionally, significant facilities that we owned or leased were as follows:

Location

  Leased/Owned
  Approximate
Square Footage

  Termination or
Renewal Date (1)

1201 3rd Ave., Seattle, WA   Leased   308,000   2007
1191 2nd Ave., Seattle, WA   Leased   189,000   2006
1111 3rd Ave., Seattle, WA   Leased   231,000   2006
999 3rd Ave., Seattle, WA   Leased   142,000   2006
1501 4th Ave., Seattle, WA   Leased   104,000   2010
1301 5th Ave., Seattle, WA   Leased   133,000   2008
2500 & 2530 223rd St. SE, Bothell, WA   Leased   106,000   2008
18525 36 th Ave. S, SeaTac, WA   Owned   104,000   n/a
Northridge, CA (2)   Leased   351,000   2005-2006
Stockton, CA (2)   Owned   326,000   n/a
Chatsworth, CA (2)   Leased   404,000   2003-2015
Chatsworth, CA (2)   Owned   331,000   n/a
Irvine, CA (2)   Leased   183,000   2004-2010
Irvine, CA (2)   Owned   345,000   n/a
3883 Airway Drive, Santa Rosa, CA   Owned   110,000   n/a
3200 SW Freeway, Houston, TX   Leased   358,000   2008
9601 McAllister Fwy, San Antonio, TX   Leased   159,000   2005
Jacksonville, FL (2)   Leased   409,000   2003-2009
7301 Baymeadows Way, Jacksonville, FL   Owned   147,000   n/a
2601 10th Ave. N., Lake Worth, FL   Owned   112,000   n/a
2210 Enterprise Dr., Florence, SC   Leased   179,000   2008
231 E. Ave., Albion, NY   Leased   132,000   2011
EAB Plaza, Uniondale, NY   Leased   126,000   2007
3050 Highland Pkwy, Downers Grove, IL   Leased   181,000   2013
Vernon Hills, IL (2)   Leased   408,000   2003-2006
11200 W. Parkland Ave., Milwaukee, WI   Owned   242,000   n/a

(1)
The Company has options to renew leases at most locations.
(2)
Multiple locations.

15



Legal Proceedings

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in or parties to a number of pending and threatened legal actions and proceedings, including actions brought on behalf of various classes of claimants. In certain of these actions and proceedings, claims for substantial monetary damages are asserted against the Company and its subsidiaries. Certain of these actions and proceedings are based on alleged violations of consumer protection, banking and other laws.

        In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, the Company cannot state what the eventual outcome of pending matters will be. Based on current knowledge, management does not believe that liabilities, if any, arising from any single pending proceeding will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, operations or liquidity of the Company. However, if an unfavorable outcome were to occur in more than one proceeding during the same reporting period, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on the Company's operating results for that particular period, depending upon, among other things, the level of the Company's income for such period.


Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

        No matters were submitted to shareholders during the fourth quarter of 2002.


PART II


Market for our Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters

        Our common stock trades on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WM. As of February 28, 2003, there were 939,456,466 shares issued and outstanding (including 17.775 million shares held in escrow) held by 45,385 shareholders of record. The information regarding high and low quarterly sales prices of the Company's common stock, and the quarterly cash dividends declared thereon, is set forth in this Form 10-K in the "Quarterly Results of Operations" table included under Supplementary Data on page 142 and is expressly incorporated herein by reference.

        The "Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans" are incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement in conjunction with our Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 15, 2003.

16




Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Controls and Procedures

        An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company's management, including the Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") and Chief Financial Officer ("CFO"), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures within 90 days before the filing date of this annual report. Based on that evaluation, the Company's management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective. There have been no significant changes in the Company's internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to their evaluation.

        We intend to review and evaluate the design and effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures on an ongoing basis and to improve our controls and procedures over time and to correct any deficiencies that we may discover in the future. Our goal is to ensure that our senior management has timely access to all material financial and non-financial information concerning our business. While we believe the present design of our disclosure controls and procedures is effective to achieve our goal, future events affecting our business may cause us to modify our disclosure controls and procedures.


Critical Accounting Policies

        The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make a number of judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, income and expenses in our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. We believe that the judgments, estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements are appropriate given the factual circumstances as of December 31, 2002. However, given the sensitivity of our Consolidated Financial Statements to these critical accounting policies, the use of other judgments, estimates and assumptions could result in material differences in our results of operations or financial condition.

        Various elements of our accounting policies, by their nature, are inherently subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. In particular, we have identified four policies that, due to the judgments, estimates and assumptions inherent in those policies, are critical to an

17



understanding of our Consolidated Financial Statements. The table below represents information about the nature of and rationale for the Company's critical accounting policies:



Critical
Accounting
Policy

  Consolidated
Statements
of Financial
Position Caption

  Consolidated
Statements of
Income Caption

  Nature of Estimates Required

  Reference



Fair value of mortgage servicing rights   Mortgage servicing rights   Home loan mortgage banking income (expense): Impairment adjustment   Determining the fair value of our MSR requires us to formulate conclusions about anticipated changes in future market conditions, including interest rates. Our loan servicing portfolio is subject to prepayment risk, which subjects our MSR to impairment risk.
The fair value of our MSR is estimated using a discounted cash flow model. The discounted cash flow model estimates the present value of the future net cash flows of the servicing portfolio based on various factors, such as servicing costs, expected prepayment speeds and discount rates, about which management must make assumptions based on future expectations. While the Company's model estimates a value, the specific value used is based on a variety of factors, such as documented observable data and anticipated changes in market conditions. All of the assumptions are based on standards used by market participants in valuing MSR. The reasonableness of management's assumptions about these factors is confirmed through quarterly independent broker surveys. Independent appraisals of the fair value of our servicing portfolio are obtained periodically, but not less frequently than annually, and are used by management to evaluate the reasonableness of the fair value conclusions.
  Limitations to the measurement of MSR fair value are described in the subsequent section of Management's Discussion and Analysis – "Earnings Performance" on page 29. See the key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value for home loans' MSR to immediate changes in those assumptions in Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Mortgage Banking Activities."

Rate lock commitments   Other assets   Home loan mortgage banking income (expense): Gain from mortgage loans   The Company enters into commitments to make loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is set prior to funding (rate lock commitments). Rate lock commitments on mortgage loans that are intended to be sold are considered to be derivatives, and therefore, they are recorded at fair value. In measuring the fair value of rate lock commitments, the amount of the expected servicing rights is included in the valuation. This value is calculated using the same methodologies as are used to value the Company's MSR, adjusted using an anticipated fallout factor for loan commitments that will never be funded. This policy of recognizing the value of the derivative has the effect of recognizing the gain from mortgage loans before the loans are sold.   See further discussion in the subsequent section of Management's Discussion and Analysis – "Earnings Performance" on page 29.

18




Critical
Accounting
Policy

  Consolidated
Statements
of Financial
Position Caption

  Consolidated
Statements of
Income Caption

  Nature of Estimates Required

  Reference



Allowance for loan and lease losses   Allowance for loan and lease losses   Provision for loan and lease losses   The allowance for loan and lease losses represents management's estimate of credit losses inherent in the Company's loan and lease portfolios as of the balance sheet date. The estimation of the allowance is based on a variety of factors, including past loan loss experience, adverse situations that have occurred but are not yet known that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, the estimated value of the underlying collateral and general economic conditions. The Company's methodology for assessing the adequacy of the allowance includes the evaluation of three distinct elements: the formula allowance, the specific allowance and the unallocated allowance. The ultimate recovery of all loans is susceptible to future market factors beyond the Company's control.   The estimates and judgments are described in further detail in the subsequent sections of Management's Discussion and Analysis – "Asset Quality" on page 43 and in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies."

Net periodic pension expense   Other assets   Compensation and benefits   The net periodic pension expense is actuarially determined using assumed discount rates, assumed rates of compensation increase and expected return on assets. These assumptions are ultimately determined by management.
The discount rate is determined using Moody's Aa spot rate as of year end. The compensation rate is determined by reviewing the Company's salary increases each year along with reviewing industry averages. The expected return on assets represents management's expectation of the average rate of earnings on the funds invested to provide for the benefits included in the projected benefit obligation.
  The impact to compensation and benefits expense if certain assumptions are changed is discussed in the subsequent section of Management's Discussion and Analysis – "Liquidity" on page 53.

        Management has discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting policies with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. In addition, there are other complex accounting standards that require the Company to employ significant judgment in interpreting and applying certain of the principles prescribed by those standards. These judgments include, but are not limited to, the determination of whether a financial instrument or other contract meets the definition of a derivative in accordance with Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , and the applicable hedge deferral criteria. These policies and the judgments, estimates and assumptions are described in greater detail in subsequent sections of Management's Discussion and Analysis and in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies."

19




Five-Year Summary of Selected Financial Data

 
  December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
  1998
 
  (in millions, except per share amounts)

Income Statement Data (for the year ended)                              
  Net interest income   $ 8,341   $ 6,876   $ 4,311   $ 4,452   $ 4,292
  Provision for loan and lease losses     595     575     185     167     162
  Noninterest income     4,790     3,248     1,984     1,509     1,507
  Noninterest expense     6,382     4,617     3,126     2,910     3,268
  Net income     3,896     3,114     1,899     1,817     1,487
  Net income per common share (1) :                              
    Basic   $ 4.12   $ 3.65   $ 2.37   $ 2.12   $ 1.74
    Diluted     4.05     3.59     2.36     2.11     1.71
  Dividends declared per common share     1.06     0.90     0.76     0.65     0.49

Balance Sheet Data (at year end)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Securities   $ 43,972   $ 58,349   $ 58,724   $ 60,786   $ 47,046
  Loans held for sale     33,996     26,582     3,404     794     1,827
  Loans held in portfolio     147,528     130,251     119,626     113,746     107,612
  Mortgage servicing rights     5,341     6,241     1,017     643     461
  Goodwill     6,270     2,175     937     1,077     862
  Assets     268,298     242,506     194,716     186,514     165,493
  Deposits     155,516     107,182     79,574     81,130     85,492
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     16,717     39,447     29,756     30,163     18,340
  Advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     51,265     61,182     57,855     57,094     39,749
  Other borrowings     15,264     12,576     9,930     6,203     4,630
  Redeemable preferred stock     -     102     -     -     -
  Stockholders' equity     20,134     14,063     10,166     9,053     9,344

(1)
Restated for all stock splits.


Significant Transactions

        The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto presented elsewhere in this report.

        During 2002, the Company completed three acquisitions. On January 4, 2002, we completed our acquisition of New York-based Dime Bancorp, Inc. The aggregate purchase price of Dime was approximately $5.3 billion. The acquisition of Dime added approximately $31 billion to our asset base, including approximately $22 billion in loans, and increased our deposit base by approximately $15 billion. The acquisition of Dime also significantly contributed to the growth in our mortgage banking business, resulting in a $926 million increase to our MSR balance and a $49.24 billion increase in our portfolio of loans serviced for others.

        In two transactions during 2002, we purchased for cash HomeSide Lending, Inc., the U.S. mortgage unit of National Australia Bank Limited. The aggregate purchase price of HomeSide was $2.45 billion. The acquisition of HomeSide added approximately $1 billion in loans held for sale, approximately $960 million in net MSR and approximately $130 billion to our portfolio of loans serviced for others. We also acquired a proprietary loan servicing platform, which we intend to make our primary loan servicing platform. In addition we assumed $760 million in long-term debt and $750 million in other liabilities.

        The Company also sold servicing rights during 2002, which, together with high amortization levels and impairment that were attributable to low interest rates during the year, resulted in a $900 million decrease in our net MSR balance. These sales were part of the Company's strategy to actively manage the size of our MSR while still retaining the customer relationships.

20



        Also during 2002, the Company significantly increased its level of deposits primarily due to the growth in Platinum Account balances, which increased from $9.40 billion at December 31, 2001 to $50.20 billion at December 31, 2002. The increase in deposits resulted in a reduction in our wholesale borrowings, which declined from $105.32 billion at December 31, 2001 to $69.23 billion at December 31, 2002.

        During 2001, we completed three acquisitions. On January 31, we acquired the mortgage operations of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. for approximately $7.0 billion. On February 9, we acquired Texas-based Bank United Corp. for approximately $1.4 billion, and on June 1, we acquired Fleet Mortgage Corp., a unit of FleetBoston Financial Corp., and certain other mortgage lending operations of Fleet National Bank for approximately $7.5 billion. Substantially due to these acquisitions, our loan serviced for others portfolio grew from $85.88 billion at January 1, 2001 to $382.50 billion at December 31, 2001 and our loans held for sale increased from $3.40 billion to $26.58 billion. Correspondingly, the MSR associated with our servicing portfolio increased from $1.02 billion at January 1, 2001 to $6.24 billion at December 31, 2001. The acquisition of Bank United also increased our deposit base by $8.09 billion and added approximately $12 billion to our loans held in portfolio.

        Variances in the amounts reported on the Consolidated Statements of Income between 2002, 2001 and prior years and on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition between 2002 and 2001 are partially attributable to the results from the aforementioned acquisitions as the results from those operations are included prospectively from the date of acquisition.

21



    Ratios and Other Supplemental Data

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 
Profitability                    
  Return on average assets     1.44 %   1.38 %   1.01 %
  Return on average common stockholders' equity     19.48     23.53     21.15  
  Net interest margin     3.48     3.32     2.38  
  Efficiency ratio (1)     48.60     44.23     48.34  

Asset Quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Nonaccrual loans   $ 2,257   $ 2,030   $ 834  
  Foreclosed assets     336     228     153  
   
 
 
 
    Total nonperforming assets     2,593     2,258     987  
  Nonperforming assets/total assets     0.97 %   0.93 %   0.51 %
  Restructured loans   $ 98   $ 118   $ 120  
   
 
 
 
    Total nonperforming assets and restructured loans     2,691     2,376     1,107  
  Allowance for loan and lease losses     1,653     1,404     1,014  
  Allowance as a percentage of total loans held in portfolio     1.12 %   1.08 %   0.85 %
  Net charge-offs   $ 411   $ 305   $ 177  

Capital Adequacy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Stockholders' equity/total assets     7.50 %   5.80 %   5.22 %
  Tangible common equity (2) /total tangible assets (2)     5.29     5.14     4.79  
  Estimated total risk-based capital/risk-weighted assets (3)     11.57     12.87     11.07  

Per Common Share Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Number of common shares outstanding at end of period (in thousands)     944,047     873,089     809,784  
  Common stock dividend payout ratio     25.73 %   24.66 %   32.07 %
  Book value per common share (4)     $21.74     $16.45     $12.84  
  Market prices:                    
    High     39.45     42.69     37.25  
    Low     28.41     28.56     14.54  
    Year end     34.53     32.70     35.38  

(1)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding amortization of goodwill, divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(2)
Excludes unrealized net gain/loss on available-for-sale securities and derivatives, goodwill and intangible assets, but includes MSR.
(3)
Estimate of what the total risk-based capital ratio would be if Washington Mutual, Inc. was a bank holding company that complies with Federal Reserve Board capital requirements.
(4)
Excludes 18 million shares held in escrow pending resolution of the Company's asserted right to the return of such shares.

22


        Certain average balances, together with the total dollar amounts of interest income and expense and the weighted average interest rates, were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
  Average
Balance

  Rate
  Interest
Income

  Average
Balance

  Rate
  Interest
Income

  Average
Balance

  Rate
  Interest
Income

 
  (dollars in millions)

Assets                                                
Interest-earning assets:                                                
  Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements   $ 2,352   1.70 % $ 40   $ 335   4.46 % $ 15   $ 132   5.95 % $ 8
  Available-for-sale securities (1) :                                                
    Mortgage-backed securities     24,656   5.46     1,345     41,430   6.94     2,875     40,699   6.80     2,767
    Investment securities     32,508   4.96     1,614     13,187   5.29     698     681   6.44     44
  Held-to-maturity securities (1) :                                                
    Mortgage-backed securities     -   -     -     -   -     -     17,770   7.38     1,311
    Investment securities     -   -     -     -   -     -     137   5.82     8
  Loans held for sale  (2)     28,128   6.13     1,724     17,719   6.79     1,203     2,338   8.58     201
  Loans held in portfolio (2)(3) :                                                
    Loans secured by real estate:                                                
      Home loans     86,042   5.90     5,077     81,686   7.23     5,908     78,980   7.47     5,898
      Purchased specialty mortgage finance     9,028   6.27     566     6,936   7.63     529     4,387   7.83     344
   
     
 
     
 
     
          Total home loans     95,070   5.94     5,643     88,622   7.26     6,437     83,367   7.49     6,242
      Home construction loans:                                                
        Builder (4)     1,316   5.93     78     1,826   7.72     141     424   10.60     45
        Custom (5)     906   8.19     74     905   8.96     81     908   9.01     82
      Home equity loans and lines of credit:                                                
        Banking subsidiaries     13,382   5.91     790     7,248   7.72     560     5,005   8.47     424
        Washington Mutual Finance     2,100   12.06     253     2,056   12.74     262     1,782   12.61     225
      Multi-family     17,973   6.01     1,081     16,480   7.72     1,273     15,507   7.85     1,218
      Other real estate     8,368   6.83     572     5,913   7.98     472     3,700   8.59     317
   
     
 
     
 
     
          Total loans secured by real estate     139,115   6.10     8,491     123,050   7.50     9,226     110,693   7.73     8,553
    Consumer:                                                
      Banking subsidiaries     2,349   9.37     220     1,804   10.96     198     1,476   10.90     161
      Washington Mutual Finance     1,714   18.87     324     1,731   18.63     322     1,673   19.38     324
    Commercial business     4,227   5.13     217     4,010   7.08     284     1,562   9.56     149
   
     
 
     
 
     
          Total loans held in portfolio     147,405   6.28     9,252     130,595   7.68     10,030     115,404   7.96     9,187
  Other     4,597   5.93     272     4,103   5.95     244     3,648   7.06     257
   
     
 
     
 
     
          Total interest-earning assets     239,646   5.94     14,247     207,369   7.26     15,065     180,809   7.62     13,783
Noninterest-earning assets:                                                
  Mortgage servicing rights     6,650               5,276               808          
  Goodwill     6,054               1,901               1,024          
  Other     19,117               11,027               4,931          
   
           
           
         
          Total assets   $ 271,467             $ 225,573             $ 187,572          
   
           
           
         
(This table is continued on next page)                                                

(1)
The average balance and yield on available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities are based on average amortized cost balances.
(2)
Nonaccrual loans are included in the average loan amounts outstanding.
(3)
Interest income for loans held in portfolio includes amortization of net deferred loan origination costs of $259 million, $173 million, and $65 million for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000.
(4)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale.
(5)
Represents construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

23


 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
  Average
Balance

  Rate
  Interest
Expense

  Average
Balance

  Rate
  Interest
Expense

  Average
Balance

  Rate
  Interest
Expense

 
  (dollars in millions)

Liabilities                                                
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                
  Deposits:                                                
    Interest-bearing checking   $ 40,338   2.55 % $ 1,028   $ 7,540   1.58 % $ 119   $ 5,967   1.08 % $ 65
    Savings accounts and money market deposit accounts     31,545   1.48     466     35,873   3.17     1,136     29,553   4.08     1,207
    Time deposit accounts     37,422   3.14     1,174     36,496   5.04     1,839     36,340   5.55     2,018
   
     
 
     
 
     
      Total interest-bearing deposits     109,305   2.44     2,668     79,909   3.87     3,094     71,860   4.58     3,290
  Federal funds purchased and commercial paper     3,478   1.92     67     4,806   4.11     198     3,442   6.34     218
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     34,830   2.31     804     29,582   4.05     1,197     28,491   6.62     1,885
  Advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     59,449   2.83     1,680     63,859   4.58     2,924     56,979   6.39     3,643
  Other     14,014   4.90     687     13,289   5.84     776     7,198   6.05     436
   
     
 
     
 
     
      Total interest-bearing liabilities     221,076   2.67     5,906     191,445   4.28     8,189     167,970   5.64     9,472
   
     
 
     
 
     
Noninterest-bearing sources:                                                
  Noninterest-bearing deposits     25,396               16,613               8,416          
  Other liabilities     5,015               4,308               2,207          
  Stockholders' equity     19,980               13,207               8,979          
   
           
           
         
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 271,467             $ 225,573             $ 187,572          
   
           
           
         
Net interest spread and net interest income         3.27   $ 8,341         2.98   $ 6,876         1.98   $ 4,311
             
           
           
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources         0.21               0.34               0.40      
Net interest margin         3.48               3.32               2.38      

24


        The dollar amounts of interest income and interest expense fluctuate depending upon changes in interest rates and upon changes in the volume of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Changes attributable to (i) changes in volume (changes in average outstanding balances multiplied by the prior period's rate), (ii) changes in rate (changes in average interest rate multiplied by the prior period's volume), and (iii) changes in rate/volume (changes in rate times the change in volume) which were allocated proportionately to the changes in volume and the changes in rate and included in the relevant column below were as follows:

 
  2002 vs. 2001
  2001 vs. 2000
 
 
  Increase/(Decrease) Due to
   
  Increase/(Decrease) Due to
   
 
 
  Total
Change

  Total
Change

 
 
  Volume
  Rate
  Volume
  Rate
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Interest Income                                      
Federal funds sold and securities purchased
under resale agreements
  $ 39   $ (14 ) $ 25   $ 9   $ (2 ) $ 7  
Available-for-sale securities:                                      
  Mortgage-backed securities     (1,001 )   (529 )   (1,530 )   50     58     108  
  Investment securities     962     (46 )   916     663     (9 )   654  
Held-to-maturity securities:                                      
  Mortgage-backed securities     -     -     -     (2,525 )   1,214     (1,311 )
  Investment securities     -     -     -     (15 )   7     (8 )
Loans held for sale     647     (126 )   521     1,052     (50 )   1,002  
Loans held in portfolio:                                      
  Loans secured by real estate:                                      
    Home loans     302     (1,133 )   (831 )   199     (190 )   9  
    Purchased specialty mortgage finance     142     (106 )   36     195     (9 )   186  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total home loans     444     (1,239 )   (795 )   394     (199 )   195  
    Home construction loans:                                      
      Builder (1)     (34 )   (28 )   (62 )   111     (15 )   96  
      Custom (2)     -     (7 )   (7 )   -     (1 )   (1 )
    Home equity loans and lines of credit:                                      
      Banking subsidiaries     386     (156 )   230     176     (40 )   136  
      Washington Mutual Finance     5     (14 )   (9 )   35     2     37  
    Multi-family     108     (300 )   (192 )   76     (20 )   56  
    Other real estate     175     (75 )   100     178     (24 )   154  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total loans secured by real estate     1,084     (1,819 )   (735 )   970     (297 )   673  
  Consumer:                                      
    Banking subsidiaries     54     (31 )   23     36     1     37  
    Washington Mutual Finance     (3 )   4     1     11     (12 )   (1 )
  Commercial business     15     (82 )   (67 )   182     (48 )   134  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total loans held in portfolio     1,150     (1,928 )   (778 )   1,199     (356 )   843  
Other     29     (1 )   28     30     (43 )   (13 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total interest income     1,826     (2,644 )   (818 )   463     819     1,282  
Interest Expense                                      
Deposits:                                      
  Interest-bearing checking     797     113     910     20     35     55  
  Savings accounts and money market deposit
accounts
    (124 )   (546 )   (670 )   230     (301 )   (71 )
  Time deposit accounts     46     (712 )   (666 )   8     (188 )   (180 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total deposit expense     719     (1,145 )   (426 )   258     (454 )   (196 )
Borrowings:                                      
  Federal funds purchased and commercial paper     (45 )   (86 )   (131 )   70     (91 )   (21 )
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     186     (579 )   (393 )   70     (758 )   (688 )
  Advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     (190 )   (1,054 )   (1,244 )   402     (1,121 )   (719 )
  Other     41     (130 )   (89 )   357     (16 )   341  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total borrowing expense     (8 )   (1,849 )   (1,857 )   899     (1,986 )   (1,087 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total interest expense     711     (2,994 )   (2,283 )   1,157     (2,440 )   (1,283 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income   $ 1,115   $ 350   $ 1,465   $ (694 ) $ 3,259   $ 2,565  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale.
(2)
Represents construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

25



Earnings Performance

    Net Interest Income

        For the year ended December 31, 2002, net interest income increased $1.47 billion, or 21% compared with the same period in 2001. Most of this increase was attributable to the growth in average interest-earning assets, which increased primarily as a result of the Dime acquisition, and the expansion of the net interest margin, which increased 16 basis points during the year. The margin benefited from the full effect that the 475 basis point reduction in the Federal Funds rate in 2001 had on our wholesale borrowings, which reprice to market interest levels more quickly than our interest-earning assets. After peaking in the first quarter of 2002, the net interest margin declined throughout the remainder of 2002, largely due to the downward repricing of loans and debt securities.

        The interest expense on interest-bearing checking accounts experienced a significant increase in 2002 due to the growth of, and the rates offered on, Platinum Accounts. During the year ended December 31, 2002, the average balance of Platinum Accounts was $34,018 million, compared with $1,384 million during the year ended December 31, 2001. The rates offered on Platinum Accounts increased the average rate paid on interest-bearing checking accounts from 1.58% in 2001 to 2.55% in 2002. At December 31, 2002, the balance in Platinum Accounts totaled $50.20 billion.

        For the year ended December 31, 2001, net interest income increased $2.57 billion, or 59%, compared with the same period in 2000. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to a significant improvement in the net interest margin. The net interest margin was 3.32% for 2001, compared with 2.38% for 2000. As a result of the Federal Funds rate cuts that occurred during 2001, the cost of our wholesale borrowings during 2001 was significantly lower than 2000. The increase in deposits, coupled with lower rates, also benefited the margin in 2001. An increase in average interest-earning assets, primarily resulting from the addition of the Bank United loan portfolio and the mortgage banking operations of PNC and Fleet, also contributed to the growth in net interest income.

        Interest rate contracts, including embedded derivatives, held for asset/liability interest rate risk management purposes decreased net interest income by $407 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. Interest rate contracts, including embedded derivatives, increased net interest income by $22 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 and by $67 million for the year ended December 31, 2000.

26



    Noninterest Income

        Noninterest income consisted of the following:

 
   
   
   
  Percentage Change
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002/
2001

  2001/
2000

 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (in millions)

   
   
 
Home loan mortgage banking income (expense):                            
  Loan servicing income:                            
    Loan servicing fees   $ 2,237   $ 1,375   $ 295   63 % 366 %
    Loan subservicing fees     100     24     -   317   -  
    Amortization of mortgage servicing rights     (2,616 )   (1,054 )   (133 ) 148   692  
    Impairment adjustment     (3,219 )   (1,701 )   (9 ) 89   -  
    Other, net     (371 )   (165 )   (19 ) 125   768  
   
 
 
         
      Net home loan servicing (expense) income     (3,869 )   (1,521 )   134   154   -  
  Revaluation gain from derivatives     2,517     -     -   -   -  
  Net settlement income from certain interest-rate swaps     382     -     -   -   -  
  Gain from mortgage loans     1,280     963     262   33   268  
  GNMA pool buy-out income     319     2     -   -   -  
  Loan related income     268     156     35   72   346  
  Gain on sale of originated mortgage-backed securities     34     117     2   (71 ) -  
   
 
 
         
      Total home loan mortgage banking income (expense)     931     (283 )   433   -   -  
Depositor and other retail banking fees     1,634     1,290     976   27   32  
Securities fees and commissions     362     303     318   19   (5 )
Insurance income     177     100     49   77   104  
Portfolio loan related income     349     193     82   81   135  
Gain (loss) from other available-for-sale securities     768     600     (4 ) 28   -  
Gain on extinguishment of securities sold under agreements to repurchase     282     621     -   (55 ) -  
Other income     287     424     130   (32 ) 226  
   
 
 
         
      Total noninterest income   $ 4,790   $ 3,248   $ 1,984   47   64  
   
 
 
         

    Home Loan Mortgage Banking Income

        The increase in home loan servicing fees for the year ended December 31, 2002 was the result of the increase in our loans serviced for others portfolio, partially offset by a decline in the aggregate weighted average servicing fee. Our loans serviced for others portfolio increased from $382,500 million at year ended December 31, 2001 to $604,504 million at year ended December 31, 2002 primarily as a result of the acquisition of Dime and HomeSide along with strong levels of salable home loan volume, in which we retain the servicing relationship. The strong home loan volume during 2002 was primarily due to high refinancing volume, which was caused by very low mortgage rates and the expansion of our correspondent lending activities, which resulted from the acquisition of Dime and HomeSide in 2002, and Fleet Mortgage in 2001. The increase in home loan servicing fees for 2001, as compared with 2000, was substantially the result of the addition of the loan servicing portfolios of Bank United, PNC Mortgage and Fleet Mortgage.

27


        Total loans serviced for others portfolio by type was as follows:

 
  December 31, 2002
  December 31, 2001
 
  Unpaid Principal
Balance

  Weighted Average
Servicing Fee

  Unpaid Principal
Balance

  Weighted Average
Servicing Fee

 
  (in millions)

  (in basis points, annualized)

  (in millions)

  (in basis points, annualized)

Government   $ 89,762   54   $ 61,541   52
Agency     391,833   35     242,075   45
Private     110,808   46     69,996   51
Specialty home loans     12,101   50     8,888   50
   
     
   
  Total loans serviced for others portfolio   $ 604,504   40   $ 382,500   47
   
     
   

        The decrease in the weighted average servicing fee from 47 basis points at December 31, 2001 to 40 basis points at December 31, 2002 was primarily due to sales of servicing rights, which decreased the net MSR balance by $997 million, but had no impact on the unpaid principal balance of the loans serviced for others portfolio.

        A continued decrease in long-term mortgage rates during the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 led to higher anticipated prepayment rates, which resulted in MSR impairment of $3,219 million and $1,701 million for 2002 and 2001, thereby increasing the MSR impairment allowance to $4,521 million at December 31, 2002 and $1,714 million at December 31, 2001. Continued high volumes of actual prepayment activity during the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, coupled with the growth in the MSR servicing portfolio, resulted in higher MSR amortization, as compared with the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000.

        In measuring the impairment of MSR, we stratify the loans in our servicing portfolio primarily based on loan type and coupon rate. We measure MSR impairment by estimating the fair value of each stratum. An impairment allowance for a stratum is recorded when, and in the amount by which, its fair value is less than its carrying value. At December 31, 2002, we stratified the loans in our servicing portfolio as follows:

 
  December 31, 2002
 
  Rate Band

  Gross
Book Value

  Valuation
Allowance

  Net
Book Value

  Fair Value
 
   
  (in millions)

   
   
Adjustable   All loans   $ 1,643   $ 382   $ 1,261   $ 1,261
Conventional   7.49% and below     4,148     2,040     2,108     2,108
Conventional   7.50% to 8.99%     915     527     388     388
Conventional   9.00% and above     34     -     34     40
Government   7.49% and below     1,079     522     557     557
Government   7.50% to 8.99%     728     373     355     355
Government   9.00% and above     46     19     27     27
Private   7.49% and below     744     422     322     322
Private   7.50% to 8.99%     298     178     120     120
Private   9.00% and above     27     -     27     27
       
 
 
 
  Primary servicing         9,662     4,463     5,199     5,205
Master servicing   All loans     127     58     69     69
Specialty home loans   All loans     53     -     53     84
Multi-family   All loans     20     -     20     22
       
 
 
 
  Total       $ 9,862   $ 4,521   $ 5,341   $ 5,380
       
 
 
 

28


        Interest rate bands are generally sorted into 150 basis point intervals. The Company will consider adding additional strata to our servicing portfolio if loans with coupon rates below 6.00% reach significant levels.

        The value of our MSR asset is subject to prepayment risk. Future expected net cash flows from servicing a loan in our servicing portfolio will not be realized if the loan pays off earlier than anticipated. Moreover, since most loans within our servicing portfolio do not contain penalty provisions for early payoff, we will not receive a corresponding economic benefit if the loan pays off earlier than expected. MSR represent the discounted present value of the future net cash flows we expect to receive from our servicing portfolio. Accordingly, prepayment risk subjects our MSR to impairment risk.

        We estimate fair value of each MSR stratum using a discounted cash flow model. The discounted cash flow model estimates the present value of the future net cash flows of the servicing portfolio based on various factors, such as servicing costs, expected prepayment speeds and discount rates, about which management must make assumptions based on future expectations. While the Company's model estimates a value, the specific value used is based on a variety of factors, such as documented observable data and anticipated changes in market conditions. All the assumptions are based on standards used by market participants in valuing MSR. The reasonableness of management's assumptions about these factors is confirmed through quarterly independent broker surveys. Independent appraisals of the fair value of our servicing portfolio are obtained periodically, but not less frequently than annually, and are used by management to evaluate the reasonableness of the fair value conclusions.

        Our methodology for estimating the fair value of MSR is highly sensitive to changes in assumptions. For example, our determination of fair value uses anticipated prepayment speeds. Actual prepayment experience may differ and any difference may have a material effect on the MSR fair value. Changes in fair value based on a variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Thus, any measurement of MSR fair value is limited by the conditions existing and assumptions made as of a particular point in time. Those assumptions may not be appropriate if they are applied to a different point in time. Refer to "Market Risk Management" for discussion of how MSR prepayment risk is managed and to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further discussion of how MSR impairment is measured. For a quantitative analysis of key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of MSR, and a sensitivity analysis based on changes to those assumptions, see Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Mortgage Banking Activities."

        The continuing high volume of refinancing activity allowed us to generate strong levels of salable home loan volume during the year ended December 31, 2002. Additionally, the Company enters into commitments to make loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is set prior to funding (rate lock commitments). Rate lock commitments on mortgage loans that are intended to be sold are considered to be derivatives. Therefore, they are recorded, at fair value, in other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition with changes in fair value recorded in gain from mortgage loans on the Consolidated Statements of Income. In measuring the fair value of rate lock commitments, the amount of the expected servicing rights is included in the valuation. This value is calculated using the same methodologies as are used to value the Company's MSR, adjusted using an anticipated fallout factor for loan commitments that will never be funded.

        This policy of recognizing the value of the derivative has the effect of recognizing the gain from mortgage loans before the loans are sold. The fair value of rate lock commitments on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2002 and 2001 for which the underlying loans had not been funded was $473 million and $3 million.

        The FASB staff or the Emerging Issues Task Force may issue additional guidance on this matter. Depending on what, if any, additional guidance is issued, the timing of the gain recognition inherent within our rate lock commitments could be delayed, possibly until the date that the anticipated loans are sold.

29



Generally, loans held for sale are sold within 60 to 120 days after the initial recognition of the rate lock commitment.

        Rate lock commitment volume totaled $236.05 billion for the year ended December 31, 2002, compared with $134.16 billion for the same period in 2001. The total notional amounts of rate lock commitments outstanding, including an anticipated fallout factor, at December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001 were $26.97 billion and $12.59 billion. The high levels of rate lock commitment volume resulted in gain from mortgage loans of $1,280 million during the year ended December 31, 2002 compared with $963 million during the same period in 2001. Gain from mortgage loans for the year ended December 31, 2001 increased compared with 2000 as a result of higher levels of loan volume caused by low mortgage interest rates.

        Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA") pool buy-out income was $319 million for 2002. Beginning in 2002, the Company began to regularly exercise its buy-back rights under the terms of its contracts with GNMA. The Company has the right to repurchase certain loans that are part of GNMA securitization pools before they have reached nonperforming status. In one part of the Company's program, loans that have been 30 days past due for three consecutive months (referred to as "rolling 30 loans") are repurchased from GNMA and then resold in the secondary market. In the other, loans that have missed three consecutive payments are likewise purchased and resold. These loans are collectively referred to as Early Buy-Out Loans.

        Gain from the sale of these loans was $126 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. In the future, the Company will not have the option of repurchasing "rolling 30 loans" from pools created after January 1, 2003, but will continue to make such purchases from previously created pools. The Company does not expect this change to have a significant impact on its results of operations in 2003.

        Additionally, as part of its normal Federal Housing Administration and Department of Veterans Affairs lending program, the Company repurchases defaulted loans from GNMA and undertakes collection and, if necessary, foreclosure proceedings with respect to those loans. Upon completion of the foreclosure, the Company can also submit a claim to either the Federal Housing Administration or the Department of Veterans Affairs for payment on the insurance or guarantee, as the case may be, issued by that agency. The portion of the recovery which is attributed to interest income owed to the Company is also recorded in this category. That interest income, together with interest income on the Early Buy-Out Loans was $193 million for 2002.

        Loan related income increased during the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. A significant portion of this increase was due to increased late charges on the loans serviced for others and loan prepayment fees on certain adjustable-rate mortgages with prepayment penalty provisions.

        Gain from sale of originated mortgage-backed securities during the first quarter of 2001 included gains from the sale of adjustable-rate mortgage loans that were securitized in the fourth quarter of 2000 and other mortgage-backed securities that were securitized in earlier periods.

30



        The following table separately presents the MSR and the asset/liability risk management activities included within noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2002.

 
  MSR Risk
Management

  Asset/Liability
Risk Management

  Total
 
  (in millions)

Gain (loss) from other available-for-sale securities   $ 795   $ (27 ) $ 768
Revaluation gain (loss) from derivatives     2,645     (128 )   2,517
Gain on extinguishment of securities sold under agreements to repurchase     257     25     282
Net settlement income from certain interest-rate swaps     382     -     382
   
 
 
  Total   $ 4,079   $ (130 ) $ 3,949
   
 
 

        The total amount of income from MSR risk management instruments offset MSR impairment and higher levels of MSR amortization that resulted from high loan prepayment activity.

        Revaluation gain from derivatives is the earnings impact of the changes in fair value from certain derivatives where the Company has not attempted to achieve hedge accounting treatment under Statement No. 133. The significant increase in the revaluation gain from derivatives was due to the Company decreasing its reliance on investment securities during 2002 by shifting to a blend of investment securities and derivatives. These derivatives were mostly used for MSR risk management purposes. The total notional amount of these MSR risk management derivatives at December 31, 2002 was $41.97 billion with a combined fair value of $3.03 billion, compared with zero at December 31, 2001.

        Net settlement income from certain interest-rate swaps represents the income from interest rate swaps where the Company has not attempted to achieve hedge accounting treatment under Statement No. 133. These swaps predominantly consisted of receive-fixed interest rate swaps, which were used as MSR risk management derivatives. At December 31, 2002, the total notional amount of these receive-fixed interest-rate swaps was $17.92 billion, compared with zero at December 31, 2001.

    All Other Noninterest Income Analysis

        The increase in depositor and other retail banking fees for the year ended December 31, 2002 was primarily due to higher levels of checking fees that resulted from an increased number of noninterest-bearing checking accounts in comparison with the year ended December 31, 2001 and an increase in fees from debit card services. The number of these accounts at December 31, 2002 totaled over 5.8 million, an increase of more than 846,000 from December 31, 2001. This increase included approximately 200,000 noninterest-bearing checking accounts acquired from Dime during the first quarter of 2002. The increase in depositor and other retail banking fees for the year ended December 31, 2001 was primarily due to higher levels of checking fees that resulted from an increased number of noninterest-bearing checking accounts.

        Securities fees and commissions increased during the year ended December 31, 2002 primarily due to a continued increase in sales of fixed annuities. The decrease in securities fees and commissions from 2001 compared with 2000 was due to lower sales of investment products, including variable annuities, largely the result of investor uncertainty regarding the stock market. Offsetting this decline was a significant increase in fees from the sale of fixed annuities.

        Insurance income increased during the year ended December 31, 2002 and year ended December 31, 2001 primarily due to the continued growth in our captive reinsurance programs. The Dime acquisition also contributed to an increase in revenues in optional insurance and property and casualty insurance products.

        The growth in portfolio loan related income for the year ended December 31, 2002 was mostly due to increased late charges on the loan portfolio, continued high loan prepayment fees as a result of refinancing activity and the Dime acquisition. The growth in portfolio related income for the year ended December 31, 2001 was also largely due to increased late charges and higher loan prepayment fees.

31


        Gain from other available-for-sale securities increased during the year ended December 31, 2002, mostly as a result of increased sales of U.S. Government securities used as MSR risk management instruments. Gain on extinguishment of securities sold under agreements to repurchase ("repurchase agreements") decreased during the year ended December 31, 2002 compared with 2001 largely due to a reduction in terminations of certain repurchase agreements with embedded interest rate floors.

        The decrease in other noninterest income during the year ended December 31, 2002 was primarily due to the Company's removal of the cash flow hedge designation on certain payor swaptions which resulted in the Company reclassifying a loss of $112 million from accumulated other comprehensive income to other noninterest income, and a reduction in some of the specific gains realized during 2001 as described below. This overall decrease during 2002 was partially offset by a $125 million revaluation gain on residual interests in collateralized mortgage obligations. The increase in other income during the year ended December 31, 2001 was primarily due to a $55 million revaluation gain on residual interests in collateralized mortgage obligations, $37 million from our bank-owned life insurance program, a $34 million net gain from the sale of financial center stores and a gain of $32 million on Concord EFS, Inc. stock prior to its donation to the Washington Mutual Foundation.

    Noninterest Expense

        Noninterest expense consisted of the following:

 
   
   
   
  Percentage Change
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002/
2001

  2001/
2000

 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (in millions)

   
   
 
Compensation and benefits   $ 2,899   $ 1,924   $ 1,348   51 % 43 %
Occupancy and equipment     1,153     804     604   43   33  
Telecommunications and outsourced information services     524     441     323   19   37  
Depositor and other retail banking losses     204     144     105   42   37  
Amortization of goodwill     - (1)     139     83   (100 ) 67  
Amortization of other intangible assets     67     33     23   103   43  
Advertising and promotion     246     185     132   33   40  
Postage     192     136     98   41   39  
Professional fees     208     201     101   3   99  
Loan expense     211     126     50   67   152  
Travel and training     141     112     63   26   78  
Reinsurance expense     51     13     -   292   -  
Other expense     486     359     196   35   83  
   
 
 
         
  Total noninterest expense   $ 6,382   $ 4,617   $ 3,126   38   48  
   
 
 
         

(1)
The Company adopted Statement No. 142 on January 1, 2002, and no longer amortizes goodwill.

        The increase in employee base compensation and benefits expense for the year ended December 31, 2002 over the same period a year ago was primarily due to the acquisitions of Dime and HomeSide, the hiring of additional staff to support our expanding operations and an increase in incentive compensation. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2001 over the same period in December 31, 2000 was primarily due to the acquisition of PNC Mortgage, Bank United and Fleet Mortgage. Full-time equivalent employees were 52,459 at December 31, 2002 compared with 39,465 at December 31, 2001 and 28,798 at December 31, 2000. The Dime and HomeSide acquisitions added a total of approximately 9,000 full-time equivalent employees.

32



        The increase in occupancy and equipment expense for the year ended December 31, 2002 resulted primarily from rent, maintenance and depreciation expense related to the recent acquisitions. A majority of the increase in occupancy and equipment expense for the year ended December 31, 2001 resulted from properties and equipment acquired from the PNC Mortgage, Bank United and Fleet Mortgage acquisitions.

        The increase in telecommunications and outsourced information services expense for the year ended December 31, 2002 was primarily attributable to higher usage of voice and data network services, outsourced data processing services and internet services. A significant portion of the increase in telecommunications and outsourced information services expense during the year ended December 31, 2001 was attributable to higher rates, effective at the beginning of the year, with a third party service provider. Additionally, the Company added 266 and 194 financial center stores during the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 as a result of organic growth and acquisitions.

        A majority of the increase in depositor and other retail banking losses in the periods reported was due to higher loss levels per account as a result of increases in forgeries and returned deposited items. Also contributing to this increase was the growth in new checking accounts and the number of ATMs.

        The increase in amortization of other intangible assets expense during the year ended December 31, 2002 was substantially due to the core deposit intangible acquired in the Dime acquisition. Amortization of goodwill and intangible assets increased in 2001 primarily due to the PNC Mortgage, Bank United and Fleet Mortgage acquisitions. Upon adopting Statement No. 142 at January 1, 2002, goodwill amortization was eliminated.

        Advertising and promotion expense increased for the year ended December 31, 2002 primarily due to the marketing campaign in the greater New York metropolitan area, and to a lesser extent, due to our expansion into the metropolitan areas of Denver, Atlanta and Phoenix. The increase in advertising and promotion expense during the year ended December 31, 2001 was primarily due to additional costs associated with marketing campaigns for various loan and deposit products and our expansion into new markets.

        The increase in loan expense for the year ended December 31, 2002 and for the year ended December 31, 2001 was primarily due to higher non-deferred loan closing costs, which were attributable to an overall increase in loan originations and purchases, and higher mortgage payoff expenses.

        Travel and training increased for the year ended December 31, 2002 and for the year ended December 31, 2001 primarily due to increased travel related to the 2002 acquisitions of Dime and HomeSide and the 2001 acquisitions of PNC Mortgage, Bank United and Fleet Mortgage, and the training of new employees and recently transferred employees from the aforementioned acquisitions.

        A significant portion of the increase in other expense during the year ended December 31, 2002 was due to increases in foreclosed assets expense, regulatory assessments, outside printing services, business taxes and office supplies. The increase in other expense during the year ended December 31, 2001 was primarily due to increases in contributions to the Washington Mutual Foundation, provision for losses on delinquent GNMA pool buy-outs and other outside services expense.


Review of Financial Condition

    Assets

        At December 31, 2002, our assets were $268.30 billion, an increase of $25.79 billion or 11% from $242.51 billion at December 31, 2001. This increase was primarily attributable to the Dime and HomeSide acquisitions.

33


    Securities

        Securities consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
 
  (in millions)

Available-for-sale securities, total amortized cost of $42,592 and $58,783:            
  Mortgage-backed securities   $ 28,375   $ 28,568
  Other investment securities     15,597     29,781
   
 
    Total available-for-sale securities   $ 43,972   $ 58,349
   
 

        Upon adopting Statement No. 133 at January 1, 2001, we reclassified our held-to-maturity securities to available-for-sale. Other investment securities decreased $14,184 million to $15,597 million at December 31, 2002 from $29,781 million at December 31, 2001, largely due to the sales of U.S. Government and agency bonds. Refer to Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Securities" for additional information on securities, classified by security type.

    Loans

        Total loans consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
  1998
 
  (in millions)

Loans held for sale   $ 33,996   $ 26,582   $ 3,404   $ 794   $ 1,827
Loans held in portfolio:                              
  Loans secured by real estate:                              
    Home loans     82,842     79,624     80,181     80,234     79,275
    Purchased specialty mortgage finance     10,128     8,209     5,541     3,124     -
   
 
 
 
 
        Total home loans     92,970     87,833     85,722     83,358     79,275
    Home construction loans:                              
      Builder (1)     1,017     1,623     440     338     280
      Custom (2)     932     979     991     905     740
    Home equity loans and lines of credit:                              
      Banking subsidiaries     16,168     7,970     5,772     4,404     3,444
      Washington Mutual Finance     1,930     2,100     1,991     1,433     1,123
    Multi-family (3)     18,000     15,608     15,657     15,261     14,559
    Other real estate (4)     7,986     6,089     3,920     3,585     4,195
   
 
 
 
 
        Total loans secured by real estate     139,003     122,202     114,493     109,284     103,616
  Consumer:                              
    Banking subsidiaries     1,663     2,009     1,669     1,438     1,460
    Washington Mutual Finance     1,729     1,755     1,737     1,629     1,451
  Commercial business     5,133     4,285     1,727     1,395     1,085
   
 
 
 
 
        Total loans held in portfolio   $ 147,528   $ 130,251   $ 119,626   $ 113,746   $ 107,612
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale.
(2)
Represents construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.
(3)
Includes multi-family construction balances of $491 million in 2002, $385 million in 2001, $90 million in 2000, $52 million in 1999 and $16 million in 1998.
(4)
Includes other commercial real estate construction balances of $469 million in 2002, $608 million in 2001, $177 million in 2000, $185 million in 1999 and $205 million in 1998.

34


        The increase in loans held for sale in 2002 was primarily the result of higher fixed-rate loan production, which occurred due to high refinancing activity from lower mortgage rates and the addition of the mortgage operations through the acquisitions of Dime and HomeSide in 2002. Substantially all of the increase in loans held for sale in 2001 was due to higher fixed-rate loan production, which occurred due to lower mortgage rates and the acquisitions of Bank United, PNC Mortgage and Fleet Mortgage.

        The increase in loans held in portfolio resulted predominantly from increases in total home loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, and multi-family loans. The increase in these categories of loans resulted from high volumes of loan originations and purchases coupled with loans added through the Dime and HomeSide acquisitions. The increase in loans held in portfolio in 2001 was mostly due to the acquisition of Bank United. The increase in loans held in portfolio for both 2002 and 2001 was partially offset by higher levels of prepayment activity within our home loans (excluding purchased specialty mortgage finance) portfolio.

        Home, multi-family and other commercial real estate construction loans and commercial business loans by maturity date were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2002
 
  Due
Within One Year

  After One But
Within Five Years

  After
Five Years

  Total
 
  (in millions)

Home construction loans:                        
  Adjustable rate   $ 434   $ 742   $ 14   $ 1,190
  Fixed rate     121     59     579     759
Multi-family construction loans:                        
  Adjustable rate     18     369     43     430
  Fixed rate     -     35     26     61
Other commercial real estate construction loans:                        
  Adjustable rate     19     306     118     443
  Fixed rate     -     17     9     26
Commercial business:                        
  Adjustable rate     1,450     2,521     794     4,765
  Fixed rate     13     151     204     368
   
 
 
 
    Total   $ 2,055   $ 4,200   $ 1,787   $ 8,042
   
 
 
 

35


        Loan volume was as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
 
  (in millions)

Loans secured by real estate:            
  Home loans:            
    Adjustable rate   $ 84,627   $ 37,224
    Fixed rate     176,040     107,538
    Specialty mortgage finance     14,077     10,333
   
 
      Total home loan volume     274,744     155,095
  Home construction loans:            
    Builder (1)     1,842     1,957
    Custom (2)     761     917
  Home equity loans and lines of credit:            
    Banking subsidiaries     15,254     7,537
    Washington Mutual Finance     1,051     937
  Multi-family     5,839     2,697
  Other real estate     1,818     1,422
   
 
      Total loans secured by real estate     301,309     170,562
Consumer:            
  Banking subsidiaries     760     540
  Washington Mutual Finance     1,791     1,760
Commercial business     2,193     2,219
   
 
      Total loan volume   $ 306,053   $ 175,081
   
 

(1)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale.
(2)
Represents construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

        Loan volume by channel was as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
 
  (in millions)

Originated   $ 200,107   $ 112,173
Purchased/Correspondent     105,946     62,908
   
 
  Total loan volume by channel   $ 306,053   $ 175,081
   
 

36


        Refinancing activity (1) was as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
 
  (in millions)

Home loans:            
  Adjustable rate   $ 60,170   $ 25,099
  Fixed rate     118,224     70,023
  Specialty mortgage finance     5,394     2,433
   
 
    Total home loan refinances     183,788     97,555
Home construction loans     50     31
Home equity loans and lines of credit and consumer     2,814     364
Multi-family and other real estate     2,155     1,257
   
 
    Total refinances   $ 188,807   $ 99,207
   
 

(1)
Includes loan refinancings entered into by both new and pre-existing loan customers.

        Loan volume increased during 2002 due primarily to higher refinancing activity caused by historically low mortgage rates. Purchased/correspondent loans increased during 2002 due to the expansion of our correspondent lending activities, which was primarily due to the acquisition of Fleet Mortgage. The acquisitions of Dime and HomeSide also partly contributed to the increase. Purchased/correspondent volume for specialty mortgage finance loans was $5.87 billion in 2002, compared with $4.95 billion in 2001.

    Deposits

        Deposits consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
 
  (in millions)

Checking accounts:            
  Interest bearing   $ 56,132   $ 15,350
  Noninterest bearing     35,730     22,386
   
 
      91,862     37,736
Savings accounts     10,313     6,970
Money market deposit accounts     19,573     25,514
Time deposit accounts     33,768     36,962
   
 
    Total deposits   $ 155,516   $ 107,182
   
 

        Deposits increased to $155,516 million at December 31, 2002 from $107,182 million at December 31, 2001. Substantially all of the increase in interest-bearing checking accounts was due to the growth in Platinum Accounts, which increased from $9.40 billion at December 31, 2001 to $50.20 billion at December 31, 2002. During the year ended December 31, 2002, the number of Platinum Accounts increased by 549,688 from 133,557 to 683,245. As a result of the Dime acquisition, we added $15.17 billion in deposits for the year. At December 31, 2002, total deposits included $25.90 billion in custodial/escrow deposits related to loan servicing activities, compared with $10.11 billion at December 31, 2001. Time deposit accounts decreased by $9.29 billion from year-end 2001 offset by the addition of $6.10 billion of time deposit accounts included in the Dime acquisition. The net decrease was primarily a result of decreases in liquid certificates of deposit accounts and other certificates of deposits maturing in less than one year.

37



        Checking accounts, savings accounts and money market deposit accounts increased to 78% of total deposits at December 31, 2002, compared with 66% at year-end 2001. These products generally have the benefit of lower interest costs, compared with time deposit accounts. Even though checking, savings and money market deposits are more liquid, we consider them to be the core relationship with our customers. At December 31, 2002, deposits funded 58% of total assets, compared with 44% at year-end 2001.

    Borrowings

        Our borrowings predominantly take the form of repurchase agreements and advances from the Federal Home Loan Banks of Seattle, San Francisco, Dallas and New York. The exact mix of these two types of wholesale borrowings at any given time is dependent upon the market pricing of the individual borrowing sources.

        Our wholesale borrowings decreased by $36,090 million at December 31, 2002 compared with year-end 2001 due to a significant increase in deposits as a result of Platinum Accounts. Other borrowings, however, increased by $2,688 million during 2002 predominantly due to the issuance of senior and subordinated debt, and trust preferred income securities acquired from Dime. Refer to "Liquidity" for further discussion of funding sources at December 31, 2002, compared with year-end 2001.


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

    Asset Securitization

        We transform loans into securities, which are sold to investors – a process known as securitization. Securitization involves the sale of loans to a qualifying special-purpose entity ("QSPE"), typically a trust. Generally, in a securitization, we transfer financial assets to QSPEs, which are legally isolated from the Company. The QSPEs, in turn, issue interest-bearing securities, commonly called asset-backed securities, that are secured by future collections on the sold loans. The QSPE sells securities to investors, which entitle them to receive specified cash flows during the term of the security. The QSPE uses proceeds from the sale of these securities to pay the purchase price for the sold loans. The proceeds from the issuance of the securities are then distributed to the Company as consideration for the loans transferred. The Company has not used unconsolidated special-purpose entities as a mechanism to remove nonaccrual loans and foreclosed assets from the balance sheet.

        Securitization is used to provide a source of liquidity and less expensive funding and also reduces our credit exposure to borrowers. As part of non-agency securitizations, we use QSPEs to facilitate the transfer of mortgage loans into the secondary market. These entities are not consolidated within our financial statements since they satisfy the criteria established by Statement No. 140 , Accounting for the Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities . In general, these criteria require the QSPE to be demonstrably distinct from the transferor (the Company), be limited to permitted activities, and have defined limits on the assets it can hold and the permitted sales, exchanges or distributions of its assets.

        We routinely securitize home, specialty home loans and commercial real estate loans into the secondary market. The allocated carrying value of loans securitized and sold during the year ended December 31, 2002 was $163.60 billion compared with $102.05 billion in 2001. Investors and securitization trusts do not have any recourse to the Company for loans securitized and sold during the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. When we sell or securitize loans, we generally retain the right to service the loans and may retain senior, subordinated, residual, and other interests, all of which are considered retained interests in the securitized assets. Retained interests may provide credit enhancement to the investors and represent the Company's maximum risk exposure associated with these transactions. Investors in the securities issued by the QSPEs have no further recourse against the Company if cash flows generated by the securitized assets are inadequate to service the obligations of the QSPEs. Additional information concerning securitization transactions is included in Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Mortgage Banking Activities."

38



        Retained interests are recorded on the balance sheet and represent mortgage-backed securities and MSR. Retained interests in mortgage-backed securities in which the securitization has been accounted for as a sale, were $10.78 billion at December 31, 2002. Retained interests in MSR were $5.34 billion at December 31, 2002.

    Contractual Obligations

        The following table presents, as of December 31, 2002, the Company's significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations, within the categories described below, by payment date. These contractual obligations, except for the operating lease obligations, are included in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The payment amounts represent those amounts contractually due to the recipient.

 
  Payments Due by Period (in millions)
Contractual Obligations

  Total
  Less than
1 year

  1-3 years
  3-5 years
  After
5 years

Debt obligations   $ 83,246   $ 32,437   $ 25,017   $ 19,689   $ 6,103
Capital lease obligations     90     9     17     13     51
Operating lease obligations     1,702     365     574     316     447
Purchase obligations:                              
  Forward purchase commitments     23,443     23,443     -     -     -
  Loan rate lock commitments (1)     26,970     26,970     -     -     -
   
 
 
 
 
Total contractual obligations   $ 135,451   $ 83,224   $ 25,608   $ 20,018   $ 6,601
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
Loan rate lock commitments are adjusted for rate locks which are expected to terminate prior to the time the loan is funded.

        The Company enters into derivative contracts under which the Company is required to either receive cash or pay cash to counterparties depending on changes in interest rates. Derivative contracts are carried at fair value on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition with the fair value representing the net present value of expected future cash receipts or payments based on market interest rates as of the balance sheet date. The fair value of the contracts changes daily as market interest rates change. Further discussion of derivative instruments is included in Note 1 – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 21 – "Derivative Financial Instruments" to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

    Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

        The Company may also have liabilities under certain contractual agreements contingent upon occurrence of certain events. A discussion of significant contractual arrangements under which the Company may be held contingently liable, including guarantee arrangements, is included in Note 14 – "Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies" to the Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, the Company has commitments and obligations under pension and other postretirement benefit plans as described in Note 20 – "Employee Benefits Programs and Other Expense" to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

39



Asset Quality

    Nonaccrual Loans, Foreclosed Assets and Restructured Loans.

        Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when they are 90 days or more past due or when the timely collection of the principal of the loan, in whole or in part, is not expected. Management's classification of a loan as nonaccrual or restructured does not necessarily indicate that the principal of the loan is uncollectible in whole or in part.

        Nonaccrual loans and foreclosed assets ("nonperforming assets") and restructured loans consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
  1998
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Nonaccrual loans:                                
  Nonaccrual loans secured by real estate:                                
    Home loans   $ 1,017   $ 974   $ 509   $ 572   $ 689  
    Purchased specialty mortgage finance     488     328     127     23     -  
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Total home loan nonaccrual loans     1,505     1,302     636     595     689  
    Home construction loans:                                
      Builder (1)     42     26     16     15     7  
      Custom (2)     7     10     2     3     2  
    Home equity loans and lines of credit:                                
      Banking subsidiaries     36     34     27     22     19  
      Washington Mutual Finance     37     40     25     10     4  
    Multi-family     50     56     10     21     44  
    Other real estate     414     376     35     33     44  
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Total nonaccrual loans secured by real estate     2,091     1,844     751     699     809  
  Consumer:                                
    Banking subsidiaries     18     12     10     8     9  
    Washington Mutual Finance     69     74     61     50     49  
  Commercial business     79     100     12     10     7  
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Total nonaccrual loans held in portfolio     2,257     2,030     834     767     874  
Foreclosed assets     336     228     153     199     275  
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Total nonperforming assets   $ 2,593   $ 2,258   $ 987   $ 966   $ 1,149  
        As a percentage of total assets     0.97 %   0.93 %   0.51 %   0.52 %   0.69 %
Restructured loans   $ 98   $ 118   $ 120   $ 117   $ 179  
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Total nonperforming assets and restructured loans   $ 2,691   $ 2,376   $ 1,107   $ 1,083   $ 1,328  
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale.
(2)
Represents construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

        Nonaccrual loans increased to $2,257 million at December 31, 2002 from $2,030 million at December 31, 2001. Of the increase in nonaccrual loans during the year ended December 31, 2002, approximately $106 million was attributable to loans originated by Dime and HomeSide. These loans are concentrated in home loans as well as the commercial business and commercial real estate loan categories.

        Nonaccrual loans held for sale, which are excluded from the nonaccrual balances presented above, were $119 million, $123 million, $32 million, $30 million and zero at December 31, 2002, 2001, 2000, 1999

40



and 1998. Loans held for sale are accounted for at the lower of aggregate cost or market value, with valuation changes included as adjustments to gain from mortgage loans.

        Home loan nonaccrual loans (excluding purchased specialty mortgage finance) of $1,017 million increased by $43 million during the year ended December 31, 2002. Nonperforming loan sales, as well as continued strength in the housing market, moderated the overall increase in home loan nonaccruals. During the year, nonperforming loans sale activity reduced nonaccrual loans by $135 million.

        Purchased specialty mortgage finance nonaccrual loans totaled $488 million, an increase of $160 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was primarily due to higher rates of unemployment, which resulted from the sluggish economy.

        At December 31, 2002, other real estate on nonaccrual totaled $414 million, compared with $376 million at December 31, 2001. Nonaccrual loans to finance franchise-oriented businesses increased $128 million during the year offsetting improvements in the nonresidential commercial real estate portfolio. The Company elected to discontinue its franchise finance lending activities due to the weak performance of the convenience store segment of the business and the change in ownership of Franchise Finance Corporation of America, the source of this portfolio. This portfolio, which includes both the fast food and convenience store segments, totaled $633 million at December 31, 2002. The nonaccrual loans in this portfolio have been specifically reserved.

        Multi-family loans on nonaccrual totaled $50 million at year end, of which $5 million was attributable to Dime and HomeSide. This portfolio continues to exhibit strong and stable performance with nonaccrual loans in this category representing 0.28% of total multi-family loans at December 31, 2002 compared with 0.36% at December 31, 2001. Commercial business nonaccrual loans decreased $21 million during the year ended December 31, 2002 to $79 million.

        At December 31, 2002, foreclosed assets were $336 million, compared with $228 million at December 31, 2001. The Company's foreclosed assets include both home and commercial real estate as well as a small amount of personal property. Of the $108 million increase in 2002, $65 million was comprised of home loan properties and $43 million was comprised of commercial real estate.

        If interest on nonaccrual loans under the original terms had been recognized, such income is estimated to have been $134 million in 2002, $106 million in 2001 and $66 million in 2000.

41



        Loans held in portfolio (exclusive of the allowance for loan and lease losses) and nonaccrual loans by geographic concentration at December 31, 2002 were as follows:

 
  California
  Washington/Oregon
  New York/New Jersey
 
 
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Loans secured by real estate:                                      
  Home loans   $ 40,897   $ 280   $ 7,344   $ 129   $ 7,496   $ 124  
  Purchased specialty mortgage finance     2,562     53     347     27     1,136     55  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total home loans     43,459     333     7,691     156     8,632     179  
  Home construction loans:                                      
    Builder (1)     315     2     87     1     48     -  
    Custom (2)     377     1     356     3     20     1  
  Home equity loans and lines of credit:                                      
    Banking subsidiaries     8,272     12     2,668     12     1,211     1  
    Washington Mutual Finance     447     4     54     2     21     -  
  Multi-family     13,628     2     1,090     1     1,766     5  
  Other real estate     1,746     18     1,649     17     1,851     17  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total loans secured by real estate     68,244     372     13,595     192     13,549     203  
Consumer:                                      
  Banking subsidiaries     461     2     519     7     101     -  
  Washington Mutual Finance     154     7     25     1     2     -  
Commercial business     1,003     4     920     6     761     17  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total loans held in portfolio (exclusive of the allowance for loan and lease losses)   $ 69,862   $ 385   $ 15,059   $ 206   $ 14,413   $ 220  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and nonaccrual loans as a percentage of total loans and total nonaccrual loans     47 %   17 %   10 %   9 %   10 %   10 %
 
  Florida
  Texas
 
 
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Loans secured by real estate:                          
  Home loans   $ 4,887   $ 74   $ 1,657   $ 35  
  Purchased specialty mortgage finance     671     30     630     30  
   
 
 
 
 
    Total home loans     5,558     104     2,287     65  
  Home construction loans:                          
    Builder (1)     104     18     231     16  
    Custom (2)     24     -     8     -  
  Home equity loans and lines of credit:                          
    Banking subsidiaries     639     2     1,691     3  
    Washington Mutual Finance     138     3     225     3  
  Multi-family     164     20     260     15  
  Other real estate     192     38     531     39  
   
 
 
 
 
      Total loans secured by real estate     6,819     185     5,233     141  
Consumer:                          
  Banking subsidiaries     70     1     288     3  
  Washington Mutual Finance     111     5     267     9  
Commercial business     294     6     576     27  
   
 
 
 
 
    Total loans held in portfolio (exclusive of the allowance for loan and lease losses)   $ 7,294   $ 197   $ 6,364   $ 180  
   
 
 
 
 
Loans and nonaccrual loans as a percentage of total loans and total nonaccrual loans     5 %   9 %   4 %   8 %
(Continued on next table)                          

(1)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale.
(2)
Represents construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

42


 
  Other (3)
  Total
 
 
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Loans secured by real estate:                          
  Home loans   $ 20,561   $ 375   $ 82,842   $ 1,017  
  Purchased specialty mortgage finance     4,782     293     10,128     488  
   
 
 
 
 
    Total home loans     25,343     668     92,970     1,505  
  Home construction loans:                          
    Builder (1)     232     5     1,017     42  
    Custom (2)     147     2     932     7  
  Home equity loans and lines of credit:                          
    Banking subsidiaries     1,687     6     16,168     36  
    Washington Mutual Finance     1,045     25     1,930     37  
  Multi-family     1,092     7     18,000     50  
  Other real estate     2,017     285     7,986     414  
   
 
 
 
 
      Total loans secured by real estate     31,563     998     139,003     2,091  
Consumer:                          
  Banking subsidiaries     224     5     1,663     18  
  Washington Mutual Finance     1,170     47     1,729     69  
Commercial business     1,579     19     5,133     79  
   
 
 
 
 
    Total loans held in portfolio (exclusive of the allowance for loan and lease losses)   $ 34,536   $ 1,069   $ 147,528   $ 2,257  
   
 
 
 
 
Loans and nonaccrual loans as a percentage of total loans and total nonaccrual loans     24 %   47 %   100 %   100 %

(1)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale.
(2)
Represents construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.
(3)
Of this category, Illinois had the largest portfolio balance of approximately $3.92 billion and the largest nonaccrual amount of $132 million.

    Provision and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

        Due to economic trends, and the growth in nonaccrual loans, the provision for loan and lease losses increased to $595 million during 2002 from $575 million in 2001. As a percentage of average loans, net charge-offs were 0.28% for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared with 0.23% for the year ended December 31, 2001.

        Net charge-offs for 2002 totaled $411 million, an increase of $106 million over the prior year. While representing less than 2% of the Company's assets, Washington Mutual Finance represented 40% of total net charge-offs for the year. This higher level of charge-offs in a consumer finance operation such as Washington Mutual Finance is expected due to the higher risk nature of the customer base as reflected in the interest rates charged for these loans.

        During 2002, growth in purchased specialty mortgage finance and Small Business Administration charge-offs exceeded the growth of the corresponding portfolios. Small Business Administration losses centered on convenience store lending and declined substantially in the latter months of 2002. The primary reason for increased consumer finance and home loan losses was the higher unemployment rate throughout the year stemming from a slower national economy.

        The allowance for loan and lease losses represents management's estimate of credit losses inherent in the Company's loan and lease portfolios as of the balance sheet date. The estimation of the allowance is based on a variety of factors, including past loan loss experience, adverse situations that have occurred but

43



are not yet known that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, the estimated value of underlying collateral and general economic conditions. The Company's methodology for assessing the adequacy of the allowance includes the evaluation of three distinct elements: the formula allowance, the specific allowance (which includes the allowance for loans deemed to be impaired by Statement No. 114, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan ") and the unallocated allowance. The formula allowance and the specific allowance collectively represent the portion of the allowance for loan and lease losses that are allocated to the various loan portfolios.

        The formula allowance considers losses that are embedded within loan portfolios, but have not yet been realized. Losses are recognized when (a) available information indicates that it is probable that a loss has been incurred and (b) the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Generally, the Company believes that borrowers are impacted by events that result in loan default and eventual loss well in advance of a lender's knowledge of those events. The time frame between the occurrence of such events and the resulting default and loss realization is referred to as the "loss emergence period." Examples of such loss-causing events for home loans are borrower job loss, divorce and medical crisis. An example for commercial real estate loans would be the loss of a major tenant.

        The formula allowance is determined by applying loss factors against all loans that are not determined to be impaired. Such loans include those within homogeneous portfolios, such as home loans and home equity loans and lines of credit, purchased specialty mortgage finance loans and pools of smaller commercial business loans. Loss factors are based on the analysis of the historical loss experience of each loan category and an assessment of portfolio trends and conditions, as well as specific risk factors impacting the loan and lease portfolios. These factors may be adjusted for external factors that, in management's judgment, affect the collectibility of the portfolio as of the evaluation date. Such external factors include, but are not limited to, the interest rate environment and housing price trends.

        For non-homogeneous loans such as commercial real estate, larger commercial business loans and builder home construction loans, loss factors are assigned based on risk ratings that are ascribed to the individual loans. A specific allowance may be assigned to these loan types if they have been individually determined to be impaired. Loans are considered impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts contractually past due as scheduled, including contractual interest payments. For loans that are determined to be impaired, the amount of impairment is measured by a discounted cash flow analysis, using the loan's effective interest rate, except when it is determined that the only source of repayment for the loan is the operation or liquidation of the underlying collateral. In such cases, the current fair value of the collateral, reduced by estimated disposal costs, will be used in place of discounted cash flows. In estimating the fair value of collateral, we evaluate various factors, such as occupancy and rental rates in our real estate markets and the level of obsolescence that may exist on assets acquired from commercial business loans. Loans that are determined to be impaired are excluded from the formula allowance analysis so as not to double-count the loss exposure.

        In estimating the amount of credit losses inherent in the Company's loan and lease portfolios, various assumptions are made. For example, when assessing the condition of the overall economic environment, assumptions are made regarding current economic trends and their impact on the loan and lease portfolio. In the event the national economy were to sustain a prolonged downturn, the loss factors applied to our portfolios may need to be revised, which may significantly impact the measurement of the allowance for loan and lease losses. For impaired loans that are collateral-dependent, the estimated fair value of the collateral may deviate significantly from the proceeds received when the collateral is sold. To mitigate the imprecision inherent in most estimates of expected credit losses, the allocated component of the allowance is supplemented by an unallocated component. The unallocated component reflects our judgmental assessment of the impact that various factors have on the overall measurement of credit losses. These factors include, but are not limited to, general economic and business conditions affecting the key lending areas of the Company, credit quality and collateral value trends, loan concentrations, specific industry conditions within portfolio segments, recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio,

44



duration of the current business cycle, the impact of new product initiatives and other such variables for which recent historical data do not provide a high level of precision for risk evaluation, the results of regulatory examinations and findings from the Company's internal credit review function.

        Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further discussion of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.

        Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
  1998
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Balance, beginning of year   $ 1,404   $ 1,014   $ 1,042   $ 1,068   $ 1,048  
Allowance acquired through business combinations     148     120     -     -     108  
Allowance for transfer to loans held for sale     (31 )   -     (36 )   (1 )   (74 )
Allowance for certain loan commitments     (52 )   -     -     -     -  
Provision for loan and lease losses     595     575     185     167     162  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      2,064     1,709     1,191     1,234     1,244  
Loans charged off:                                
  Loans secured by real estate:                                
    Home loans     (52 )   (29 )   (19 )   (38 )   (65 )
    Purchased specialty mortgage finance     (33 )   (25 )   (4 )   -     -  
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Total home loan charge-offs     (85 )   (54 )   (23 )   (38 )   (65 )
    Home construction loans (1)     (1 )   -     (1 )   -     (1 )
    Home equity loans and lines of credit:                                
      Banking subsidiaries     (14 )   (4 )   (3 )   -     -  
      Washington Mutual Finance     (12 )   (8 )   (3 )   (2 )   (2 )
    Multi-family     (1 )   -     (2 )   (15 )   (22 )
    Other real estate     (60 )   (35 )   (4 )   (24 )   (12 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Total loans secured by real estate     (173 )   (101 )   (36 )   (79 )   (102 )
  Consumer:                                
    Banking subsidiaries     (70 )   (51 )   (41 )   (46 )   (34 )
    Washington Mutual Finance     (170 )   (138 )   (117 )   (95 )   (88 )
  Commercial business     (73 )   (49 )   (9 )   (3 )   (3 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total loans charged off     (486 )   (339 )   (203 )   (223 )   (227 )
Recoveries of loans previously charged off:                                
  Loans secured by real estate:                                
    Home loans     2     2     1     4     18  
    Purchased specialty mortgage finance     -     -     1     -     -  
    Home equity loans and lines of credit:                                
      Banking subsidiaries     1     1     -     -     -  
      Washington Mutual Finance     -     -     -     -     -  
    Multi-family     1     -     1     3     6  
    Other real estate     12     3     1     4     8  
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Total loans secured by real estate     16     6     4     11     32  
  Consumer:                                
    Banking subsidiaries     13     4     4     3     2  
    Washington Mutual Finance     19     18     17     16     16  
  Commercial business     27     6     1     1     1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total recoveries of loans previously charged off     75     34     26     31     51  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Net charge-offs     (411 )   (305 )   (177 )   (192 )   (176 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, end of year   $ 1,653   $ 1,404   $ 1,014   $ 1,042   $ 1,068  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans held in portfolio     0.28 %   0.23 %   0.15 %   0.17 %   0.17 %
Allowance as a percentage of total loans held in portfolio     1.12 %   1.08 %   0.85 %   0.92 %   0.99 %

(1)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

45


        An analysis of the allowance for loan and lease losses was as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  Allowance
for Loan
and Lease
Losses

  Allocated
Allowance
as a %
of Loan
Category

  Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans (1)

  Allowance
for Loan
and Lease
Losses

  Allocated
Allowance
as a %
of Loan
Category

  Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans (1)

  Allowance
for Loan
and Lease
Losses

  Allocated
Allowance
as a %
of Loan
Category

  Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans (1)

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Specific and allocated allowances:                                            
  Loans secured by real estate:                                            
    Home loans   $ 251   0.30 % 56.15 % $ 290   0.37 % 60.87 % $ 250   0.31 % 67.03 %
    Purchased specialty mortgage finance     169   1.67   6.87     97   1.13   6.56     52   0.94   4.63  
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
        Total home loans     420   0.45   63.02     387   0.44   67.43     302   0.35   71.66  
    Home construction loans:                                            
      Builder (2)     15   1.48   0.69     28   1.73   1.25     4   0.91   0.37  
      Custom (3)     7   0.75   0.63     4   0.41   0.75     3   0.30   0.83  
    Home equity loans and lines of credit:                                            
      Banking subsidiaries     46   0.29   10.96     27   0.34   6.12     20   0.35   4.82  
      Washington Mutual Finance     79   4.09   1.31     69   3.29   1.61     57   2.86   1.66  
    Multi-family     146   0.81   12.20     138   0.88   11.98     138   0.88   13.09  
    Other real estate     296   3.71   5.41     161   2.64   4.68     100   2.91   2.88  
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
        Total allocated allowance secured by real estate     1,009   0.73   94.22     814   0.67   93.82     624   0.55   95.31  
  Consumer:                                            
    Banking subsidiaries     70   4.21   1.13     71   3.53   1.54     70   4.19   1.40  
    Washington Mutual
Finance
    71   4.11   1.17     57   3.25   1.35     48   2.76   1.45  
  Commercial business     116   2.26   3.48     92   2.15   3.29     33   1.50   1.84  
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
        Total allocated allowance held in portfolio     1,266   0.86   100.00     1,034   0.79   100.00     775   0.65   100.00  
Unallocated allowance     387   0.26   -     370   0.29   -     239   0.20   -  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        Total allowance for loan and lease losses   $ 1,653   1.12 % 100.00 % $ 1,404   1.08 % 100.00 % $ 1,014   0.85 % 100.00 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Continued on next table)                                            

(1)
Excludes loans held for sale.
(2)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale.
(3)
Represents construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

46


 
  December 31,
 
 
  1999
  1998
 
 
  Allowance
for Loan
and Lease
Losses

  Allocated
Allowance
as a %
of Loan
Category

  Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans (1)

  Allowance
for Loan
and Lease
Losses

  Allocated
Allowance
as a %
of Loan
Category

  Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans (1)

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Specific and allocated allowances:                              
  Loans secured by real estate:                              
    Home loans   $ -   - % 70.54 % $ -   - % 73.67 %
    Purchased specialty mortgage finance     -   -   2.74     -   -   -  
   
     
 
     
 
        Total home loans     -   -   73.28     -   -   73.67  
    Home construction loans:                              
      Builder (2)     5   1.48   0.30     1   0.36   0.26  
      Custom (3)     -   -   0.80     -   -   0.69  
    Home equity loans and lines of credit:                              
      Banking subsidiaries     -   -   3.87     -   -   3.20  
      Washington Mutual Finance     -   -   1.26     -   -   1.04  
    Multi-family     59   0.39   13.42     126   0.87   13.53  
    Other real estate     -   -   3.15     -   -   3.90  
   
     
 
     
 
        Total allocated allowance secured by real estate     64   0.06   96.08     127   0.12   96.29  
  Consumer:                              
    Banking subsidiaries     -   -   1.26     -   -   1.35  
    Washington Mutual Finance     -   -   1.43     -   -   1.35  
  Commercial business     18   1.29   1.23     17   1.57   1.01  
   
     
 
     
 
        Total allocated allowance held in portfolio     82   0.07   100.00     144   0.13   100.00  
Unallocated allowance     960   0.85   -     924   0.86   -  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
        Total allowance for loan and lease losses   $ 1,042   0.92 % 100.00 % $ 1,068   0.99 % 100.00 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Excludes loans held for sale.
(2)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale.
(3)
Represents construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

        During 2000, in conjunction with our continued expansion of our lending activity beyond traditional home loans, management enhanced its methodology for determining the allocated components of the allowance. This enhancement resulted in an allocation of previously unallocated allowance amounts to individual loan categories.

        The amount of loans which were 90 or more days contractually past due and still accruing interest were $60 million, $86 million, $45 million, $60 million and $95 million at December 31, 2002, 2001, 2000, 1999 and 1998.


Operating Segments

        The Company continues to enhance its operating segment reporting process methodologies. These methodologies assign certain balance sheet and income statement items to the responsible operating segment. Methodologies that are applied to the measurement of segment profitability include: (1) a funds transfer pricing system, which matches assets and liabilities with the market benchmark (approximation) of the Company's cost of funds based on the interest rate sensitivity and maturity characteristics and determines how much each interest margin source contributes to the Company's total net interest income; (2) a calculation of the provision for loan and lease losses based on management's current assessment of the expected losses for loan products within each segment, which differs from the "losses inherent in the loan portfolio" methodology that is used to measure the allowance for loan and lease losses under generally accepted accounting principles; (3) the utilization of an activity-based costing approach to measure allocations of certain operating expenses that were not directly charged to the segments; (4) the

47



allocation of goodwill and other intangible assets to the operating segments based on benefits received from each acquisition; (5) capital charges for goodwill as a component of an internal measurement of return on the goodwill allocated to the operating segment, which accounts for the additional income the operating segment received via acquisition; and (6) an economic capital model which is the framework for assessing business performance on a risk-adjusted basis. Changing economic conditions, further research and new data may result in revisions to the capital allocation assumptions. Changes to the operating segment structure and to certain of the foregoing performance measurement methodologies were made during the fourth quarter of 2002. Results for the prior periods have been revised to conform to these changes.

        We manage our business along three major operating segments: Banking and Financial Services, Home Loans and Insurance Services and Specialty Finance. Results for Corporate Support/Treasury and Other are also presented.

    Banking and Financial Services

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
  2002/2001
  2001/2000
 
 
  (in millions)

   
   
 
Condensed income statement:                            
  Net interest income   $ 3,314   $ 2,321   $ 2,061   43 % 13 %
  Provision for loan and lease losses     160     146     65   10   125  
  Noninterest income     2,222     1,793     1,403   24   28  
  Noninterest expense     3,514     2,512     2,010   40   25  
  Income taxes     713     551     528   29   4  
   
 
 
         
    Net income   $ 1,149   $ 905   $ 861   27   5  
   
 
 
         

Performance and other data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Operating efficiency (1)     55.22 %   59.18 %   58.21 % (7 ) 2  
  Average loans   $ 20,915   $ 13,123   $ 9,315   59   41  
  Average assets     29,126     17,931     12,441   62   44  
  Average deposits     113,250     82,384     78,074   37   6  

(1)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding goodwill cost of capital, divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).

        Net income was $1,149 million in 2002, compared with $905 million in 2001 and $861 million in 2000. Net interest income increased to $3,314 million in 2002 from $2,321 million in 2001 and $2,061 million in 2000. A significant portion of the increase in net interest income for 2002 and 2001 was due to increased interest income from higher home equity loans and lines of credit balances and a funding credit from growth in average deposits, mostly Platinum Accounts. A decrease in interest expense, as a result of the lower interest rate environment, also contributed to the increased net interest income.

        Noninterest income was $2,222 million in 2002, up from $1,793 million in 2001 and $1,403 million in 2000. The increase in noninterest income was predominantly due to an increase in depositor and other retail banking fees associated with higher levels of checking fees that resulted from an increased number of noninterest-bearing checking accounts and an increase in securities fees and commissions.

        Higher loan and deposit volumes drove increases in compensation and benefits expense, occupancy and equipment expense, and other direct expenses, which primarily increased noninterest expense to $3,514 million in 2002 from $2,512 million in 2001 and $2,010 million in 2000. The acquisition of Dime and HomeSide also contributed to the increase during 2002.

48



        Total average assets increased by approximately 62% during 2002. This increase was primarily due to the growth in consumer loans, which increased 69% from 2001, as well as an increase in goodwill resulting from the Dime acquisition.

        Total average deposits increased by 37% or $30,866 million during 2002. This increase was largely driven by the growth in Platinum Accounts, partially offset by decreases in money market and time deposit accounts. Total average deposits increased 6%, or $4,310 million, in 2001.

    Home Loans and Insurance Services

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
  2002/2001
  2001/2000
 
 
  (in millions)

   
   
 
Condensed income statement:                            
  Net interest income   $ 4,455   $ 2,457   $ 1,864   81 % 32 %
  Provision for loan and lease losses     219     219     101   -   117  
  Noninterest income     2,522     1,469     548   72   168  
  Noninterest expense     2,695     1,433     679   88   111  
  Income taxes     1,525     880     620   73   42  
   
 
 
         
    Net income   $ 2,538   $ 1,394   $ 1,012   82   38  
   
 
 
         

Performance and other data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Operating efficiency (1)     34.73 %   33.01 %   26.95 % 5   22  
  Average loans   $ 123,954   $ 107,110   $ 86,044   16   24  
  Average assets     173,221     148,614     124,704   17   19  
  Average deposits     13,714     7,860     1,213   74   548  

(1)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding goodwill cost of capital, divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).

        Segment results for the Home Loans and Insurance Services Group for 2002 were primarily impacted by the addition of the mortgage operations of Dime and HomeSide, as well as the low interest rate environment. Segment results for 2001 were primarily impacted by the addition of the mortgage operations of Fleet Mortgage and PNC Mortgage.

        Net income was $2,538 million in 2002, compared with $1,394 million in 2001 and $1,012 million in 2000. Net interest income increased to $4,455 million in 2002 from $2,457 million in 2001 and $1,864 million in 2000. Substantially all of the increase in 2002 was due to a decrease in funding costs that resulted from the lower interest rate environment and an increase in interest income on loans held for sale resulting from high origination volumes. Predominantly offsetting the decrease in funding costs was a reduction in interest income on available-for-sale mortgage-backed securities and home loans, also due to lower interest rates. The increase in 2001 was primarily due to the growth of loans held for sale, resulting from the substantial increase in home loan volume.

        Noninterest income increased to $2,522 million in 2002, compared with $1,469 million in 2001 and $548 million in 2000. The increases were largely due to increases in revaluation gain from derivatives, investor loan servicing fees, gain from mortgage loans and mortgage banking loan related income. These increases were mostly offset by increases in the impairment and amortization expenses associated with MSR. The increase in noninterest income in 2001 was predominantly due to higher gains from mortgage loans, mortgage banking loan related income and portfolio loan related income.

        Noninterest expense increased to $2,695 million in 2002 from $1,433 million in 2001 and $679 million in 2000. A significant portion of the increase was due to higher compensation and benefits expense,

49



primarily the result of the expanded loan servicing operations added by the Dime and HomeSide acquisitions.

        Total average assets increased by approximately 17% during 2002, primarily as a result of the Dime and HomeSide acquisitions, and by approximately 19% in 2001, primarily as a result of the Fleet Mortgage and PNC Mortgage acquisitions.

    Specialty Finance

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
  2002/2001
  2001/2000
 
 
  (in millions)

   
   
 
Condensed income statement:                            
  Net interest income   $ 1,337   $ 1,073   $ 822   25 % 31 %
  Provision for loan and lease losses     271     298     148   (9 ) 101  
  Noninterest income     114     74     42   54   76  
  Noninterest expense     400     294     215   36   37  
  Income taxes     293     208     190   41   9  
   
 
 
         
    Net income   $ 487   $ 347   $ 311   40   12  
   
 
 
         

Performance and other data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Operating efficiency (1)     21.39 %   21.76 %   23.67 % (2 ) (8 )
  Average loans   $ 30,488   $ 27,684   $ 22,383   10   24  
  Average assets     32,647     29,261     22,839   12   28  
  Average deposits     2,836     2,613     191   9   -  

(1)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding goodwill cost of capital, divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).

        Net income was $487 million in 2002, up from $347 million in 2001 and $311 million in 2000. Net interest income was $1,337 million in 2002, $1,073 million in 2001 and $822 million in 2000. The increase in net interest income was predominantly due to lower interest expense on funding sources and an increase in interest income on other commercial real estate loans resulting from a 62% increase in the portfolio during 2002, primarily from the Dime acquisition. The increase in net interest income was mostly offset by lower interest income from multi-family and home loans resulting from lower interest rates.

        Noninterest income increased to $114 million in 2002 from $74 million in 2001 and $42 million in 2000, which was predominantly due to increases in loan related income, specifically loan prepayment fees, and other income from the sale of First Community Industrial Bank, a subsidiary of Washington Mutual Finance Corporation, in 2002.

        Noninterest expense increased to $400 million in 2002 from $294 million in 2001 and $215 million in 2000. A major portion of the increase was attributable to higher compensation and benefits expense, telecommunications and outsourced information services expense and other operating expenses, primarily related to the Dime acquisition. This acquisition also contributed to a significant portion of the increase in the cost of capital charged against the resulting goodwill.

        Total average assets increased by approximately 12% during 2002, primarily due to the Dime acquisition. Total average assets increased by approximately 28% in 2001, primarily due to the acquisition of Bank United.

50



    Corporate Support/Treasury and Other

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
  2002/2001
  2001/2000
 
 
  (in millions)

   
   
 
Condensed income statement:                            
  Net interest income (expense)   $ (765 ) $ 1,025   $ (436 ) - % - %
  Provision for loan and lease losses     2     2     (1 ) -   -  
  Noninterest income (expense)     (68 )   (88 )   (9 ) (23 ) 878  
  Noninterest expense     591     636     361   (7 ) 76  
  Income taxes (benefit)     (594 )   51     (350 ) -   -  
   
 
 
         
    Net income (loss)   $ (832 ) $ 248   $ (455 ) -   -  
   
 
 
         

Performance and other data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Average loans   $ 648   $ 829   $ -   (22 ) -  
  Average assets     36,945     30,199     27,588   22   9  
  Average deposits     4,901     3,665     798   34   359  

        Corporate Support/Treasury and Other had a net loss of $832 million in 2002 compared with net income of $248 million in 2001 and a net loss of $455 million in 2000. Net interest expense was $765 million in 2002 compared with net interest income of $1,025 million in 2001 and net interest expense of $436 million in 2000. The changes in net interest income were mostly due to the impact of the funds transfer pricing process to the results of our Treasury operations.

        Noninterest expense was $591 million in 2002 compared with $636 million in 2001 and $361 million in 2000. The decrease from 2001 in noninterest expense was driven by an increased allocation of corporate expenses to the operating segments.


Liquidity

        The objective of liquidity management is to ensure the Company has the continuing ability to maintain cash flows that are adequate to fund operations and meet obligations and other commitments on a timely and cost-effective basis. The Company establishes liquidity guidelines for both the consolidated enterprise as well as for the unconsolidated parent holding company, Washington Mutual, Inc., to ensure that Washington Mutual, Inc. can be utilized as a liquidity resource for its banking subsidiaries.

        The principal sources of liquidity for our banking subsidiaries are customer deposits, wholesale borrowings, the maturity and repayment of portfolio loans, securities held in our available-for-sale portfolio and mortgage loans designated as held for sale. Among these sources, transaction deposits and wholesale borrowings from FHLB advances and repurchase agreements continue to provide the Company with a significant source of stable funding. During 2002, those sources funded 71% of average total assets. Our continuing ability to retain our transaction-deposit customer base and to attract new deposits depends on various factors, such as customer service satisfaction levels and the competitiveness of interest rates offered on our deposit products. A decrease in rates offered on interest-bearing Platinum Accounts, in particular, may result in lower levels of interest-bearing checking deposit balances. The Company would primarily use wholesale borrowings to offset any potential declines in deposit balances. We expect that FHLB advances and repurchase agreements will continue to be our most significant sources of wholesale borrowings during 2003, and we expect to have the requisite assets available to pledge as collateral to obtain these funds.

        The continuing expansion of our mortgage banking business during 2002 resulted in higher volumes of loan originations and sales activity. In 2002, the Company's proceeds from the sale of loans held for sale was approximately $218 billion. These proceeds were, in turn, used as the primary funding source for the

51



origination or purchase (net of principal payments) of approximately $223 billion of loans held for sale during the same year. As this cyclical pattern of sales and originations/purchases repeats itself several times over during the course of a year, the amount of funding necessary to sustain our mortgage banking operations does not significantly affect the Company's overall level of liquidity resources.

        To supplement our funding sources, our bank subsidiaries also raise funds in domestic and international capital markets. In April 2001, WMBFA and Washington Mutual Bank ("WMB") established a $15 billion Global Bank Note Program for senior and subordinated debt in the United States and in international capital markets on both a syndicated and non-syndicated basis and in a variety of currencies and structures. As of December 31, 2002, our bank subsidiaries had issued $3.85 billion of senior notes and $1.75 billion of subordinated notes under the Program. At December 31, 2002, WMB had $4.75 billion available for issuance as senior debt. WMBFA had $4.65 billion available, of which $250 million was available for subordinated debt (until April 2003) and $650 million was available for issuances with maturities that exceed 270 days.

        At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company had unused secured borrowing lines with the Federal Reserve Bank discount window totaling $875 million and $960 million.

        Liquidity for Washington Mutual, Inc. is generated through its ability to raise funds in various capital markets and through dividends from subsidiaries, commercial paper programs and lines of credit.

        Washington Mutual, Inc.'s primary funding source during 2002 was from dividends paid by our bank subsidiaries. Although we expect Washington Mutual, Inc. to continue to receive bank subsidiary dividends during 2003, various regulatory requirements related to capital adequacy and retained earnings limit the amount of dividends that can be paid. For more information on dividend restrictions applicable to our banking subsidiaries, refer to "Business – Regulation and Supervision" and Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Dividend Restrictions."

        In November 2001, Washington Mutual, Inc. filed a shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission that allowed for the issuance of $1.50 billion of senior and subordinated debt in the United States and in international capital markets and in a variety of currencies and structures. In January 2002, $1 billion of senior debt securities were issued under this shelf registration statement. In April 2002, Washington Mutual, Inc. filed a similar shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission that allows for the issuance of an additional $1 billion of senior and subordinated debt. In November 2002, Washington Mutual, Inc. issued $750 million of senior debt securities under this shelf registration statement. At December 31, 2002, $750 million remained available for issuance. In February 2003, Washington Mutual, Inc. filed a similar shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission that allows for the issuance of an additional $1.25 billion of debt securities, preferred stock and depository shares in the United States and in international capital markets and in a variety of currencies and structures. When the shelf registration statement is declared effective, the Company will have the ability to sell $2 billion of debt or preferred equity securities.

        On August 12, 2002, Washington Mutual, Inc. and Washington Mutual Finance entered into a new three-year revolving credit facility totaling $800 million. This credit facility replaced the two revolving credit facilities totaling $1.20 billion that were in effect until August 9, 2002 and provides back-up for the commercial paper programs of Washington Mutual, Inc. and Washington Mutual Finance as well as funds for general corporate purposes. The facility was arranged by J.P. Morgan Chase Bank and includes a syndicated group of banks. At December 31, 2002, Washington Mutual, Inc. had no commercial paper outstanding and Washington Mutual Finance had $440 million outstanding.

        Effective July 31, 2002, Washington Mutual Finance entered into an agreement with Westdeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale to participate in a $300 million asset-backed commercial paper conduit program. This program has a 364-day term with an option to extend for up to two 364-day periods and provides its own back-up liquidity arrangements, which are not covered by the $800 million credit facility. At

52



December 31, 2002, Washington Mutual Finance had borrowed $300 million and was not entitled to borrow more under this facility.

        The Company maintains a noncontributory cash balance defined benefit pension plan (the "Pension Plan") for substantially all eligible employees. In measuring the variables that determine the funded status of the Pension Plan, three of the more significant assumptions that must be estimated are the expected long-term rate of return on the plan's assets, the discount rate and the compensation rate increase that are used to calculate the accumulated benefit obligation. Due to the deterioration in equity market valuations that has occurred, in particular, over the past two years, the actual performance of the Company's Pension Plan assets for 2002 did not achieve the expected long-term rate of return. Additionally, due to the extremely low interest rate environment that has existed throughout 2002, the assumed discount rate for 2002 was lower than 2001, which increased the present value of the December 31, 2002 estimated accumulated benefit obligation. The Company contributed additional funding of $281 million to the Pension Plan during 2002, which was sufficient to prevent the recognition of a pension liability.

        The Company has used an assumed discount rate of 6.50%, an assumed rate of compensation increase of 5.50% and an expected return on assets of 8.00% to calculate a net periodic expense of $46 million for 2002 and a projected benefit obligation of $1,104 million as of December 31, 2002. Refer to Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Employee Benefits Programs and Other Expense" for further discussion.

        The table below illustrates the potential impact of 50 basis point increases and decreases in the key assumptions outlined above to the 2003 projected net periodic expense and the December 31, 2002 projected benefit obligation (50 basis points is equivalent to one-half of one percent). The 50 basis point increases and decreases represent the Company's estimate of the changes which may occur over a twelve month period.

 
  Basis Points
  Projected 2003
Net Periodic
Expense Impact

  Projected Benefit
Obligation Impact

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Discount rate increase   +50   ($9.1 ) ($71.5 )
Discount rate decrease   -50   9.8   80.0  
Rate of compensation decrease (1)   -50   (2.8 ) (7.8 )
Return on assets increase   +50   (5.2 ) n/a  
Return on assets decrease   -50   5.1   n/a  

(1)
Only the rate of compensation decrease is provided because, due to the current economic conditions, it is not anticipated that the assumed rate of compensation increase will be greater than 5.50%.

53



Capital Adequacy

        Reflecting the effects of the Dime acquisition and strong earnings during 2002, the ratio of stockholders' equity to total assets increased to 7.50% at December 31, 2002 from 5.80% at December 31, 2001.

        The regulatory capital ratios of WMBFA, WMB and Washington Mutual Bank fsb ("WMBfsb") and minimum regulatory requirements to be categorized as well-capitalized were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2002
   
 
 
  Well-Capitalized
Minimum

 
 
  WMBFA
  WMB
  WMBfsb
 
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (leverage)   5.77 % 8.00 % 8.87 % 5.00 %
Adjusted tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets   9.25   10.27   16.07   6.00  
Total capital to risk-weighted assets   11.37   11.48   17.32   10.00  

        Our federal savings bank subsidiaries are also required by the Office of Thrift Supervision regulations to maintain tangible capital of at least 1.50% of assets. WMBFA and WMBfsb both satisfied this requirement at December 31, 2002.

        Our broker-dealer subsidiaries are also subject to capital requirements. At December 31, 2002, all of our securities subsidiaries were in compliance with their applicable capital requirements.

        During 2002, the Company repurchased 38.0 million shares of our common stock as part of our share repurchase program. On July 16, 2002, the Board of Directors approved an expansion to our share repurchase program thereby authorizing the Company to repurchase 41.2 million additional shares of common stock. At December 31, 2002, our remaining purchase authority was approximately 63.4 million shares. From January 1, 2003 through February 28, 2003, the Company repurchased an additional 6.3 million shares. Management may engage in future share repurchases as liquidity conditions permit and market conditions warrant.


Market Risk Management

        Market risk is defined as the sensitivity of income, fair market values and capital to changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and other relevant market rates or prices. The primary market risk to which we are exposed is interest rate risk. Substantially all of our interest rate risk arises from instruments, positions and transactions entered into for purposes other than trading. They include loans, MSR, securities, deposits, borrowings, long-term debt and derivative financial instruments.

        We are exposed to different types of interest rate risks, including lag, repricing, basis, prepayment and lifetime cap risk. These risks are described in further detail in the following paragraphs. We manage interest rate risk within an overall asset/liability management framework. The principal objective of our asset/liability management is to manage the sensitivity of net income to changing interest rates. Asset/liability management is governed by a policy reviewed and approved annually by our Board. The Board has delegated the oversight of the administration of this policy to the Finance Committee.

    Overview of Our Interest Rate Risk Profile

        Increases or decreases in interest rates can cause changes in net income, fluctuations in the fair value of assets and liabilities, such as MSR, investment securities and derivatives, and changes in noninterest income and noninterest expense, particularly gain from mortgage loans, loan servicing fees and the amortization of MSR. Our interest rate risk arises because assets and liabilities reprice, mature, prepay or decay at different times or in accordance with different indices as market interest rates change.

        The slope of the yield curve and the speed of changes in interest rates affect our sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Changes in short-term rates generally have a more immediate effect on our borrowing and deposit rates than on our asset yields. Our deposits and borrowings typically reprice faster than our

54



mortgage loans and securities. The slower repricing of assets results mainly from the lag effect inherent in loans and mortgage-backed securities indexed to the 12-month average of the annual yields on actively traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year ("MTA") and to the 11 th District FHLB monthly weighted average cost of funds index ("COFI"). For example, after short-term rates fall, the net interest margin rises and then tends to peak a few months after short-term rates stabilize and then trends downward until asset yields reprice to current market levels.

        Prepayments, loan production, loan mix and gain from mortgage loans are normally all affected by changes in long-term rates. When long-term rates decline, prepayments tend to accelerate and refinancing activity increases, leading to higher overall loan production. In a low rate environment, the proportion of new loans that are fixed-rate increases. This in turn leads to higher gain from mortgage loans, due to our practice of selling the majority of our fixed-rate volume through secondary market channels. Although balance sheet shrinkage may occur during periods of declining or low long-term rates, net interest income may increase due to the expansion of the net interest margin.

        Conversely, when long-term rates increase, prepayments slow and overall loan production is reduced. At the same time, the percentage of new loans that are adjustable-rate loans increases, and we generally retain these loans within our portfolio. Accordingly, balance sheet growth may occur in a rising long-term rate environment, although net interest income may decrease due to the contraction of the net interest margin.

        Changes in long-term rates also impact the fair value and the amortization rate of MSR. The fair value of MSR decreases and the amortization rate increases in a declining long-term interest rate environment due to the higher prepayment activity, resulting in the potential for impairment and a reduction in net loan servicing income. During periods of rising long-term interest rates, the amortization rate of MSR decreases and the fair value of MSR increases, resulting in the potential recovery of the MSR valuation allowance and an increase in net loan servicing income. The timing and amount of any potential MSR recovery cannot be predicted with precision because of its dependency on the timing and magnitude of future interest rate increases and the unpaid principal balances in the relevant interest rate strata at the time of the increase.

        Some of the components of our interest rate risk are counter cyclical. For example, in a declining interest rate environment our net interest income, gain on sale of mortgage instruments, mark-to-market adjustments of MSR risk management instruments and gain on sale of MSR risk management instruments tends to increase. This may be offset by increased amortization and impairment of MSR and reductions in loan servicing fees and increased operating expenses associated with the origination of mortgage loans. Conversely, in a rising interest rate environment our net interest income, gain on sale of mortgage instruments, mark-to-market adjustments of MSR risk management instruments and gain on sale of MSR risk management instruments tends to decrease. This may be offset by decreased amortization of MSR, recovery of MSR valuation allowances, increases in loan servicing fees and decreased operating expenses associated with the origination of mortgage loans. We may adjust the amount or mix of MSR risk management instruments based on the counter cyclical nature of some components of our activities.

    Types of Interest Rate Risk

        We are exposed to different types of interest rate risks. These risks include: lag, repricing, basis, prepayment and lifetime cap risk. These risks are described in further detail in the following paragraphs.

        Lag risk.     Lag risk results from the inherent timing difference between the repricing of our adjustable-rate assets and our liabilities. The effect of this timing difference, or "lag," will be favorable during a period of declining interest rates and unfavorable during a period of rising interest rates. This lag risk can produce short-term volatility in our net interest income during periods of interest rate movements even though the effect of this lag generally balances out over time. One example of lag risk is the repricing of assets indexed to the MTA. A sharp movement in interest rates will not be fully reflected in the index for

55



twelve months resulting in a lag in the repricing of loans and securities based on this index. This contrasts with borrowings which generally reprice fairly quickly based on current market interest rates.

        Repricing risk.     Repricing risk is caused by the mismatch in the maturities and/or repricing periods between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. In periods of rising interest rates, the net interest margin normally contracts since the repricing period of liabilities is shorter than the repricing period of assets. This results in funding costs rising faster than asset yields. The net interest margin expands in periods of falling interest rates as borrowing costs reprice downward faster than asset yields. Repricing risk is managed by changing the repricing characteristics of interest-bearing liabilities with derivatives and by selling fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans and securities.

        Basis risk.     Basis risk results from our assets and liabilities reacting differently to interest rate movements due to their dependency on different indices. For example, most of our adjustable-rate loans are indexed to COFI, MTA, Prime or Treasury based indexes. The rates on the majority of our borrowings are derived from the London Interbank Offered Rates ("LIBOR") or interest rate swap curves. This results in basis risk as the loan indices may move at a different rate or in a different direction than the rate on our borrowings or deposits.

        Basis risk can also impact the ability to offset changes in the fair value of MSR with changes in fair value of MSR risk management instruments. The fair value of MSR is primarily affected by changes in prepayments resulting from shifts in mortgage rates. Changes in the fair value of the MSR risk management instruments vary based on the specific instrument. For example, changes in the fair value of interest rate swaps are driven by shifts in interest rate swap rates while the fair value of U.S. Treasury bonds is based on changes in U.S. Treasury rates. Mortgage rates may move more or less than the rates on Treasury or interest rate swaps. This could result in changes in the fair value of the MSR that differs from the change in fair value of the MSR risk management instruments.

        Prepayment risk.     Prepayment risk results from the ability of customers to pay off their loans prior to maturity. Generally, prepayments increase in falling interest rate environments and decrease in rising interest rate environments. In falling interest rate environments, this normally results in the prepayment and refinancing of existing fixed- and adjustable-rate loans to lower coupon, fixed-rate mortgage loans. This preference, when combined with our policy of selling most of our fixed-rate loan production, may make it difficult to increase or even maintain the size of our loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios during these periods. During such periods, it is likely that we would decrease the percentage of adjustable-rate loans that are sold. This may mitigate some of the potential balance sheet shrinkage that results from the faster prepayments of existing loans and securities.

        In rising interest rate environments, the decline in prepayments would normally result in an increase in the size of our loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios. During these periods, we may increase the percentage of adjustable-rate loans that are sold. These additional sales may generate gain from mortgage loans offsetting some of the reduction in the net interest margin.

        Prepayment risk also has a significant impact on the fair value of MSR. Faster prepayments of loans within our servicing portfolio can be expected to result in a reduction in the fair value of MSR, while slower prepayments of loans within our servicing portfolio can be expected to result in an increase in the fair value. In addition, the amortization of premiums and discounts related to loans and mortgage-backed securities are affected by increases or decreases in prepayments.

        Lifetime cap risk.     The lifetime interest rate caps on adjustable-rate loans held in portfolio introduce another element of interest rate risk to our earnings. In periods of rising interest rates, it is possible for the fully indexed interest rate (index rate plus the margin) to exceed the lifetime interest rate cap. This feature prevents the loan from repricing to a level that exceeds the cap's specified interest rate, thus adversely impacting net interest income in periods of relatively high interest rates. Typically, the lifetime cap is 300 to 500 basis points above the fully indexed initial rate. The lifetime caps on our existing loan and mortgage-

56



backed securities portfolios would not have a material adverse effect on net interest income unless interest rates increased substantially from current levels.

    Management of Interest Rate Risk

        We manage our balance sheet to mitigate the impact of changes in market interest rates on net income. Key components of our balance sheet strategy include the origination and retention of short-term and adjustable-rate assets and the origination and sale of most fixed-rate and certain hybrid adjustable-rate mortgage loans and the management of MSR. We may also modify our interest rate risk profile with interest rate contracts, embedded derivatives and forward purchase commitments.

        The interest rate contracts that are classified as asset/liability management instruments are intended to assist in the management of our net interest income. These contracts are often used to lengthen the repricing period of our interest-bearing funding sources in order to partially offset the temporary compression of the net interest margin that occurs during periods of rising short-term interest rates. The types of contracts used for this purpose consist of interest rate caps, corridors, pay-fixed swaps and payor (pay-fixed) swaptions. The aggregate notional amount of these contracts totaled $45.06 billion at December 31, 2002. None of the interest rate caps had strike rates that were in effect at December 31, 2002. Some of these interest rate contracts are embedded in borrowings.

        The stand alone and embedded payor swaptions are exercisable upon maturity, which ranges from March 2003 to February 2004. The embedded payor swaptions provide protection in rapidly rising interest rate environments, because these instruments offer a mechanism for fixing the rate on our interest-bearing borrowings to an interest rate that could be lower than eventual market levels.

        We also held $5.91 billion of receive-fixed interest rate swaps classified as asset/liability management instruments at December 31, 2002. These instruments, which are indexed to one and three-month LIBOR, are intended to reduce the interest expense on long-term, fixed-rate borrowings during stable or falling interest rate environments. Although these borrowings provide a source for long-term funds, the average life of these long-term borrowings typically exceeds the expected life of our assets and the interest rates on these borrowings may be significantly higher than the interest rate on shorter-term instruments. In addition, a portion of this long-term debt consists of subordinated debt, which the Company issued because it qualifies as a component of Tier 2 risk-based capital subject to regulatory prescribed limits. We purchased receive-fixed interest rate swaps with short-term repricing characteristics to improve the funding rate on these borrowings while maintaining the benefits noted above.

        As part of our overall approach to enterprise interest rate risk management, we manage potential impairment in the fair value of MSR and increased amortization levels of MSR by a comprehensive risk management program. Our intent is to offset the changes in fair value and higher amortization levels of MSR with changes in the fair value of risk management instruments, which include investment securities, interest rate contracts and forward purchase commitments. The goal is to offset decreases (increases) in the fair value of MSR with increases (decreases) in the fair value of the investment securities, interest rate contracts and forward contracts. The investment securities generally consist of fixed-rate debt securities, such as agency and treasury bonds and mortgage-backed securities, including principal-only strips. The interest rate contracts typically consist of interest rate floors, interest rate swaps and receiver (receive-fixed) swaptions. From time to time, we may choose to embed interest rate floor contracts into our borrowing instruments, such as repurchase agreements. The forward purchase commitments generally consist of agreements to purchase 15- and 30-year fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities. We classify the interest rate contracts and forward commitments used in this strategy as MSR risk management instruments. The Company has not attempted to achieve hedge accounting treatment under Statement No. 133 for these instruments.

        As derivatives, the interest rate swaps, receiver swaptions, stand alone interest rate floors and forward purchase commitments are accorded mark-to-market accounting treatment. Changes in the fair value of

57



these instruments are recorded as components of non-interest income. For embedded floors with underlying rates that are below the strike rate of the contract, the resulting settlement income associated with the embedded floor is recorded as a component of the interest expense on the underlying repurchase agreement. Since embedded interest rate floor contracts are not considered to be derivatives, their fair values are not marked-to market through earnings. When a borrowing containing an embedded instrument is terminated, the resulting gain or loss on the extinguishment of the borrowing is recognized as a component of non-interest income.

        During the fourth quarter, we continued to reduce our holdings of fixed-rate bonds and receiver swaptions. We increased our holdings of mortgage-backed securities and forward purchase commitments. At December 31, 2002, we held $6.82 billion of U.S. Government and agency securities and $13.94 billion of mortgage-backed securities and forward purchase commitments that were designated as MSR risk management instruments. The increase in mortgage based instruments is intended to reduce the basis risk that results from variances in the changes in fair value of MSR and the hedging instruments. We acquired pay-fixed interest rate swaps in the purchase of HomeSide. The current mix of MSR risk management instruments is intended to enhance the efficiency of our MSR risk management program and to deploy capital more effectively.

        We adjust the mix of instruments used to manage MSR fair value changes as interest rate and market conditions warrant. The intent is to maintain an efficient and fairly liquid mix as well as a diverse portfolio of risk management instruments with broad maturity ranges that match the duration of the MSR on an overall basis. We may elect to increase or decrease our concentration of specific instruments during certain times based on the slope of the yield curve and other market conditions. We believe this approach will result in the most efficient strategy. However, our net income could be adversely affected if we are unable to execute or manage this strategy effectively.

        The mix of instruments is predicated, in part, on the requirement of lower of cost or market accounting treatment for MSR; i.e. each MSR strata is recorded at its fair market value unless the fair market value exceeds the amortized cost. This could result in increases in the fair value of MSR that are not marked-to-market through earnings. Therefore, management may elect to decrease the emphasis on risk management instruments accorded mark-to-market accounting treatment in periods in which the fair market value of MSR is approaching or exceeds its amortized cost.

        We also manage the size and risk profile of the MSR asset. Depending on market conditions and our desire to expand customer relationships, we may periodically sell or purchase additional servicing. We also may sell servicing rights and at times structure loan sales to reduce the size of the MSR asset.

        We also manage the risks associated with our mortgage warehouse and pipeline. The mortgage warehouse consists of fixed-rate and, to a lesser degree, adjustable-rate home loans to be sold in the secondary market. The pipeline consists of commitments to originate fixed-rate and, to a lesser degree, adjustable-rate home loans to be sold in the secondary market. The risk associated with the mortgage pipeline and warehouse is the potential change in interest rates between the time the customer locks in the rate on the loan and the time the loan is sold. This period is usually 60 to 120 days.

        To manage the warehouse and pipeline risk, we execute forward sales agreements and option contracts. A forward sales agreement protects us in a rising interest rate environment, since the sales price and delivery date are already established. A forward sales agreement is different, however, from an option contract in that we are obligated to deliver the loan to the third party on the agreed-upon future date. We also consider the fallout factor, which represents the percentage of loans that are not expected to close, when determining the appropriate amount of forward sales.

        Overall, we believe our risk management program will minimize net income sensitivity under most interest rate environments. However, the success of this program is dependent on the judgments we make regarding the direction and timing of changes in interest rates and the amount and mix of risk management

58



instruments that we believe are appropriate to manage our interest rate risk. Our net income could be adversely affected if we are unable to effectively implement, execute or manage this strategy.

    January 1, 2003 and January 1, 2002 Sensitivity Comparison

        To analyze net income sensitivity, we project net income over a twelve month horizon based on parallel shifts in the yield curve. Management employs other analyses and interest rate scenarios to evaluate interest rate risk. For example, we project net income and net interest income under a variety of interest rate scenarios, including non-parallel shifts in the yield curve and more extreme non-parallel rising and falling rate environments. These additional scenarios address the risk exposure over longer periods of time. They also capture the net income sensitivity due to changes in the slope of the yield curve and changes in the spread between Treasury and LIBOR rates.

        The table below indicates the sensitivity of net income and net interest income to interest rate movements. The comparative scenarios assume a parallel shift in the yield curve with interest rates rising or falling in even quarterly increments over the twelve month period ending December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002. The analysis assumes increases in interest rates of 200 basis points and decreases of 100 basis points.

 
  Gradual Change in Rates
 
 
  -100 basis points
  +200 basis points
 
Net income change for the one-year period beginning:          
  January 1, 2003   11.18 % 3.90 %
  January 1, 2002   2.19   (2.76 )
Net interest income change for the one-year period beginning:          
  January 1, 2003   3.32   (5.71 )
  January 1, 2002   1.47   (5.18 )

        Net income and net interest income sensitivity changed since year-end 2001 mainly due to increases in the notional amount of asset/liability risk management instruments, the growth and change in mix of deposits and changes in the profile of the MSR and MSR risk management instruments. The projected profile may not be sustainable and may not be present for non-parallel shifts in the yield curve or changes in the spreads between mortgage, Treasury and LIBOR rates.

        The change in fair value of the MSR is projected to exceed the change in fair value of the MSR risk management instruments in the +200 basis point scenario, while the change in fair market value of the MSR risk management instruments is projected to exceed the change in the fair value of the MSR in the -100 basis point scenario. The net effect is a favorable impact on net income in the -100 and +200 basis point scenarios.

        This unusual profile of the MSR portfolio and related risk management instruments is unlikely to persist for long periods of time as the composition of the MSR portfolio will change due to prepayments and the addition of new production. In addition, changes in interest rates and or spreads between mortgage interest rates, Treasury rates or interest rate swaps could modify the profile of the MSR and the MSR risk management instruments. In addition, the composition of the MSR risk management instruments may change over time. Management may elect to modify or adjust the MSR risk management instruments to improve the performance in non-parallel rate movements.

        Currently, we project the fair value of the MSR to appreciate more in the rising interest rate scenario than the deterioration in the fair value in a comparable falling interest rate scenario. This is an inverse relationship from what we would typically expect, primarily due to the substantial refinancing activity caused by decreases in mortgage rates over the last two years. Due to the current interest rate environment and the weighted average coupon rate of our loans serviced for others portfolio, the assumptions for the valuation of our MSR use a fairly high prepayment rate. Although we project an increase in the

59



prepayment rate if interest rates fall further, the change will not be as great as would be expected in a more typical environment. Conversely, we project that prepayment rates will decrease significantly more if interest rates rise than would otherwise be expected in a more typical environment. We do not anticipate that this valuation profile will continue over time.

        Net interest income is projected to decline in the +200 basis point interest environment due to decreases in the net interest margin. The decrease in the margin is somewhat offset by increased balance sheet growth. The projected decline in the net interest margin results from liability rates repricing faster than asset yields. The projected balance sheet growth results from a slowdown in prepayments and a shift to a higher proportion of adjustable rate loans. The slight increase in net interest income sensitivity since the January 1, 2002 projection is due to slight increases in the sensitivity of deposit rates resulting from the higher balances and rates paid on interest-bearing checking accounts. Net income is projected to increase despite the decline in net interest income mainly due to the favorable impact of the MSR and related risk management instruments as discussed above.

        Net interest income is projected to increase in the -100 basis point interest environment due to a slightly higher net interest margin somewhat offset by a reduction in balance sheet growth. The projected decline in the growth of the balance sheet results from faster prepayments and an increase in fixed-rate salable loan production. The projected nominal increase in the net interest margin results from liability rates repricing faster than asset yields. The increased sensitivity of net interest income since the January 1, 2002 projection is due to slight increases in the sensitivity of deposit rates resulting from the higher balances and rates paid on interest-bearing checking accounts. Net income is projected to increase by more than the increase in net interest income mainly due to the favorable impact of the MSR and related risk management instruments as discussed above.

        The projection of the sensitivity of net income requires numerous behavioral assumptions. Prepayment, decay rate (the estimated runoff of deposit accounts that do not have a stated maturity) and loan and deposit volume and mix projections are the most significant assumptions. Prepayments affect the size of the balance sheet, which impacts net interest income, and they are also a major factor in the valuation of MSR. The decay rate assumptions also impact net interest income by altering the expected deposit mix and rates in various interest rate environments. The prepayment and decay rate assumptions reflect management's best estimate of future behavior. These assumptions are derived from internal and external analysis of customer behavior.

        The sensitivity of new loan volume and mix to changes in market interest rate levels is also projected. Generally, we assume loan production increases in falling interest rate scenarios with an increased proportion of fixed-rate production. We generally assume a reduction in total loan production in rising interest rate scenarios with a shift towards a greater proportion of adjustable-rate production. The gain from mortgage loans also varies under different interest rate scenarios. Normally, the gain from mortgage loans increases in falling interest rate environments as higher consumer demand, generated primarily from high refinancing activity, allows loans to be priced more aggressively. Conversely, the gain from mortgage loans tends to decline when interest rates increase as loan pricing becomes more competitive, since market participants strive to retain market share as consumer demand declines.

        In addition to gain from mortgage loans, the sensitivity of noninterest income and expense also involve estimates. The impairment and recovery of MSR is the most significant element of sensitivity in the projection of noninterest income. The fair value of MSR generally increases as interest rates rise and decreases as interest rates fall. The analysis assumes the change in the fair value of MSR and the related risk management instruments is recorded into income and assumes the composition of the MSR risk management instruments remains fairly constant. This assumption may not be realized. The analysis also assumes that mortgage and interest rate swap spreads remain constant in all interest rate environments. Changes in these spreads could result in significant changes in the projected net income sensitivity. For example, given our current mix of MSR risk management instruments, the projected net income would

60



increase if market rates on interest rate swaps decreased by more than the decrease in mortgage rates, while the projected net income could decline if the rates on swaps increased by more than mortgage rates. The other components of noninterest income and expense, such as deposit and loan fees and expenses, generally increase or decrease in conjunction with depositor and loan volumes, although loan servicing fees and the amortization of MSR are also dependent on prepayment expectations.


Maturity and Repricing Information

        We use interest rate risk management contracts as tools to manage interest rate risk. The following tables summarize the key contractual terms associated with these contracts. Interest rate risk management contracts that are embedded within certain adjustable and fixed-rate borrowings, while not accounted for as derivatives under Statement No. 133, have been included in the tables since they also function as interest rate risk management tools. Substantially all of the pay-fixed swaps, receive-fixed swaps, payor swaptions, receiver swaptions and embedded derivatives at December 31, 2002 are indexed to three-month LIBOR with the primary exception of a $3.00 billion notional amount of MSR risk management floors which are indexed to the 10-year constant maturity swap.

61



        The following estimated net fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies:

 
  December 31, 2002
 
 
  Maturity Range
 
 
  Net
Fair
Value

  Gross
Positive
Fair
Value

  Total
Notional
Amount

  2003
  2004
  2005
  2006
  2007
  After
2007

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Interest Rate Risk Management Contracts:                                                        
  Asset/Liability Management                                                        
    Pay-fixed swaps:   $ (1,143 ) $ -                                            
      Contractual maturity               $ 29,742   $ 8,416   $ 8,834   $ 3,210   $ 4,709   $ 3,700   $ 873  
      Weighted average pay rate                 3.92 %   2.92 %   4.03 %   4.09 %   4.39 %   5.02 %   4.68 %
      Weighted average receive rate                 1.56 %   1.56 %   1.53 %   1.57 %   1.58 %   1.66 %   1.37 %
    Receive-fixed swaps:     591     591                                            
      Contractual maturity               $ 5,905   $ 825   $ 200   $ 530   $ 1,000     -   $ 3,350  
      Weighted average pay rate                 1.39 %   1.21 %   1.65 %   0.90 %   1.40 %   -     1.49 %
      Weighted average receive rate                 5.81 %   5.40 %   6.75 %   5.37 %   6.81 %   -     5.62 %
    Interest rate caps/corridors:     -     -                                            
      Contractual maturity               $ 526   $ 271   $ 191   $ 64     -     -     -  
      Weighted average strike rate                 7.61 %   7.62 %   8.14 %   5.94 %   -     -     -  
    Payor swaptions:     -     -                                            
      Contractual maturity (option)               $ 5,000   $ 5,000     -     -     -     -     -  
      Weighted average strike rate                 6.12 %   6.12 %   -     -     -     -     -  
      Contractual maturity (swap)                 -     -     -     -   $ 1,000   $ 750   $ 3,250  
      Weighted average pay rate                 -     -     -     -     6.05 %   6.26 %   6.11 %
    Embedded pay-fixed swaps:     (207 )   -                                            
      Contractual maturity               $ 2,750     -     -     -     -   $ 2,750     -  
      Weighted average pay rate                 4.73 %   -     -     -     -     4.73 %   -  
      Weighted average receive rate                 1.74 %   -     -     -     -     1.74 %   -  
    Embedded caps:     -     -                                            
      Contractual maturity               $ 641   $ 141   $ 500     -     -     -     -  
      Weighted average strike rate                 7.64 %   7.25 %   7.75 %   -     -     -     -  
    Embedded payor swaptions (1) :     4     4                                            
      Contractual maturity (option)               $ 6,400   $ 5,900   $ 500     -     -     -     -  
      Weighted average strike rate                 6.14 %   6.13 %   6.21 %   -     -     -     -  
      Contractual maturity (swap)                 -     -     -     -   $ 3,750     -   $ 2,650  
      Weighted average pay rate                 -     -     -     -     5.99 %   -     6.34 %
   
 
 
                                     
        Total interest rate contracts     (755 )   595   $ 50,964                                      
    Forward purchase commitments:     101     101                                            
      Contractual maturity               $ 10,193   $ 10,193     -     -     -     -     -  
      Weighted average price                 102.38     102.38                                
    Forward sales commitments:     (662 )   1                                            
      Contractual maturity               $ 41,238   $ 41,238     -     -     -     -     -  
      Weighted average price                 102.34     102.34                                
    Mortgage put options:     7     7                                            
      Contractual maturity               $ 7,150   $ 7,150     -     -     -     -     -  
      Weighted average strike price                 99.28     99.28                                
   
 
 
                                     
        Total asset/liability management   $ (1,309 ) $ 704   $ 109,545                                      
   
 
 
                                     

(1)
Embedded interest rate swaptions are exercisable upon maturity.

(This table is continued on next page)

62


(Continued from previous page)

 
  December 31, 2002
 
 
  Maturity Range
 
 
  Net
Fair
Value

  Gross
Positive
Fair
Value

  Total
Notional
Amount

  2003
  2004
  2005
  2006
  2007
  After
2007

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Interest Rate Risk Management Contracts:                                                        
  MSR Risk Management                                                        
    Pay-fixed swaps:   $ (50 ) $ -                                            
      Contractual maturity               $ 2,903     -     -     -     -   $ 1,950   $ 953  
      Weighted average pay rate                 3.77 %   -     -     -     -     3.41 %   4.52 %
      Weighted average receive rate                 1.41 %   -     -     -     -     1.40 %   1.42 %
    Receive-fixed swaps:     2,176     2,176                                            
      Contractual maturity               $ 17,915     -   $ 561   $ 500   $ 700   $ 1,250   $ 14,904  
      Weighted average pay rate                 1.57 %   -     1.80 %   1.41 %   1.42 %   1.50 %   1.58 %
      Weighted average receive rate                 5.65 %   -     4.35 %   4.54 %   5.31 %   4.33 %   5.86 %
    Floors (2) :     249     249                                            
      Contractual maturity               $ 3,900     -     -     -     -   $ 3,900     -  
      Weighted average strike rate                 6.09 %   -     -     -     -     6.09 %   -  
    Receiver swaptions:     415     415                                            
      Contractual maturity (option)               $ 4,000   $ 300   $ 800   $ 2,900     -     -     -  
      Weighted average strike rate                 6.21 %   5.42 %   5.73 %   6.43 %   -     -     -  
      Contractual maturity (swap)                 -     -     -     -     -     -   $ 4,000  
      Weighted average pay rate                 -     -     -     -     -     -     6.21 %
   
 
 
                                     
        Total interest rate contracts     2,790     2,840   $ 28,718                                      
    Forward purchase commitments:     236     236                                            
      Contractual maturity               $ 13,250   $ 13,250     -     -     -     -     -  
      Weighted average price                 100.35     100.35                                
   
 
 
                                     
        Total MSR risk management   $ 3,026   $ 3,076   $ 41,968                                      
   
 
 
                                     
          Total interest rate risk management contracts   $ 1,717   $ 3,780   $ 151,513                                      
   
 
 
                                     

(2)
At December 31, 2002, none of these floors were effective. These contracts will become effective during May and July 2003.

63


 
  December 31, 2001
 
 
  Maturity Range
 
 
  Net
Fair
Value

  Gross
Positive
Fair
Value

  Total
Notional
Amount

  2002
  2003
  2004
  2005
  2006
  After
2006

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Interest Rate Risk Management Contracts:                                                        
  Asset/Liability Management                                                        
    Pay-fixed swaps:   $ (9 ) $ 96                                            
      Contractual maturity               $ 12,905   $ 2,914   $ 2,036   $ 2,534   $ 30   $ 4,448   $ 943  
      Weighted average pay rate                 4.82 %   6.09 %   3.78 %   4.63 %   7.15 %   4.39 %   5.58 %
      Weighted average receive rate                 2.18 %   2.21 %   2.23 %   2.21 %   2.11 %   2.20 %   1.75 %
    Receive-fixed swaps:     224     230                                            
      Contractual maturity               $ 3,627   $ 40   $ 120     -   $ 560   $ 1,005   $ 1,902  
      Weighted average pay rate                 2.05 %   2.11 %   1.95 %   -     1.89 %   2.01 %   2.13 %
      Weighted average receive rate                 6.63 %   7.17 %   5.55 %   -     5.48 %   6.81 %   6.94 %
    Interest rate caps/collars/corridors:     -     -                                            
      Contractual maturity               $ 835   $ 380   $ 214   $ 191     -   $ 50     -  
      Weighted average strike rate                 7.59 %   7.47 %   7.86 %   8.14 %   -     5.25 %   -  
    Payor swaptions:     119     119                                            
      Contractual maturity (option)               $ 5,500   $ 500   $ 5,000     -     -     -     -  
      Weighted average strike rate                 6.11 %   6.04 %   6.12 %   -     -     -     -  
      Contractual maturity (swap)                 -     -     -     -     -   $ 1,000   $ 4,500  
      Weighted average pay rate                 -     -     -     -     -     6.05 %   6.12 %
    Embedded caps:     2     2                                            
      Contractual maturity               $ 696     -   $ 196   $ 500     -     -     -  
      Weighted average strike rate                 7.60 %   -     7.25 %   7.75 %   -     -     -  
    Embedded payor swaptions (1) :     136     136                                            
      Contractual maturity (option)               $ 5,900     -   $ 5,900     -     -     -     -  
      Weighted average strike rate                 6.13 %   -     6.13 %   -     -     -     -  
      Contractual maturity (swap)                 -     -     -     -     -   $ 3,750   $ 2,150  
      Weighted average pay rate                 -     -     -     -     -     5.99 %   6.37 %
   
 
 
                                     
        Total interest rate contracts     472     583   $ 29,463                                      
    Forward purchase commitments:     (15 )   2                                            
      Contractual maturity               $ 3,443   $ 3,443     -     -     -     -     -  
      Weighted average price                 96.99     96.99                                
    Forward sales commitments:     289     312                                            
      Contractual maturity               $ 29,784   $ 29,784     -     -     -     -     -  
      Weighted average price                 98.33     98.33                                
    Mortgage put options:     19     33                                            
      Contractual maturity               $ 4,900   $ 4,900     -     -     -     -     -  
      Weighted average strike price                 98.46     98.46                                
   
 
 
                                     
        Total asset/liability management   $ 765   $ 930   $ 67,590                                      
   
 
 
                                     
  MSR Risk Management                                                        
    Embedded floors (2) :   $ 142   $ 142                                            
      Contractual maturity               $ 2,300     -     -     -   $ 2,300     -     -  
      Weighted average strike rate                 5.12 %   -     -     -     5.12 %   -     -  
   
 
 
                                     
        Total MSR risk management   $ 142   $ 142   $ 2,300                                      
   
 
 
                                     
          Total interest rate risk management contracts   $ 907   $ 1,072   $ 69,890                                      
   
 
 
                                     

(1)
Embedded interest rate swaptions are exercisable upon maturity.

(2)
At December 31, 2001, $1.8 billion of these contracts were effective. Contractual start dates for the remaining floors began on September 15, 2002. Once effective, the floors reprice every three months.

        An additional risk that arises from our interest rate risk management contracts is counterparty credit risk. These activities generally involve an exchange of obligations with another financial institution, referred to in such transactions as a "counterparty." If a counterparty were to default, we could potentially be exposed to financial loss. In order to minimize this risk, we evaluate all counterparties for financial strength on at least an annual basis, then establish exposure limits for each counterparty. All of the counterparty credit risk associated with interest rate risk management contracts is with counterparties

64



rated A or better by Standard & Poor's at December 31, 2002, and we monitor our exposure and collateral requirements on a daily basis.

    Gap Report

        A historical view of interest rate sensitivity for savings institutions is the gap report, which indicates the difference between assets maturing or repricing within a period and total liabilities maturing or repricing within the same period. In assigning assets to maturity and repricing categories, we consider expected prepayment speeds and amortization of principal rather than contractual maturities. The analysis excludes reinvestment of cash. Prepayment assumptions are based on internal projections based on an analysis of market prepayment estimates and past experience with our current loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios. The majority of our transaction deposits are not contractually subject to repricing. Therefore, these instruments have been allocated based on expected decay rates. Certain transaction deposits that reprice based on a market index or which typically have frequent repricing intervals are allocated to the repricing or maturity buckets based on the expected repricing period. Non-rate sensitive items such as the reserve for loan losses, mark-to-market adjustments, premiums and discounts and deferred loan fees/costs are not included in the table. Loans held for sale are included in the 0-3 months category, provided that these instruments are offset with forward commitments to sell loans. In addition, MSR interest rate risk management contracts are excluded from the analysis.

        The gap information is limited by the fact that it is a point-in-time analysis. The data reflects conditions and assumptions as of December 31, 2002. These conditions and assumptions may not be appropriate at another point in time. The analysis is also subject to the accuracy of various assumptions used, particularly the prepayment and decay rate projections, the expected repricing period of certain deposits and the allocation of instruments with optionality to a specific maturity category, especially interest rate contracts. Consequently, the interpretation of the gap information is subjective.

65


 
  December 31, 2002
 
 
  Projected Repricing
 
 
  0-3 months
  4-12 months
  1-5 years
  Thereafter
  Total
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Interest-Sensitive Assets                                
Adjustable-rate loans (1)   $ 74,144   $ 26,009   $ 26,157   $ 127   $ 126,437  
Fixed-rate loans (1)     11,622     11,583     22,196     4,494     49,895  
Adjustable-rate securities (1)(2)     27,190     300     108     -     27,598  
Fixed-rate securities (1)     494     1,296     3,190     13,622     18,602  
Cash and cash equivalents, federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements     9,223     -     -     -     9,223  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 122,673   $ 39,188   $ 51,651   $ 18,243   $ 231,755  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-Sensitive Liabilities                                
Noninterest-bearing deposits (3)   $ 2,238   $ 5,936   $ 18,262   $ 11,079   $ 37,515  
Interest-bearing checking accounts, savings accounts and money market deposit accounts (3)     20,998     14,413     30,980     17,842     84,233  
Interest-bearing time deposit accounts     9,357     13,441     10,129     840     33,767  
Short-term and adjustable-rate borrowings     56,193     1,901     -     195     58,289  
Long-term fixed-rate borrowings     5,168     5,691     9,112     6,324     26,295  
Derivatives matched against liabilities     (23,359 )   (6,536 )   26,472     3,423     -  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 70,595   $ 34,846   $ 94,955   $ 39,703   $ 240,099  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Repricing gap   $ 52,078   $ 4,342   $ (43,304 ) $ (21,460 ) $ (8,344 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cumulative gap   $ 52,078   $ 56,420   $ 13,116   $ (8,344 ) $ (8,344 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cumulative gap as a percentage of total assets     19.41 %   21.03 %   4.89 %   (3.11 )%   (3.11 )%
  Total assets                           $ 268,298  
                           
 

(1)
Based on scheduled maturity or scheduled repricing and estimated prepayments of principal.
(2)
Includes investment in FHLBs.
(3)
Based on projected decay rates and/or repricing periods for checking, savings and money market deposit accounts.


Recently Issued Accounting Standards

        In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("Statement") No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations . Statement No. 143 addresses the accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible, long-lived assets. The Statement became effective January 1, 2003 and did not have a material impact on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company.

        In June 2002, the FASB issued Statement No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities . This Statement requires that a liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred and be measured at fair value and adjusted for changes in estimated cash flows. Existing generally accepted accounting principles provide for the recognition of such costs at the date of management's commitment to an exit plan. Under Statement No. 146, management's commitment to an exit plan would not be sufficient, by itself, to recognize a liability. The Statement is effective for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002 and did not have a material impact on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company.

        In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45 ("FIN 45"), Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others , which expands on the accounting guidance of Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and incorporates without change the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 34, which is being superseded. This Interpretation requires a guarantor to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. In addition, guarantors are required to make significant new disclosures, even if the likelihood of the guarantor making payments under the guarantee is remote. The

66



Interpretation's disclosure requirements are effective for the Company as of December 31, 2002. The recognition requirements of FIN 45 are to be applied prospectively to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. Significant guarantees that have been entered into by the Company are discussed in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies."

        In December 2002, the FASB issued Statement No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and Disclosure , which amends Statement No. 123. This Statement provides alternative methods of transitioning, on a voluntary basis, from the intrinsic value-based method of accounting prescribed by Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25 , Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , to the fair value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. Effective January 1, 2003 and in accordance with the transitional guidance of Statement No. 148, the Company elected to prospectively apply the fair value method of accounting for stock-based awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2002. Options granted prior to January 1, 2003 and not modified after January 1, 2003, will continue to be accounted for under APB Opinion No. 25, and the pro forma presentation of what the impact to the financial statements would be if these options were accounted for on the fair value basis will continue to be disclosed in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements until the last of those options vest in 2005. The Company expects that accounting for its 2003 stock option grants at fair value will have no material impact to the 2003 financial statements, assuming the 2003 options are granted under similar terms and timelines as the options that were granted in 2002. Under these same assumptions, the annual impact is expected to increase to approximately $0.05 per share in 2004. The actual impact per diluted share may vary in the event the fair value or the number of options, or the timing of the issuance of the options change from the current estimate, or if the current accounting guidance changes.

        In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 ("FIN 46"), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities . The objective of this interpretation is to provide guidance on how to identify a variable interest entity and determine when the assets, liabilities, noncontrolling interests and results of operations of a variable interest entity need to be included in a company's consolidated financial statements. A company that holds variable interests in an entity will need to consolidate the entity if the company's interest in the variable interest entity is such that the company will absorb a majority of the variable interest entity's expected losses and/or receive a majority of the entity's expected residual returns, if they occur. The provisions of this interpretation became effective upon issuance. As of December 31, 2002, the Company had variable interests in securitization trusts, which are discussed in Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Mortgage Banking Activities." These trusts are qualifying special-purpose entities, which are exempt from the consolidation requirements of FIN 46. The Company reports its rights and obligations related to these qualifying special-purpose entities according to the requirements of Statement No. 140. See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies." The Company has not identified any unconsolidated investments in other variable interest entities besides qualifying special-purpose entities.


Tax Contingency

        From 1981 through 1985, Ahmanson acquired thrift institutions in six states through Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation-assisted transactions. The position was that assistance received from the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation included out-of-state branching rights valued at approximately $740 million. Prior to December 31, 1998, Ahmanson had sold its deposit-taking businesses and abandoned such branching rights in five states, the first of which was Missouri in 1993. Our financial statements do not contain any benefit related to our determination that we are entitled to a deduction for the amount of our tax bases in certain state branching rights when we sold our deposit-taking businesses in those states, thereby abandoning such branching rights. Our position is that the tax bases result from the tax treatment of property received as assistance from the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation in conjunction with Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation-assisted transactions. The potential tax benefit related to these abandonments as of December 31, 2002 could approach $270 million.

67


        The Internal Revenue Service has completed its examination of the Ahmanson federal income tax returns for the years 1990 through 1993. The return for 1993 included the proposed adjustment related to the abandonment of the Missouri branching rights. A tentative settlement was reached with the Appeals Branch level of the IRS and it is currently under review by the Joint Committee on Taxation. In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, we do not believe it is appropriate at this time to reflect any tax benefits in our financial statements.

        In addition, losses have been claimed for amounts capitalized as supervisory goodwill for acquisitions made by companies we acquired. The deductions claimed for these total $1,306 million. Our position is that tax bases resulted from the tax treatment of property received as assistance from the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Company in the same manner as branching rights, and that the tax bases became deductible losses by virtue of new regulatory standards imposed by Congress. The potential tax benefit related to these assets as of December 31, 2002 could approach $520 million.

        The Internal Revenue Service has established a coordinated position opposing the deductibility of Tax loss for supervisory goodwill. Further review by the IRS Appeals is expected regarding the position and arguments for deduction of the losses incurred. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, we do not believe it is appropriate at this time to reflect any tax benefits for these matters in our financial statements.


Goodwill Litigation

        On August 9, 1989, the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act was enacted. Among other things, the Act raised the minimum capital requirements for savings institutions and required a phase-out of the amount of supervisory goodwill that could be included in satisfying certain regulatory capital requirements. The exclusion of supervisory goodwill from regulatory capital led many savings institutions to either replace the lost capital by issuing new qualifying debt or equity securities or to reduce assets.

        To date, trials have been concluded and opinions have been issued in a number of actions in the United States Court of Federal Claims in which savings institutions and investors in savings institutions sought damages from the U.S. Government based on breach of contract and other theories. Generally, in cases in which these opinions on the merits have been issued by the federal claims court, either the plaintiff(s), the defendant (U.S. Government), or both the plaintiff(s) and the defendant, have opted to appeal the federal claims court's decision. Of those appeals, some are now pending before the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit and others have been decided. Generally, the appeals have resulted in the cases being remanded to the federal claims court for further trial proceedings. In one case, California Federal Bank v. United States , the plaintiff petitioned and the defendant cross petitioned the United States Supreme Court for a writ of certiorari, both of which were denied.

    Home Savings

        WMBFA, as successor to Home Savings, has continued to pursue a favorable outcome in the lawsuit filed by Home Savings in September 1992 against the U.S. Government for damages from the exclusion from regulatory capital of supervisory goodwill resulting from Home Savings' acquisitions of savings institutions in Florida, Missouri, Texas, Illinois, and Ohio, and of Century Federal Savings of New York, over the period from 1981 to 1985. As of August 31, 1989, Home Savings possessed approximately $460 million in unamortized supervisory goodwill from these acquisitions.

        In the Home Savings goodwill litigation, Home Savings and Ahmanson (the parent of Home Savings prior to its acquisition by WMBFA) alleged breaches of contract as well as certain other claims arising from facts substantially identical to those giving rise to the breaches of contract.

        On May 18, 2001, the federal claims court issued an opinion holding the U.S. Government liable for breaches of the contracts which permitted Home Savings to count supervisory goodwill toward regulatory

68



capital requirements in regard to all of the supervisory acquisitions of savings institutions in the states of Florida, Missouri, Texas, and Illinois, and in regard to the acquisition of Century Federal Savings of New York. The federal claims court's opinion further holds the U.S. Government liable for breach of the contract which permitted Home Savings to count supervisory goodwill toward regulatory capital in regard to one of the five savings institutions that Home Savings acquired in the state of Ohio. The federal claims court held that the U.S. Government was not liable for any breach of contract in regard to the other four savings institutions in Ohio which Home Savings had acquired. Of the approximately $34 million in goodwill Home Savings had as of August 31, 1989 from the Ohio institutions, approximately $3 million resulted from the acquisition that the federal claims court found gave rise to a contract.

        On January 16, 2002, the federal claims court issued an opinion dismissing the remaining claims of Home Savings other than those for breach of contract. In the same opinion, the federal claims court denied a motion by the United States for summary judgment with respect to damages resulting from the U.S. Government's breaches of contract. A trial on the issue of damages on the contract claims began on February 3, 2003 and concluded on February 25, 2003. Post-trial briefs from the parties related to some of the issues raised at the trial are due on March 21, 2003. As yet, there has been no determination as to the amount of any damages, if any, that Home Savings may be entitled to recover in compensation for the U.S. Government's breaches. Substantially, all issues determined by the federal claims court remain subject to appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit.

    American Savings Bank, F.A.

        In December 1992, American Savings Bank, Keystone Holdings and certain related parties brought a lawsuit against the U.S. Government, alleging, among other things, that in connection with the acquisition of American Savings Bank they entered into a contract with agencies of the United States and that the U.S. Government breached that contract. As a result of the Keystone acquisition, we succeeded to all of the rights of American Savings Bank, Keystone Holdings and such related parties in such litigation and will receive any recovery from the litigation.

        In connection with the Keystone acquisition, we placed 8 million shares of our common stock into an escrow. As of December 19, 2002, as a result of stock splits, there were 18 million shares in the escrow. Under the escrow arrangement, upon our receipt of net cash proceeds from a judgment in or settlement of the litigation, all or part of the escrow shares were to be released, 64.9% to investors in Keystone Holdings or their assigns, and 35.1% to the FDIC as manager of the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation Resolution Fund or its assigns. The number of escrow shares to be released was to be equal to the case proceeds, reduced by certain tax and litigation-related costs and expenses, divided by $18.4944. The escrow would by its terms automatically expire on December 20, 2002, absent the occurrence of certain circumstances that would extend it.

        On December 23, 2002, we notified the escrow agent that the escrow had expired and instructed the escrow agent to return to us the 18 million shares of our common stock held in escrow, together with the cash which had been earned as a result of dividends paid on those shares and the investment of the dividends. The Keystone Holdings' investors and the FDIC objected to such release, contending, among other matters, that the circumstances that would extend the escrow had occurred. We disagree with their contention.

        The Company, the Keystone Holdings' investors and the FDIC have been in discussions about a possible resolution of their disagreement relating to the escrow. To facilitate such discussions, the parties have agreed that for an interim period they will not initiate any litigation relating to the escrow and that, as of each month end during the interim period, we will be entitled to have 225,000 shares returned to us from the escrow together with dividends and investment earnings attributable to those shares. The interim period is currently scheduled to end after we receive the shares (and related dividends and earnings) we are entitled to request on April 30, 2003. We have already received a total of 450,000 shares and

69



$2.3 million in cash with respect to the requests we were entitled to make on January 31, 2003, and on February 28, 2003.

    Coast Savings Financial, Inc. and Bank United Corp.

        Prior to their acquisitions, Coast Savings Financial, Inc. and Bank United had similar lawsuits against the U.S. Government. Generally, securities representing interests in these lawsuits were issued to Coast Savings Financial, Inc. and Bank United shareholders. These securities, called contingent payment rights certificates, are currently traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbols CCPRZ and BNKUZ, respectively. We do not own a significant number of these securities.

    Dime Bancorp, Inc.

        In January 1995, Anchor Savings Bank FSB, filed suit against the U.S. Government for unspecified damages involving supervisory goodwill related to its acquisition of eight troubled savings institutions from 1982-1985. Four of the acquisitions involved financial assistance from the U.S. Government, and four did not. The Dime Savings Bank of New York, FSB acquired Anchor Savings Bank shortly after the case was brought and Dime Savings Bank assumed the rights under the litigation against the government. Dime Bancorp distributed a Litigation Tracking Warrant (an "LTW") for each share of its common stock outstanding on December 22, 2000 to each of its shareholders on that date. In January 2002, Dime Savings Bank and Dime Bancorp merged into Washington Mutual Bank, FA and the Company. As a result of these mergers, we assumed the litigation against the government and the LTWs are now exercisable for shares of our common stock. For additional information concerning the Dime goodwill litigation and the LTWs, see the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 12, 2003, File No. 001-14667.


Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

        For financial statements, see Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 75.


Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

        None.


PART III

         Items 10, 11, 12, and 13 are incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement issued in conjunction with our Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 15, 2003. Certain information regarding our principal officers is set forth in "Business – Principal Officers."

70



PART IV


Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

(a)
(1) Financial Statements

        See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 75.

    (2)
    Financial Statement Schedules

        All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or not required, or because the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

(b)
Reports on Form 8-K:

        Washington Mutual filed the following reports on Form 8-K during the fourth quarter of 2002:

    1.
    Report filed on October 15, 2002. Items included: Item 5. Other Events, and Item 7. Financial Statements and Exhibits. The report included a press release announcing Washington Mutual's third quarter 2002 financial results and unaudited consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2002.

    2.
    Report filed on November 21, 2002. Items included: Item 7. Financial Statements and Exhibits. The report included an Underwriting Agreement dated November 21, 2002 between Washington Mutual, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee, for the Company to issue Senior Debt Securities totaling $750 million and bearing a fixed rate of 4.375%. The notes are due on January 15, 2008.

    3.
    Report filed on December 5, 2002. Items included: Item 9. Regulation FD Disclosure. The report included slides that may be used by Washington Mutual, Inc. in various presentations to investors.

    4.
    Report filed on December 11, 2002. Items included: Item 9. Regulation FD Disclosure. The report included a presentation made by Kerry K. Killinger, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and other officers of Washington Mutual, Inc. at the fourth quarter 2002 Investor Day.

(c)
Exhibits:

        The exhibits filed as part of this report and exhibits incorporated herein by reference to other documents are listed in the Index of Exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K (pages E-1 through E-9).

71




Signatures

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 13, 2003.

  WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

/s/  
KERRY K. KILLINGER       
Kerry K. Killinger
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities indicated on March 13, 2003.

/s/   KERRY K. KILLINGER       
Kerry K. Killinger
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer;
Director (Principal Executive Officer)
  /s/   THOMAS W. CASEY       
Thomas W. Casey
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
DOUGLAS P. BEIGHLE       
Douglas P. Beighle
Director

 

/s/  
ROBERT H. MILES       
Robert H. Miles
Senior Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
ANNE V. FARRELL       
Anne V. Farrell
Director

 

/s/  
WILLIAM G. REED, JR.       
William G. Reed, Jr.
Director

/s/  
STEPHEN E. FRANK       
Stephen E. Frank
Director

 

/s/  
ELIZABETH A. SANDERS       
Elizabeth A. Sanders
Director

/s/  
PHILLIP D. MATTHEWS       
Phillip D. Matthews
Director

 

/s/  
WILLIAM D. SCHULTE       
William D. Schulte
Director

/s/  
MICHAEL K. MURPHY       
Michael K. Murphy
Director

 

/s/  
JAMES H. STEVER       
James H. Stever
Director

/s/  
MARGARET OSMER-MCQUADE       
Margaret Osmer-McQuade
Director

 

/s/  
WILLIS B. WOOD, JR.       
Willis B. Wood, Jr.
Director

/s/  
MARY E. PUGH       
Mary E. Pugh
Director

 

 

72



CERTIFICATIONS

        I, Kerry K. Killinger, certify that:

    1.
    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Washington Mutual, Inc.;

    2.
    Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

    3.
    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

    4.
    The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:

    a)
    designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

    b)
    evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the "Evaluation Date"); and

    c)
    presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

    5.
    The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

    a)
    all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant's auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

    b)
    any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal controls; and

    6.
    The registrant's other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective action with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

    Date: March 14, 2003   /s/   KERRY K. KILLINGER       
Kerry K. Killinger
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
of Washington Mutual, Inc.

73


        I, Thomas W. Casey, certify that:

    1.
    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Washington Mutual, Inc.;

    2.
    Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

    3.
    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

    4.
    The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:

    a)
    designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

    b)
    evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the "Evaluation Date"); and

    c)
    presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

    5.
    The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

    a)
    all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant's auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

    b)
    any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal controls; and

    6.
    The registrant's other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

    Date: March 14, 2003   /s/   THOMAS W. CASEY       
Thomas W. Casey
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
of Washington Mutual, Inc.

74


Financial Statements and Supplementary Data


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page
Independent Auditors' Report   76
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000   77
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2002 and 2001   78
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000   79
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000   80
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   82
Supplementary Data (unaudited)   142

75



INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Washington Mutual, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Washington Mutual, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and comprehensive income, and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition of Washington Mutual, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 133 , Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended, on January 1, 2001; SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , on January 1, 2002; and SFAS No. 147, Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions , on October 1, 2002.

GRAPHIC

Seattle, Washington
February 18, 2003

76



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (in millions, except per share amounts)

 
Interest Income                    
  Loans held for sale   $ 1,724   $ 1,203   $ 201  
  Loans held in portfolio     9,252     10,030     9,187  
  Available-for-sale securities     2,959     3,573     2,811  
  Held-to-maturity securities     -     -     1,319  
  Other interest and dividend income     312     259     265  
   
 
 
 
    Total interest income     14,247     15,065     13,783  
Interest Expense                    
  Deposits     2,668     3,094     3,290  
  Borrowings     3,238     5,095     6,182  
   
 
 
 
    Total interest expense     5,906     8,189     9,472  
   
 
 
 
    Net interest income     8,341     6,876     4,311  
  Provision for loan and lease losses     595     575     185  
   
 
 
 
    Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses     7,746     6,301     4,126  
Noninterest Income                    
  Home loan mortgage banking income (expense):                    
    Loan servicing fees     2,237     1,375     295  
    Amortization of mortgage servicing rights     (2,616 )   (1,054 )   (133 )
    Impairment adjustment     (3,219 )   (1,701 )   (9 )
    Revaluation gain from derivatives     2,517     -     -  
    Net settlement income from certain interest-rate swaps     382     -     -  
    Gain from mortgage loans     1,280     963     262  
    Other home loan mortgage banking income, net     350     134     18  
   
 
 
 
      Total home loan mortgage banking income (expense)     931     (283 )   433  
  Depositor and other retail banking fees     1,634     1,290     976  
  Securities fees and commissions     362     303     318  
  Insurance income     177     100     49  
  Portfolio loan related income     349     193     82  
  Gain (loss) from other available-for-sale securities     768     600     (4 )
  Gain on extinguishment of securities sold under agreements to repurchase     282     621     -  
  Other income     287     424     130  
   
 
 
 
    Total noninterest income     4,790     3,248     1,984  
Noninterest Expense                    
  Compensation and benefits     2,899     1,924     1,348  
  Occupancy and equipment     1,153     804     604  
  Telecommunications and outsourced information services     524     441     323  
  Depositor and other retail banking losses     204     144     105  
  Amortization of goodwill     -     139     83  
  Amortization of other intangible assets     67     33     23  
  Professional fees     208     201     101  
  Advertising and promotion     246     185     132  
  Other expense     1,081     746     407  
   
 
 
 
    Total noninterest expense     6,382     4,617     3,126  
   
 
 
 
    Income before income taxes     6,154     4,932     2,984  
  Income taxes     2,258     1,818     1,085  
   
 
 
 
Net Income   $ 3,896   $ 3,114   $ 1,899  
   
 
 
 
Net Income Attributable to Common Stock   $ 3,891   $ 3,107   $ 1,899  
   
 
 
 
  Net income per common share:                    
    Basic   $ 4.12   $ 3.65   $ 2.37  
    Diluted     4.05     3.59     2.36  
  Dividends declared per common share     1.06     0.90     0.76  
  Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding (in thousands)     943,905     850,245     801,262  
  Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding (in thousands)     960,152     864,658     804,695  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

77



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Assets              
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 7,208   $ 3,563  
  Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements     2,015     2,481  
  Available-for-sale securities, total amortized cost of $42,592 and $58,783:              
    Encumbered     16,695     38,649  
    Unencumbered     27,277     19,700  
   
 
 
      43,972     58,349  
  Loans held for sale     33,996     26,582  
  Loans held in portfolio     147,528     130,251  
  Allowance for loan and lease losses     (1,653 )   (1,404 )
   
 
 
      Total loans held in portfolio, net of allowance for loan and lease losses     145,875     128,847  
  Investment in Federal Home Loan Banks     3,703     3,873  
  Mortgage servicing rights     5,341     6,241  
  Goodwill     6,270     2,175  
  Other assets     19,918     10,395  
   
 
 
      Total assets   $ 268,298   $ 242,506  
   
 
 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Deposits:              
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   $ 37,515   $ 23,259  
    Interest-bearing deposits     118,001     83,923  
   
 
 
      Total deposits     155,516     107,182  
  Federal funds purchased and commercial paper     1,247     4,690  
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     16,717     39,447  
  Advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     51,265     61,182  
  Other borrowings     15,264     12,576  
  Other liabilities     8,155     3,264  
   
 
 
      Total liabilities     248,164     228,341  
  Redeemable preferred stock     -     102  

Stockholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Common stock, no par value: 1,600,000,000 shares authorized, 944,046,787 and 873,089,120 shares issued and outstanding     -     -  
  Capital surplus – common stock     5,961     3,178  
  Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)     175     (243 )
  Retained earnings     13,998     11,128  
   
 
 
      Total stockholders' equity     20,134     14,063  
   
 
 
      Total liabilities, redeemable preferred stock, and stockholders' equity   $ 268,298   $ 242,506  
   
 
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

78



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
  Number
of Shares

  Capital
Surplus –
Common Stock

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

  Retained
Earnings

  Total
 
 
  (in millions)

 
BALANCE, December 31, 1999   857.4   $ 2,205   $ (674 ) $ 7,522   $ 9,053  
Comprehensive income:                              
  Net income – 2000   -     -     -     1,899     1,899  
  Other comprehensive income, net of tax:                              
    Net unrealized gain from securities arising during the year, net of reclassification adjustments   -     -     616     -     616  
    Minimum pension liability adjustment   -     -     4     -     4  
                         
 
Total comprehensive income                           2,519  
Cash dividends declared on common stock   -     -     -     (626 )   (626 )
Common stock repurchased and retired   (52.2 )   (869 )   -     -     (869 )
Common stock issued   4.6     89     -     -     89  
   
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, December 31, 2000   809.8     1,425     (54 )   8,795     10,166  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive income:                              
  Net income – 2001   -     -     -     3,114     3,114  
  Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:                              
    Net unrealized loss from securities arising during the year, net of reclassification adjustments   -     -     (191 )   -     (191 )
    Net unrealized gain from cash flow hedging instruments   -     -     3     -     3  
    Minimum pension liability adjustment   -     -     (1 )   -     (1 )
                         
 
Total comprehensive income                           2,925  
Cash dividends declared on common stock   -     -     -     (774 )   (774 )
Cash dividends declared on redeemable preferred stock   -     -     -     (7 )   (7 )
Common stock repurchased and retired   (7.3 )   (231 )   -     -     (231 )
Common stock warrants issued, net of issuance costs   -     398     -     -     398  
Common stock issued to acquire Bank United Corp.   63.9     1,389     -     -     1,389  
Common stock issued   6.7     197     -     -     197  
   
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, December 31, 2001   873.1     3,178     (243 )   11,128     14,063  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive income:                              
  Net income – 2002   -     -     -     3,896     3,896  
  Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:                              
    Net unrealized gain from securities arising during the year, net of reclassification adjustments   -     -     1,123     -     1,123  
    Net unrealized loss from cash flow hedging instruments   -     -     (703 )   -     (703 )
    Minimum pension liability adjustment   -     -     (2 )   -     (2 )
                         
 
Total comprehensive income                           4,314  
Cash dividends declared on common stock   -     -     -     (1,021 )   (1,021 )
Cash dividends declared on redeemable preferred stock   -     -     -     (5 )   (5 )
Common stock repurchased and retired   (38.0 )   (1,303 )   -     -     (1,303 )
Common stock issued for acquisitions   96.4     3,672     -     -     3,672  
Fair value of Dime stock options.   -     90     -     -     90  
Common stock issued to redeem preferred stock   4.3     102     -     -     102  
Common stock issued   8.2     222     -     -     222  
   
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, December 31, 2002   944.0   $ 5,961   $ 175   $ 13,998   $ 20,134  
   
 
 
 
 
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

79




WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities                    
Net income   $ 3,896   $ 3,114   $ 1,899  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by operating activities:                    
  Provision for loan and lease losses     595     575     185  
  Gain from mortgage loans     (1,280 )   (963 )   (262 )
  (Gain) loss from securities     (802 )   (717 )   2  
  Revaluation (gain) loss from derivatives     (2,396 )   5     -  
  Gain on extinguishment of securities sold under agreements to repurchase     (282 )   (621 )   -  
  Depreciation and amortization     3,206     1,638     539  
  Mortgage servicing rights impairment adjustment     3,219     1,701     9  
  Stock dividends from Federal Home Loan Banks     (191 )   (216 )   (221 )
  Origination and purchases of loans held for sale, net of principal payments     (223,494 )   (133,534 )   (13,123 )
  Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale     217,821     118,131     12,610  
  (Increase) decrease in other assets     (2,770 )   1,099     792  
  Increase (decrease) in other liabilities     2,509     (1,155 )   592  
   
 
 
 
    Net cash provided (used) by operating activities     31     (10,943 )   3,022  
Cash Flows from Investing Activities                    
Purchases of securities     (54,197 )   (60,077 )   (2,843 )
Proceeds from sales of mortgage-backed securities     8,929     20,202     2,366  
Proceeds from sales and maturities of other available-for-sale securities     65,870     31,691     1,476  
Principal payments on securities     9,056     11,830     8,373  
Purchases of investment in Federal Home Loan Banks     (4 )   (8 )   (136 )
Redemption of investment in Federal Home Loan Banks     798     -     -  
Proceeds from sale of mortgage servicing rights     997     174     -  
Origination and purchases of loans, net of principal payments     (10,651 )   (1,677 )   (29,023 )
Proceeds from sales of loans held in portfolio     -     -     13,164  
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets     333     257     265  
Net decrease (increase) in federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements     466     (2,416 )   114  
Net cash used for acquisitions     (3,185 )   (13,818 )   (23 )
Purchases of premises and equipment, net     (1,032 )   (753 )   (272 )
Purchases of bank-owned life insurance     (600 )   -     (1,000 )
   
 
 
 
    Net cash provided (used) by investing activities,
carried forward
    16,780     (14,595 )   (7,539 )

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

80


Cash Flows from Financing Activities                    
Increase (decrease) in deposits     33,163     19,509     (1,556 )
(Decrease) increase in short-term borrowings     (16,880 )   24,220     (6,373 )
Proceeds from long-term borrowings     35,087     12,799     32,615  
Repayments of long-term borrowings     (44,664 )   (25,252 )   (19,817 )
Proceeds from advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     35,827     135,015     88,749  
Repayments of advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     (53,568 )   (139,302 )   (87,990 )
Cash dividends paid on preferred and common stock     (1,026 )   (781 )   (626 )
Repurchase of common stock     (1,303 )   (231 )   (869 )
Common stock warrants issued     -     398     -  
Other     198     169     80  
   
 
 
 
  Net cash (used) provided by financing activities     (13,166 )   26,544     4,213  
   
 
 
 
  Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     3,645     1,006     (304 )
  Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year     3,563     2,557     2,861  
   
 
 
 
  Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $ 7,208   $ 3,563   $ 2,557  
   
 
 
 
Noncash Activities                    
Loans exchanged for mortgage-backed securities   $ 12,274   $ 2,399   $ 7,414  
Real estate acquired through foreclosure     447     345     255  
Loans originated to facilitate the sale of foreclosed assets     12     13     36  
Loans held in portfolio transferred to loans held for sale     6,177     -     1,314  
Loans held for sale transferred to loans held in portfolio     725     1,210     -  
Fair value of Bank United Corp. assets acquired     -     19,034     -  
Fair value of Bank United Corp. liabilities acquired     -     17,374     -  

Cash Paid During the Year For

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Interest on deposits     2,667     3,070     3,287  
Interest on borrowings     3,122     5,388     6,257  
Income taxes     3,239     1,477     444  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

81




WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

    Basis of Presentation

        Washington Mutual, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, "Washington Mutual" or the "Company") is a financial services company committed to serving consumers and small- to mid-sized businesses. The Company accepts deposits from the general public, originates, purchases, services and sells home loans, makes consumer loans and commercial real estate loans (primarily loans secured by multi-family properties) and engages in certain commercial banking activities such as providing credit facilities and cash management and deposit services. The Company originates, purchases from correspondents, sells and services loans to higher-risk borrowers through its specialty mortgage finance program. The Company also markets annuities and other insurance products, offers full service securities brokerage services and acts as the investment advisor to, and the distributor of, mutual funds.

        The Company has a concentration of operations in California. At December 31, 2002, 44% of the Company's loan portfolio and 55% of the Company's deposits were concentrated in California.

        Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2001 and 2000 financial statements to conform to the 2002 presentation. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

        In 2001, Washington Mutual acquired Bank United Corp., Fleet Mortgage Corp., and the mortgage operations of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. In 2002, the Company acquired Dime Bancorp, Inc. and HomeSide Lending, Inc. These acquisitions were accounted for as purchases.

    Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

        For the purpose of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, U.S. Treasury bills, overnight investments and commercial paper with an initial maturity of three months or less.

    Available-for-Sale Securities

        Securities not classified as held to maturity or trading are considered to be available for sale. Gains and losses realized on the sale of these securities are based on the specific identification method. Unrealized gains and losses from available-for-sale securities are excluded from earnings and reported (net of tax) in accumulated other comprehensive income until realized. Other than temporary declines in fair value are recognized in the income statement as loss from securities.

    Loans Held for Sale

        Loans held for sale include originated and purchased/correspondent mortgage loans intended for sale in the secondary market. The Company enters into forward sales agreements to manage interest rate risk associated with loans held for sale. Loans held for sale with effective fair value hedges are recorded at fair value. Loans held for sale without effective fair value hedges are recorded at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value.

82


    Loans Held in Portfolio

        Loans held in portfolio are recorded at the principal amount outstanding, net of deferred loan costs or fees and any discounts or premiums on purchased loans. Deferred costs or fees, discounts and premiums are amortized using the interest method over the contractual term of the loan adjusted for actual prepayments.

    Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

        The allowance for loan and lease losses represents management's estimate of credit losses inherent in the Company's loan and lease portfolios as of the balance sheet date. The Company performs regular, ongoing reviews of its portfolios to identify these inherent losses, and to assess the overall probability of collection of these portfolios. The estimation of the allowance is based on a variety of factors, including past loan loss experience, adverse situations that have occurred but are not yet known that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, the estimated value of underlying collateral, and general economic conditions. The Company's methodology for assessing the adequacy of the allowance includes the evaluation of three distinct elements: the formula allowance; the specific allowance (which includes the allowance for loans deemed to be impaired by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("Statement") No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan , issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")) and the unallocated allowance. The formula allowance and the specific allowance collectively represent the portion of the allowance for loan and lease losses that are allocated to the various loan portfolios.

        The formula allowance considers losses that are embedded within loan portfolios, but have not yet been realized. Losses are recognized when (a) available information indicates that it is probable that a loss has been incurred and (b) the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.

        The formula allowance is determined by applying loss factors against all loans that are not determined to be impaired. Such loans include those within homogeneous portfolios, such as home loans and home equity loans and lines of credit, purchased specialty mortgage finance loans, and pools of smaller commercial business loans. Loss factors are based on the analysis of the historical loss experience of each loan category and an assessment of portfolio trends and conditions, as well as specific risk factors impacting the loan and lease portfolios. These factors may be adjusted for external factors that, in management's judgment, affect the collectibility of the portfolio as of the evaluation date. Such external factors include, but are not limited to, the interest rate environment and housing prices.

        For non-homogeneous loans such as commercial real estate, larger commercial business loans and builder home construction loans, loss factors are assigned based on risk ratings that are ascribed to the individual loans. A specific allowance may be assigned to these loan types if they have been individually determined to be impaired. Loans are considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts contractually past due as scheduled, including contractual interest payments. For loans that are determined to be impaired, the amount of impairment is measured by a discounted cash flow analysis, using the loan's effective interest rate, except when it is determined that the only source of repayment for the loan is the operation or liquidation of the underlying collateral. In such cases, the current fair value of the collateral, reduced by estimated disposal costs, will be used in place of discounted cash flows. Loans that are determined to be impaired are excluded from the formula allowance analysis so as not to double-count the loss exposure.

        The unallocated component of the allowance reflects management's judgment as to the magnitude of the impact that various factors may have on the overall level of credit losses inherent in the portfolios. These factors include, but are not limited to, general economic and business conditions affecting the key

83



lending areas of the Company, credit quality and collateral value trends, loan concentrations, specific industry conditions within portfolio segments, recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio, duration of the current business cycle, the impact of new product initiatives and other such variables for which recent historical data do not provide a high level of precision for risk evaluation, the results of regulatory examinations and findings of the Company's internal credit review function.

        When available information confirms that specific loans or portions thereof are uncollectible, these amounts are charged off against the allowance for loan and lease losses. The existence of some or all of the following conditions will generally confirm that a loss has been incurred: the loan is significantly delinquent and the borrower has not demonstrated the ability or intent to bring the loan current; the Company has no recourse to the borrower, or if it does, the borrower has insufficient assets to repay the debt; or the fair value of the loan collateral is significantly below the current loan balance and there is little or no prospect for improvement.

        Consumer loans are entirely charged off when they are determined to be uncollectible or when they reach a predetermined number of days past due, depending upon loan product, industry practice and other factors. Home loans secured by real estate are written down to the fair value of the underlying collateral (less projected cost to sell) when they are contractually past due 180 days.

        The ultimate recovery of all loans is susceptible to future market factors beyond the Company's control. These factors may result in losses or recoveries differing significantly from those provided for in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

    Nonaccrual Loans

        Management generally ceases to accrue interest income on all loans that are 90 days past due and reverses all interest accrued up to that time. Thereafter, interest income is accrued only if and when, in management's opinion, projected cash proceeds are deemed sufficient to repay both principal and interest. All loans for which interest is not being accrued are referred to as loans on nonaccrual status.

    Restructured Loans

        In cases where a borrower experiences financial difficulties and the Company makes certain concessionary modifications to contractual terms, the loan is classified as a restructured (accruing) loan. Loans restructured at a rate equal to or greater than that of a new loan with comparable risk at the time the contract is modified are not considered to be impaired loans in the calendar years subsequent to the restructuring if they are not determined to be impaired based on the modified terms.

        Generally, a nonaccrual loan that is restructured remains on nonaccrual for a period of six months to demonstrate that the borrower can meet the restructured terms. However, performance prior to the restructuring, or significant events that coincide with the restructuring, are included in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan being returned to accrual at the time of restructuring or after a shorter performance period. If the borrower's ability to meet the revised payment schedule is uncertain, the loan remains classified as a nonaccrual loan.

    Foreclosed Assets

        Foreclosed assets include properties acquired through foreclosure that are transferred at fair value, less estimated selling costs, which represents the new recorded basis of the property. Subsequently, properties are evaluated and any additional declines in value are recorded in current period earnings. The amount the Company ultimately recovers from foreclosed assets may differ substantially from the net carrying value of these assets because of future market factors beyond the Company's control or because of changes in the Company's strategy for sale or development of the property.

84


    Investment in Federal Home Loan Banks

        The Company's investment in the stock of the Federal Home Loan Banks ("FHLBs") is carried at cost since it is not a readily marketable security.

    Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets

        Washington Mutual securitizes, sells and services interests in home, specialty home loans, and commercial real estate loans. When the Company sells or securitizes loans, it generally retains the right to service the loans and may retain senior, subordinated, residual, and other interests, all of which are considered retained interests in the securitized assets. Gain on sale of the assets depends, in part, on the Company's allocation of the previous carrying amount of the assets to the retained interests. Previous carrying amounts are allocated in proportion to the relative fair values of the assets sold and the interests retained.

        Quoted market prices, if available, are used to obtain fair values of senior, subordinated and residual interests. Generally, quoted market prices for subordinated and residual interests are not available; therefore, the Company estimates the fair values based upon the present value of the associated expected future cash flows. In determining the fair value of subordinated and residual interests, management is required to estimate future prepayment rates, discount rates, expected credit losses, and other factors that impact the value of retained interests. See Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Mortgage Banking Activities."

        The fair value of the mortgage servicing rights ("MSR") is determined as of the sale date by reference to internally developed estimates of fair value primarily based on the following characteristics:

    Product type (i.e. conventional, government, balloon)

    Fixed or adjustable rate of interest

    Interest rate

    Term (i.e. 15 or 30 years)

        Those estimated fair values are updated based on the results of internal valuations, market pricing, and survey results. Any changes made to those values are reviewed and approved by an appropriate level of management.

        The Company records MSR when the benefits of servicing are expected to be more than adequate compensation to a servicer. The Company determines whether the benefits of servicing are expected to be more than adequate compensation to a servicer by discounting all of the future net cash flows associated with the contractual rights and obligations of the servicing agreement. The expected future net cash flows are discounted at a rate equal to the return that would adequately compensate a substitute servicer for performing the servicing.

        The Company stratifies its MSR based on the predominant characteristics of the underlying financial assets. The effect of changes in market interest rates on estimated rates of loan prepayments represents the predominant risk characteristic underlying the MSR portfolio. For purposes of measuring impairment, the Company has determined that three interest rate bands adequately stratify loans with similar prepayment characteristics. Product-specific risk characteristics such as adjustable-rate mortgage loans, conventional, Government, and other mortgage loans also affect the MSR valuation, as discount rates, costs to service, and other important valuation factors differ by those product types. Interest rate bands are generally sorted into 150 basis point intervals. The Company will consider adding additional strata to the Company's servicing portfolio if loans with coupon rates below 6.00% reach significant levels.

85



        The following is a summary of the MSR strata used by the Company to assess impairment:

Loan Type

  Rate Band

Adjustable   All loans
Conventional   7.49% and below
Conventional   7.50% to 8.99%
Conventional   9.00% and above
Government   7.49% and below
Government   7.50% to 8.99%
Government   9.00% and above
Private   7.49% and below
Private   7.50% to 8.99%
Private   9.00% and above
Master servicing   All loans
Specialty home loans   All loans
Multi-family   All loans

        Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for each individual stratum. The valuation allowance is adjusted to reflect the amount, if any, by which the cost basis of the MSR for a given stratum exceeds its fair value. Any fair value in excess of the cost basis of MSR for a given stratum is not recognized.

        Because quoted market prices from active markets are not readily available, a present value cash flow model is used to estimate the value which the MSR could be sold for in the open market as of the valuation date. While the Company's model estimates a value, the specific value used is based on a variety of factors, such as documented observable data and anticipated changes in market conditions.

        The most important assumptions used in the MSR valuation model are the anticipated rate of loan prepayments and discount rates. Other assumptions such as the cost to service the underlying loans, foreclosure costs, ancillary income and float rates are also used in determining the value of the MSRs.

        All the assumptions are based on standards used by market participants in valuing MSR. The reasonableness of these assumptions is confirmed through surveys conducted with independent brokers. They are reviewed and approved on a quarterly basis by an appropriate level of management. In addition, independent broker appraisals of the fair value of the MSR portfolio are obtained at least annually to confirm the reasonableness of the value generated by the MSR valuation model.

    Premises and Equipment

        Land, buildings, leasehold improvements and equipment are carried at amortized cost. Buildings and equipment are depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. The estimated useful life of newly constructed buildings is 40 years and the lives of new assets that are added to existing buildings are based on the remaining life of the original building. The estimated useful life for equipment is 3-10 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or lease terms. The Company reviews buildings, leasehold improvements, and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Impairment exists when the estimated sum of the undiscounted cash flows of a long-lived asset are less than its carrying amount. If identified, an impairment loss is recognized through a charge to earnings for the difference between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of the asset.

86


    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        Goodwill and other intangible assets represent the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired by the Company. The excess cost over fair value of net assets acquired consists of goodwill, core deposit intangible and other intangible assets. Core deposit intangible and other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The Company reviews its intangible assets periodically for other-than-temporary impairment. Impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. Other intangible assets are classified as other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

        As of January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Under the statement, goodwill is no longer amortized but must be tested for impairment at the reporting unit level as of the beginning of the fiscal year in which Statement No. 142 is adopted and at least annually thereafter. A reporting unit represents an operating segment or a component of an operating segment. The Company has identified four reporting units for purposes of goodwill impairment testing. The Statement also requires that certain intangible assets other than goodwill that have indefinite lives, not be amortized until the lives become finite. Intangible assets that do not have indefinite lives are amortized over their useful economic lives.

        The Company performed a transitional impairment test on the goodwill of each reporting unit using a discounted cash flow model and determined that the fair value of each reporting unit's assets, net of liabilities, exceeded the carrying amount of the reporting unit, including goodwill at January 1, 2002. During the third quarter of 2002, the Company performed its annual impairment test and concluded there was no impairment to the book value of the Company's goodwill. Absent any impairment indicators, the Company expects to perform its next impairment test during the third quarter of 2003.

        As of October 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement No. 147, Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions. This Statement amends Statements No. 72 and 144 and FASB Interpretation No. 9. Among other topics, this Statement requires that an unidentifiable intangible asset that is recognized in an acquisition of a financial institution, which is accounted for as a business combination, in which the fair value of liabilities assumed exceed the fair value of tangible and identified intangible assets acquired, be reclassified as goodwill. Consequently, this unidentifiable intangible asset will be subject to the goodwill accounting standards set forth in Statement No. 142, and will be evaluated for impairment on an annual basis instead of being amortized. The Company, which owns intangible assets of this nature, adopted this Statement as of October 1, 2002. Upon adoption, after-tax year-to-date amortization of $17 million that had been recognized through September 30, 2002, was eliminated, and as required by this Statement, the financial statements for the first three quarters of 2002 were restated as if the accounting standard had been applied as of the beginning of the year.

    Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

        The Company enters into agreements under which it sells securities subject to an obligation to repurchase the same or similar securities ("repurchase agreements"). Under these arrangements, the Company transfers legal control over the assets but still retains effective control through an agreement that both entitles and obligates the Company to repurchase the assets. As a result, repurchase agreements are accounted for as collateralized financing arrangements and not as a sale and subsequent repurchase of securities. The obligation to repurchase the securities is reflected as a liability in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition while the securities underlying the agreements remain in the respective asset accounts. Those securities are classified as encumbered.

87


    Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company measures its stock-based employee compensation arrangements using the intrinsic value method under the provisions of the Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees . Accordingly, since the exercise price of each option granted has been equal to or higher than the quoted market price of the Company's common stock at the date of grant, no compensation expense is recognized. Had compensation cost for the Company's stock-based compensation plans been determined using the fair value method consistent with Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation , the Company's net income attributable to common stock and net income per common share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (dollars in millions,
except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net income attributable to common stock   $ 3,891   $ 3,107   $ 1,899  
Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of related tax effects     28     18     15  
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects     (87 )   (46 )   (34 )
   
 
 
 
Pro forma net income attributable to common stock   $ 3,832   $ 3,079   $ 1,880  
   
 
 
 

Net income per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Basic:                    
  As reported   $ 4.12   $ 3.65   $ 2.37  
  Pro forma     4.06     3.62     2.35  
Diluted:                    
  As reported     4.05     3.59     2.36  
  Pro forma     3.99     3.56     2.34  

        In determining the pro forma disclosures above, the fair value of options granted was estimated on the date of grant using a binomial option-pricing model. The model was developed to estimate the fair value of traded options, which have different characteristics than employee stock options, and changes to the subjective assumptions used in the model can result in materially different fair value estimates. The weighted average grant-date fair values of the options granted during 2002, 2001 and 2000 were based on the following assumptions:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Dividend yield   2.71 % - 3.00 % 2.33 % - 2.58 % 2.37 % - 2.57 %
Expected volatility   30.92   - 35.30   31.03   - 35.66   30.46   - 34.26  
Risk free interest rate   2.25   - 5.15   3.50   - 4.91   5.11   - 6.71  
Expected life   2.75 - 7.5 years   5 - 7 years   5 - 7.25 years  

        In December 2002, the FASB issued Statement No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure , which amends Statement No. 123. This Statement provides alternative methods of transitioning, on a voluntary basis, from the intrinsic value-based method of accounting prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , to the fair value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. Effective January 1, 2003 and in accordance with the

88



transitional guidance of Statement No. 148, the Company elected to prospectively apply the fair value method of accounting for stock-based awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2002. Options granted prior to January 1, 2003, and not modified after January 1, 2003, will continue to be accounted for under APB Opinion No. 25, and the pro forma presentation of what the impact to the financial statements would be if these options were accounted for on the fair value basis will continue to be disclosed in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements until the last of those options vest in 2005.

    Income Taxes

        Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Under this method, a deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of existing assets and liabilities are expected to be reported in the Company's income tax returns. The comprehensive deferred tax provision for the year is equal to the change in the deferred tax asset or liability from the beginning to the end of the year. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in the tax provision in the period that includes the enactment date of the change.

        For tax reporting purposes, the Company reports income and expenses using the accrual method of accounting and files a consolidated tax return on that basis as well. The Company's federal tax filings generally include all subsidiaries.

    Earnings Per Share

        Earnings per share are presented under two formats: basic EPS and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income (after deducting dividends on preferred stock) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income (after deducting dividends on preferred stock) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year, plus the impact of dilutive potential common shares, such as stock options.

    Derivatives and Hedging Activities

        The Company enters into derivative contracts to hedge certain assets, liabilities, and probable forecasted transactions. On the date the Company enters into a derivative contract, the derivative instrument is designated as: (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (a "fair value" hedge); (2) a hedge of the variability in expected future cash flows associated with an existing recognized asset or liability or a forecasted transaction (a "cash flow" hedge); or (3) held for other risk management purposes ("risk management derivatives").

        In a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative recognized in earnings are offset by recognizing changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. To the extent that the hedging derivative is ineffective, the changes in fair value will not offset and the difference is reflected in earnings.

        In a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings during the same period in which the hedged item affects earnings. The change in fair value of any ineffective portion of the hedging derivative is recognized immediately in earnings.

        The changes in fair value of the risk management derivatives held for other risk management purposes are recorded in revaluation gain from derivatives if the derivatives are home loan mortgage banking related, or are recorded in other income for derivatives related to other types of asset/liability interest rate risk management.

89



        The Company formally documents the relationship between the hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy before undertaking the hedge. To qualify for hedge accounting, the derivatives and related hedged items must be designated as a hedge. Both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Company assesses whether the hedging relationship is expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of hedged items. If it is determined that the derivative instrument is not highly effective as a hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued.

        The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when (1) it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the designated hedged item; (2) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (3) the derivative is de-designated as a fair value or cash flow hedge; or (4) it is probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur by the end of the originally specified time period.

        When the Company determines that the derivative no longer qualifies as a fair value or cash flow hedge and therefore hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative will continue to be recorded on the balance sheet at its fair value with changes in fair value included in current earnings. For a fair value hedge, the previously hedged item will no longer be adjusted for changes in fair value.

        When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur, the derivative will continue to be recorded on the balance sheet at its fair value with changes in fair value included in current earnings, and the gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive income will be recognized immediately in earnings. When hedge accounting is discontinued because the hedging instrument is sold, terminated or de-designated, the amount reported in accumulated other comprehensive income through the date of sale, termination, or de-designation will continue to be reported in accumulated other comprehensive income until the forecasted transaction impacts earnings.

        The Company occasionally purchases or originates financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative instrument. At inception of the financial instrument, the Company determines whether an embedded derivative is required to be accounted for separately as a derivative. This is determined by assessing whether the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the financial instrument (host contract). Under Statement No. 133, an embedded derivative is required to be accounted for separately as a derivative if the embedded derivative instrument is determined not to be clearly and closely related to the host contract, is not currently measured at fair value with changes in fair value reported in earnings and the embedded derivative instrument would qualify as a derivative instrument. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, all of the Company's embedded derivatives are considered clearly and closely related to the host contract and therefore are not required to be separated from their host contracts.

        The Company enters into commitments to make loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is set prior to funding (rate lock commitments). Rate lock commitments on mortgage loans that are intended to be sold are considered to be derivatives. Therefore, they are recorded, at fair value, in other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition with changes in fair value recorded in gain from mortgage loans on the Consolidated Statements of Income. In measuring the fair value of rate lock commitments, the amount of the expected servicing rights is included in the valuation. This value is calculated using the same methodologies as are used to value the Company's MSR, adjusted using an anticipated fallout factor for loan commitments that will never be funded. This policy of recognizing the value of the derivative has the effect of recognizing the gain from mortgage loans before the loans are sold. Rate lock commitments expose the Company to interest rate risk. The Company manages that risk by entering into forward sales

90



contracts and purchasing put options which are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value reported in gain from mortgage loans.

    Recently Issued Accounting Standards

        In June 2001, the FASB issued Statement No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations . Statement No. 143 addresses the accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible, long-lived assets. The Statement became effective January 1, 2003 and did not have a material impact on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company.

        In June 2002, the FASB issued Statement No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities . This Statement requires that a liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred and be measured at fair value and adjusted for changes in estimated cash flows. Existing generally accepted accounting principles provide for the recognition of such costs at the date of management's commitment to an exit plan. Under Statement No. 146, management's commitment to an exit plan would not be sufficient, by itself, to recognize a liability. The Statement is effective for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002 and did not have a material impact on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company.

        In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45 ("FIN 45"), Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others , which expands on the accounting guidance of Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and incorporates without change the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 34, which is being superseded. This Interpretation requires a guarantor to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. In addition, guarantors are required to make significant new disclosures, even if the likelihood of the guarantor making payments under the guarantee is remote. The Interpretation's disclosure requirements are effective for the Company as of December 31, 2002. The recognition requirements of FIN 45 are to be applied prospectively to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. Significant guarantees that have been entered into by the Company are discussed in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies."

        In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 ("FIN 46"), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities . The objective of this interpretation is to provide guidance on how to identify a variable interest entity and determine when the assets, liabilities, noncontrolling interests and results of operations of a variable interest entity need to be included in a company's consolidated financial statements. A company that holds variable interests in an entity will need to consolidate the entity if the company's interest in the variable interest entity is such that the company will absorb a majority of the variable interest entity's expected losses and/or receive a majority of the entity's expected residual returns, if they occur. The provisions of this interpretation became effective upon issuance. As of December 31, 2002, the Company had variable interests in securitization trusts, which are discussed in Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Mortgage Banking Activities." These trusts are qualifying special-purpose entities, which are exempt from the consolidation requirements of FIN 46. The Company reports its rights and obligations related to these qualifying special-purpose entities according to the requirements of Statement No. 140. The Company has no unconsolidated investments in any other variable interest entities besides qualifying special-purpose entities.

    Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

        In April 2002, the FASB issued Statement No. 145, Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections, that, among various topics, eliminated the requirement that all forms of gains or losses on debt extinguishments, such as the liquidation of

91


repurchase agreements, be reported as extraordinary items. The early termination of repurchase agreements is a normal part of the Company's asset and liability management strategy. As encouraged by this pronouncement, the Company applied the provisions of Statement No. 145 related to the treatment of debt extinguishments as of January 1, 2002. Accordingly, the gain from extinguishment of repurchase agreements for the year ended December 31, 2002 in the amount of $282 million has been recorded as a component of noninterest income. Also, the gain from extinguishment of repurchase agreements of $382 million that was recorded as an extraordinary item, on a net-of-tax basis, for the year ended December 31, 2001 has been reclassified to noninterest income.

Note 2: Business Combinations

        The business combinations consummated by Washington Mutual, Inc., and its consolidated subsidiaries (the "Company"), during 2001 and 2002 have been accounted for using the purchase method. Accordingly, the purchase price of each acquisition was first allocated to the tangible assets and liabilities and identifiable intangible assets based on their estimated fair values as of the closing date of the transaction, with the excess purchase price over the fair values recorded as goodwill. Results of operations for the business combinations are included from the date of acquisition.

        On January 31, 2001, the Company acquired PNC Mortgage for approximately $7.0 billion in cash. With this acquisition, the Company acquired approximately $3 billion in loans held for sale and $2 billion in MSR. This acquisition resulted in the recognition of goodwill of approximately $350 million. On January 16, 2003, the Company reached a settlement with PNC Bank on the final purchase price of PNC Mortgage, which resulted in an increase of goodwill of approximately $19 million.

        On February 9, 2001, the Company acquired Texas-based Bank United, for a purchase price of approximately $1.4 billion. With this acquisition, the Company acquired approximately $12 billion in loans held in portfolio, $1 billion in securities, $8 billion in deposits and $8 billion in FHLB advances. This acquisition resulted in the recognition of goodwill and other intangible assets of approximately $980 million. The Company issued 63.9 million shares of its common stock to acquire Bank United.

        On June 1, 2001, the Company acquired Fleet Mortgage, a unit of FleetBoston Financial Corp., for approximately $7.5 billion in cash. With this acquisition, the Company acquired approximately $4 billion in loans held for sale and $3 billion in MSR. This acquisition resulted in the recognition of goodwill of approximately $140 million.

        On January 4, 2002, the Company acquired by merger Dime for a total purchase price of approximately $5.3 billion, which included approximately $1.5 billion in cash, approximately 96.4 million shares of common stock valued at $37.74 per share, the conversion of 111 million Dime Litigation Tracking Warrants™, valued at $0.33 per warrant, into the contingent right to receive the Company's common stock, and the conversion of Dime stock options, valued at approximately $90 million, into options to purchase the Company's common stock. For purposes of this merger, Washington Mutual's common stock was valued based upon the average price of Washington Mutual common stock for the five-day trading period from June 21-27, 2001. This acquisition resulted in the recognition of goodwill of approximately $4 billion. This amount, as well as the estimated fair values assigned to the assets received and liabilities assumed, may change as certain estimates and contingencies are finalized.

        The Company acquired Dime to expand its retail banking operations into the greater New York/New Jersey metropolitan area. With the addition of the mortgage operations of Dime's subsidiary, North American Mortgage Company, the Company enhanced its position as one of the nation's largest mortgage lending franchises.

92


The fair value of the net assets acquired in the Dime acquisition was as follows:

 
  January 4, 2002
 
  (in millions)

Assets:      
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 497
  Available-for-sale securities     1,359
  Loans held for sale     5,577
  Loans held in portfolio, net of allowance for loan and lease losses     16,083
  Investment in Federal Home Loan Banks     427
  Mortgage servicing rights     926
  Goodwill     4,044
  Other intangible assets     223
  Other assets     2,152
   
    Total assets     31,288
   
Liabilities:      
  Deposits     15,171
  Borrowings     10,126
  Other liabilities     719
   
    Total liabilities     26,016
   
    Net assets acquired   $ 5,272
   

        Other intangible assets are a core deposit intangible with an estimated useful life of 7 years. None of the goodwill balance is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

    Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Data Reflecting the Dime Acquisition

        The unaudited pro forma combined amounts presented below give effect to the merger with Dime as if it had been consummated on January 1, 2001. As the acquisition occurred on January 4, 2002, the pro forma combined information for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002, would not be materially different from the actual results for that period and, therefore, is not presented. The unaudited pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have resulted had the

93


merger been completed at the beginning of the applicable period presented, nor is it necessarily indicative of the results of operations in future periods.

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2001

 
  (in millions, except
per share amounts)

Net interest income   $ 7,641
Provision for loan and lease losses     645
Noninterest income     4,062
Noninterest expense     5,614
Income taxes     2,004
Net income     3,440
Net income attributable to common stock     3,433
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (in thousands)      
  Basic     946,606
  Diluted     961,019
Net income per common share      
  Basic   $ 3.63
  Diluted   $ 3.57

    Other Acquisitions

        In two transactions during 2002, the Company purchased for cash HomeSide Lending, Inc., the U.S. mortgage unit of National Australia Bank Limited. The aggregate purchase price of HomeSide was $2.45 billion. The acquisition of HomeSide added approximately $1 billion in loans held for sale, approximately $960 million in net MSR and approximately $130 billion to the Company's portfolio of loans serviced for others. The Company also acquired a proprietary loan servicing platform, which the Company intends to make its primary loan servicing platform. In addition the Company assumed $760 million in long-term debt and $750 million in other liabilities.

Note 3: Securities

        The amortized cost, unrealized gains, unrealized losses, and fair value of securities were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2002
 
  Amortized
Cost

  Unrealized
Gains

  Unrealized
Losses

  Fair
Value

 
  (in millions)

Available-for-sale securities                        
Investment securities:                        
  U.S. Government and agency   $ 14,560   $ 581   $ (4 ) $ 15,137
  Other securities     309     16         325
  Equity securities     134     3     (2 )   135
   
 
 
 
    Total investment securities     15,003     600     (6 )   15,597
Mortgage-backed securities:                        
  U.S. Government and agency     19,649     583     (5 )   20,227
  Private issue     7,940     216     (8 )   8,148
   
 
 
 
    Total mortgage-backed securities     27,589     799     (13 )   28,375
   
 
 
 
      Total available-for-sale securities   $ 42,592   $ 1,399   $ (19 ) $ 43,972
   
 
 
 

94



 


 

December 31, 2001

 
  Amortized
Cost

  Unrealized
Gains

  Unrealized
Losses

  Fair
Value

 
  (in millions)

Available-for-sale securities                        
Investment securities:                        
  U.S. Government and agency   $ 30,459   $ 41   $ (1,143 ) $ 29,357
  Other securities     256     5     (3 )   258
  Equity securities     171     2     (7 )   166
   
 
 
 
    Total investment securities     30,886     48     (1,153 )   29,781
Mortgage-backed securities:                        
  U.S. Government and agency     17,780     441     (23 )   18,198
  Private issue     10,117     264     (11 )   10,370
   
 
 
 
    Total mortgage-backed securities     27,897     705     (34 )   28,568
   
 
 
 
      Total available-for-sale securities   $ 58,783   $ 753   $ (1,187 ) $ 58,349
   
 
 
 

 


 

December 31, 2000

 
  Amortized
Cost

  Unrealized
Gains

  Unrealized
Losses

  Fair
Value

 
  (in millions)

Available-for-sale securities                        
Investment securities:                        
  U.S. Government and agency   $ 1,432   $ 39   $ (1 ) $ 1,470
  Other securities     158     1     (2 )   157
  Equity securities     193     1     (11 )   183
   
 
 
 
    Total investment securities     1,783     41     (14 )   1,810
Mortgage-backed securities:                        
  U.S. Government and agency     24,639     123     (191 )   24,571
  Private issue     15,866     64     (152 )   15,778
   
 
 
 
    Total mortgage-backed securities     40,505     187     (343 )   40,349
   
 
 
 
      Total available-for-sale securities   $ 42,288   $ 228   $ (357 ) $ 42,159
   
 
 
 
Held-to-maturity securities                        
Investment securities:                        
  Other securities   $ 137   $ 3   $ (1 ) $ 139
   
 
 
 
    Total investment securities     137     3     (1 )   139
Mortgage-backed securities:                        
  U.S. Government and agency     10,211     30     (107 )   10,134
  Private issue     6,217     49     (53 )   6,213
   
 
 
 
    Total mortgage-backed securities     16,428     79     (160 )   16,347
   
 
 
 
      Total held-to-maturity securities   $ 16,565   $ 82   $ (161 ) $ 16,486
   
 
 
 

95



 


 

For the Year Ended December 31,


 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities                    
Realized gross gains   $ 1,424   $ 911   $ 27  
Realized gross losses     (622 )   (194 )   (29 )
   
 
 
 
  Realized net gain (loss)   $ 802   $ 717   $ (2 )
   
 
 
 

        Proceeds from sales of securities in the available-for-sale portfolio during 2002, 2001 and 2000 were $74.72 billion, $51.87 billion and $3.84 billion.

        Fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity was as follows:

 
  December 31, 2002
 
 
  Total
Amount

  Yield (1)
  Due
Within
One Year

  Yield (1)
  After One
But Within
Five Years

  Yield (1)
  After Five
But Within
Ten Years

  Yield (1)
  After
Ten
Years

  Yield (1)
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Available-for-sale debt securities                                                    
Investment securities:                                                    
  U.S. Government and agency   $ 15,137   5.16 % $ 1   6.61 % $ 1,118   4.34 % $ 13,247   5.18 % $ 771   5.88 %
  Other securities     325   5.67     30   6.00     41   6.05     40   5.67     214   5.55  
   
     
     
     
     
     
    Total investment securities     15,462   5.17     31   6.02     1,159   4.40     13,287   5.18     985   5.81  
Mortgage-backed securities (2) :                                                    
  U.S. Government and agency     20,227   4.86     43   5.48     92   5.50     211   5.64     19,881   4.85  
  Private issue     8,148   4.48           1   5.12     29   8.88     8,118   4.46  
   
     
     
     
     
     
    Total mortgage-backed securities     28,375   4.75     43   5.48     93   5.50     240   6.08     27,999   4.73  
   
     
     
     
     
     
      Total fair value of debt securities   $ 43,837   4.90   $ 74   5.70   $ 1,252   4.48   $ 13,527   5.20   $ 28,984   4.77  
   
     
     
     
     
     

(1)
Weighted average yield at end of year is based on the amortized cost of the securities.
(2)
Mortgage-backed securities were allocated based on contractual principal maturities assuming no prepayments.

        In addition to U.S. Government and agency mortgage-backed securities, the securities portfolio contained investment grade private issue mortgage-backed securities of $7.91 billion at December 31, 2002, which included $7.74 billion of mortgage-backed securities originated by Washington Mutual Bank, FA ("WMBFA") and $9.02 billion at December 31, 2001, which included $6.25 billion of mortgage-backed securities originated by WMBFA.

        Pledged securities having a fair value of $16.69 billion and an amortized cost of $16.07 billion are also subject to certain agreements which may allow the secured party to either sell, rehypothecate or otherwise pledge the securities. These amounts have been separately identified in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as encumbered. In addition, securities with an amortized cost of $11.20 billion and a fair value of $11.44 billion were pledged to secure public deposits, other borrowings, FHLB advances and access to the Federal Reserve discount window. At December 31, 2002, the Company has accepted $1.69 billion in securities as collateral with rights to repledge.

96



Note 4: Loans Held in Portfolio

        Loans held in portfolio consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
 
  (in millions)

Loans held in portfolio:            
  Loans secured by real estate:            
    Home loans   $ 82,842   $ 79,624
    Purchased specialty mortgage finance     10,128     8,209
   
 
        Total home loans     92,970     87,833
    Home construction loans:            
      Builder (1)     1,017     1,623
      Custom (2)     932     979
    Home equity loans and lines of credit:            
      Banking subsidiaries     16,168     7,970
      Washington Mutual Finance     1,930     2,100
    Multi-family (3)     18,000     15,608
    Other real estate (4)     7,986     6,089
   
 
        Total loans secured by real estate     139,003     122,202
  Consumer:            
    Banking subsidiaries     1,663     2,009
    Washington Mutual Finance     1,729     1,755
  Commercial business     5,133     4,285
   
 
        Total loans held in portfolio (5)   $ 147,528   $ 130,251
   
 

(1)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale.
(2)
Represents construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.
(3)
Includes multi-family construction balances of $491 million in 2002 and $385 million in 2001.
(4)
Includes other commercial real estate construction balances of $469 million in 2002 and $608 million in 2001.
(5)
Includes net unamortized deferred loan origination costs of $596 million at December 31, 2002 and $541 million at December 31, 2001.

        The amount of impaired loans and the related allowances were as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
 
  (in millions)

Impaired loans:            
  With allowances   $ 418   $ 358
  Without allowances     899     713
   
 
    $ 1,317   $ 1,071
   
 
Allowance for impaired loans   $ 216   $ 69

        The average balance of impaired loans and the related interest income recognized were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
  (in millions)

Average balance of impaired loans   $ 1,248   $ 910   $ 566
Interest income recognized     67     76     38

        Loans totaling $75.20 billion and $73.17 billion at December 31, 2002 and 2001 were pledged to secure advances from FHLBs.

97


        Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Balance, beginning of year   $ 1,404   $ 1,014   $ 1,042  
Allowance acquired through business combinations     148     120     -  
Allowance for transfer to loans held for sale     (31 )   -     (36 )
Allowance for certain loan commitments     (52 )   -     -  
Provision for loan and lease losses     595     575     185  
   
 
 
 
      2,064     1,709     1,191  

Loans charged off:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Loans secured by real estate:                    
    Home loans     (52 )   (29 )   (19 )
    Purchased specialty mortgage finance     (33 )   (25 )   (4 )
   
 
 
 
        Total home loan charge-offs     (85 )   (54 )   (23 )
    Home construction loans (1)     (1 )   -     (1 )
    Home equity loans and lines of credit:                    
      Banking subsidiaries     (14 )   (4 )   (3 )
      Washington Mutual Finance     (12 )   (8 )   (3 )
    Multi-family     (1 )   -     (2 )
    Other real estate     (60 )   (35 )   (4 )
   
 
 
 
        Total loans secured by real estate     (173 )   (101 )   (36 )
  Consumer:                    
    Banking subsidiaries     (70 )   (51 )   (41 )
    Washington Mutual Finance     (170 )   (138 )   (117 )
  Commercial business     (73 )   (49 )   (9 )
   
 
 
 
        Total loans charged off     (486 )   (339 )   (203 )
Recoveries of loans previously charged off:                    
  Loans secured by real estate:                    
    Home loans     2     2     1  
    Purchased specialty mortgage finance     -     -     1  
    Home equity loans and lines of credit:                    
      Banking subsidiaries     1     1     -  
      Washington Mutual Finance     -     -     -  
    Multi-family     1     -     1  
    Other real estate     12     3     1  
   
 
 
 
        Total loans secured by real estate charged off     16     6     4  
  Consumer:                    
    Banking subsidiaries     13     4     4  
    Washington Mutual Finance     19     18     17  
  Commercial business     27     6     1  
   
 
 
 
        Total recoveries of loans previously charged off     75     34     26  
   
 
 
 
        Net charge-offs     (411 )   (305 )   (177 )
   
 
 
 
Balance, end of year   $ 1,653   $ 1,404   $ 1,014  
   
 
 
 

(1)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

        The total amount of loans which were 90 days or more contractually past due and still accruing interest were $60 million, $86 million and $45 million at December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000.

        The total amount of nonaccrual loans held in portfolio at December 31, 2002 and 2001 were $2,257 million and $2,030 million.

98


Note 5: Mortgage Banking Activities

    Securitization of Assets

        During 2002, 2001 and 2000, the Company sold mortgage loans and servicing rights in securitization transactions and retained servicing responsibilities as well as senior and subordinated interests. The Company receives annual servicing fees equal to a percentage of the outstanding balance and rights to cash flows remaining after the investors in the securitization trust have received their contractual payments. The allocated carrying value of loans securitized and sold during the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 were $163.60 billion, $102.05 billion and $16.90 billion. Investors and securitization trusts do not have any recourse to the Company for loans securitized and sold during the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. The Company realized pretax gains of $1.57 billion, $899 million and $189 million on these securitizations for 2002, 2001 and 2000. During 2002 and 2001 the Company sold $516 million and $5.75 billion allocated carrying value of loans securitized in prior years and recorded pretax gains of $6 million and $103 million from these sales.

        Key economic assumptions used in measuring the value of retained interests (excluding MSR) resulting from securitizations completed during the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, and accounted for as sales at the date of securitization, were as follows (rates are per annum and are weighted based on the principal amounts securitized):

 
  Fixed-Rate
Mortgage Loans

  Adjustable-Rate
Mortgage Loans

 
 
  Government
Sponsored
Enterprise

  Government
Sponsored
Enterprise

  Privately
Issued

 
Year Ended December 31, 2002              
  Constant prepayment rate (1)   35.84 % - % 24.26 %
  Expected-weighted-average life (in years)   5.3   -   3.3  
  Discount rate (2)   6.29 % -   3.87 %
Year Ended December 31, 2001              
  Constant prepayment rate (1)   -   -   23.22 %
  Expected-weighted-average life (in years)   -   -   3.6  
  Discount rate (2)   -   -   5.45 %
Year Ended December 31, 2000              
  Constant prepayment rate (1)   -   20.00 % 20.00 %
  Expected-weighted-average life (in years)   -   8.3   9.7  
  Discount rate (2)   -   6.65 % 7.90 %

(1)
Represents the expected lifetime average.
(2)
Represents the return of U.S. Treasury instruments of a particular duration plus an estimate of the incremental rate of return over those instruments demanded by investors taking into consideration the additional risks (e.g., credit or liquidity) associated with a particular security.

99


        Static pool losses are calculated by summing the actual and projected future credit losses and dividing them by the original balance of each pool of assets. As of December 31, 2002, static pool losses for all adjustable- and fixed-rate government sponsored enterprise and privately issued assets and specialty home loan assets that were valued using specific credit loss assumptions were not material.

        At December 31, 2002, key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value of retained interests (excluding MSR) to immediate changes in those assumptions were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2002
 
 
  Fixed-Rate
Mortgage Loans

  Adjustable-Rate
Mortgage Loans

 
 
  Government
Sponsored
Enterprise

  Government
Sponsored
Enterprise

  Privately
Issued

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Fair value of retained interests   $ 2,066   $ 1,115   $ 7,459  
Expected-weighted-average life (in years)     3.6     5.2     3.2  

Constant prepayment rate (1)

 

 

51.69

%

 

22.00

%

 

27.16

%
  Impact on fair value of 25% decrease   $ 23   $ 10   $ 17  
  Impact on fair value of 50% decrease     56     27     45  
  Impact on fair value of 50% increase     (30 )   (15 )   (22 )
  Impact on fair value of 100% increase     (47 )   (24 )   (33 )

Discount rate

 

 

5.31

%

 

3.63

%

 

3.75

%
  Impact on fair value of 10% decrease   $ 26   $ -   $ 5  
  Impact on fair value of 25% decrease     96     (1 )   14  
  Impact on fair value of 25% increase     (59 )   1     (8 )
  Impact on fair value of 50% increase     (112 )   1     (27 )

(1)
Represents the expected lifetime average.

        In 2002, the Company recognized $125 million in pretax gains for specialty home loans retained interests that are marked to market through other noninterest income.

        The table below summarizes the current fair value of retained interests (excluding MSR) categorized by credit rating:

 
  December 31, 2002
 
  (in millions)

Credit rating:      
  AAA   $ 7,441
  Agency insured     3,181
  Not rated     154
   
    Total   $ 10,776
   

100


        Key economic assumptions used in measuring the value of all capitalized MSR created during the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, including securitizations recorded as sales, securitizations entirely retained, and whole loan sales, were as follows (rates per annum):

 
  Fixed-Rate
Mortgage Loans

  Adjustable-Rate
Mortgage Loans

   
 
 
  Government
Sponsored
Enterprise

  Privately
Issued

  All
Types

  Specialty
Home Loans

 
Year Ended December 31, 2002                  
  Constant prepayment rate (1)   14.75 % 26.00 % 28.25 % 40.00 %
  Cash flows discounted at   9.00   10.25   11.50   14.25  
Year Ended December 31, 2001                  
  Constant prepayment rate (1)   9.50 % 10.50 % 24.50 % 32.00 %
  Cash flows discounted at   9.75   13.50   15.50   14.00  
Year Ended December 31, 2000                  
  Constant prepayment rate (1)   10.50 % 12.00 % 23.50 % 30.90 %
  Cash flows discounted at   9.00   12.00   13.00   14.00  

(1)
Represents the expected lifetime average.

        At December 31, 2002, key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value for home loans MSR to immediate changes in those assumptions were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2002
 
 
  Mortgage Servicing Rights
 
 
  Fixed-Rate
Mortgage Loans

  Adjustable-
Rate
Mortgage Loans

   
 
 
  Government
Sponsored
Enterprise

  Privately
Issued

  All
Types

  Specialty
Home Loans

 
Fair value of home loan MSR   $ 3,475   $ 469   $ 1,261   $ 84  
Expected-weighted-average life (in years)     3.4     2.9     3.8     1.8  

Constant prepayment rate (1)

 

 

34.52

%

 

39.00

%

 

24.69

%

 

43.80

%
  Impact on fair value of 25% decrease   $ 1,076   $ 160   $ 250   $ 23  
  Impact on fair value of 50% decrease     2,678     400     620     58  
  Impact on fair value of 25% increase     (771 )   (117 )   (190 )   (17 )
  Impact on fair value of 50% increase     (1,451 )   (229 )   (353 )   (33 )

Future cash flows discounted at

 

 

8.49

%

 

9.86

%

 

9.86

%

 

19.59

%
  Impact on fair value of 10% decrease     n/a     n/a     n/a   $ 2  
  Impact on fair value of 25% decrease   $ 169   $ 23   $ 93     5  
  Impact on fair value of 50% decrease     360     48     204     n/a  
  Impact on fair value of 25% increase     (151 )   (20 )   (78 )   (5 )
  Impact on fair value of 50% increase     (287 )   (38 )   (145 )   (8 )

(1)
Represents the expected lifetime average.

        These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the table above demonstrates, the Company's methodology for estimating the fair value of MSR is highly sensitive to changes in assumptions. For example, the Company's determination of fair values uses anticipated prepayment

101



speeds. Actual prepayment experience may differ and any difference may have a material effect on MSR fair value. Changes in fair value based on a variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the MSR is calculated without changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments, but credit losses may increase), which may magnify or counteract the sensitivities. Thus, any measurement of MSR fair value is limited by the conditions existing and assumptions made as of a particular point in time. Those assumptions may not be appropriate if they are applied to a different point in time. Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further discussion of how MSR impairment is measured.

        The table below summarizes certain cash flows received from and paid to securitization trusts, except as footnoted below:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Proceeds from new securitization sales   $ 165,690   $ 109,188   $ 17,012  
Principal and interest received on retained interests     1,925     1,633     360  
Servicing fees received (1)     1,822     1,260     276  
Loan repurchases (1)     (6,837 )   (1,502 )   (177 )

(1)
Amounts include cash received/paid related to all transfers of loans, including securitizations accounted for as sales, securitizations retained and whole loan sales.

        The tables below present quantitative information about delinquencies, net credit losses, and components of securitized financial assets and other assets managed together with them (excludes securitized assets that an entity continues to service but with which it has no other continuing involvement):

 
  December 31, 2002
  Year Ended
December 31, 2002

 
  Unpaid
Principal
Balance

  Principal Amount
of Loans on
Nonaccrual Status (1)

  Net
Credit Losses

 
  (in millions)

Mortgage loans   $ 128,067   $ 1,188   $ 54
Specialty home loans     14,791     1,428     61
   
 
 
    Total loans managed   $ 142,858   $ 2,616   $ 115
   
 
 
Consisting of:                  
  Loans sold, including securitizations   $ 23,539            
  Loans held for sale and held in portfolio     106,570            
  Loans securitized and retained     12,749            
   
           
    Total loans managed   $ 142,858            
   
           

(1)
Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further discussion of loans on nonaccrual status.

102


 
  December 31, 2001
  Year Ended
December 31, 2001

 
  Unpaid
Principal
Balance

  Principal Amount
of Loans on
Nonaccrual Status (1)

  Net
Credit Losses

 
  (in millions)

Mortgage loans   $ 129,901   $ 1,289   $ 36
Specialty home loans     9,481     1,036     21
   
 
 
    Total loans managed   $ 139,382   $ 2,325   $ 57
   
 
 
Consisting of:                  
  Loans sold, including securitizations   $ 23,496            
  Loans held for sale and held in portfolio     101,995            
  Loans securitized and retained     13,891            
   
           
    Total loans managed   $ 139,382            
   
           

(1)
Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further discussion of loans on nonaccrual status.

 
  December 31, 2000
  Year Ended
December 31, 2000

 
  Unpaid
Principal
Balance

  Principal Amount
of Loans on
Nonaccrual Status (1)

  Net
Credit Losses

 
  (in millions)

Mortgage loans   $ 115,058   $ 563   $ 30
Specialty home loans     6,005     267     9
   
 
 
    Total loans managed   $ 121,063   $ 830   $ 39
   
 
 
Consisting of:                  
  Loans sold, including securitizations   $ 9,432            
  Loans held for sale and held in portfolio     79,178            
  Loans securitized and retained     32,453            
   
           
    Total loans managed   $ 121,063            
   
           

(1)
Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further discussion of loans on nonaccrual status.

103


    Loan Servicing

        Home loan mortgage banking income (expense) consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Loan servicing fees   $ 2,237   $ 1,375   $ 295  
Loan subservicing fees     100     24     -  
Amortization of MSR     (2,616 )   (1,054 )   (133 )
Impairment adjustment     (3,219 )   (1,701 )   (9 )
Other, net     (371 )   (165 )   (19 )
   
 
 
 
  Net home loan servicing (expense) income     (3,869 )   (1,521 )   134  
Revaluation gain from derivatives     2,517     -     -  
Net settlement income from certain interest-rate swaps     382     -     -  
Gain from mortgage loans     1,280     963     262  
GNMA pool buy-out income     319     2     -  
Loan related income     268     156     35  
Gain on sale of originated mortgage-backed securities     34     117     2  
   
 
 
 
  Total home loan mortgage banking income (expense)   $ 931   $ (283 ) $ 433  
   
 
 
 

        Changes in the balance of MSR, net of the valuation allowance, were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Balance, beginning of year   $ 6,241   $ 1,017   $ 643  
  Home loans:                    
    Additions through acquisitions     1,888     4,818     -  
    Other additions     4,031     3,323     516  
    Amortization     (2,616 )   (1,054 )   (133 )
    Impairment adjustment     (3,219 )   (1,701 )   (9 )
    Sale of servicing     (997 )   (174 )   -  
  Net change in commercial real estate MSR     13     12     -  
   
 
 
 
Balance, end of year (1)   $ 5,341   $ 6,241   $ 1,017  
   
 
 
 

(1)
At December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, aggregate MSR fair value was $5.38 billion, $6.27 billion and $1.13 billion.

        Changes in the valuation allowance for MSR were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
  (in millions)

Balance, beginning of year   $ 1,714   $ 13   $ 4
  Impairment adjustment     3,219     1,701     9
  Sale of servicing     (412 )   -     -
   
 
 
Balance, end of year   $ 4,521   $ 1,714   $ 13
   
 
 

104


        At December 31, 2002, the expected weighted average life of the Company's MSR was 3.4 years. Projected amortization expense for the gross carrying value of MSR at December 31, 2002 is estimated to be as follows (in millions):

2003   $ 2,921  
2004     1,696  
2005     1,156  
2006     853  
2007     651  
After 2007     2,585  
   
 
Gross carrying value of MSR     9,862  
Less: valuation allowance     (4,521 )
   
 
  Net carrying value of MSR   $ 5,341  
   
 

        The projected amortization expense of MSR is an estimate and should be used with caution. The amortization expense for future periods was calculated by applying the same quantitative factors, such as actual MSR prepayment experience and discount rates, that were used to determine amortization expense during 2002. These factors are inherently subject to significant fluctuations, primarily due to the effect that changes in mortgage rates have on loan prepayment experience. Accordingly, any projection of MSR amortization in future periods is limited by the conditions that existed at the time the calculations were performed, and may not be indicative of actual amortization expense that will be recorded in future periods.

        Changes in the portfolio of loans serviced for others were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Balance, beginning of year   $ 382,500   $ 85,875  
  Home loans:              
    Additions through acquisitions     178,884     255,434  
    Other additions     249,855     143,235  
    Sales     -     (6,538 )
    Loan payments and other     (208,337 )   (96,674 )
  Net change in commercial real estate loans serviced for others     1,602     1,168  
   
 
 
Balance, end of year   $ 604,504   $ 382,500  
   
 
 

        WMBFA and Washington Mutual Bank ("WMB"), wholly owned subsidiaries of Washington Mutual, Inc., are approved Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA") issuers. WMBFA and WMB are required to comply with the GNMA Mortgage-Backed Securities Guide (the "GNMA Guide"), which includes minimum standards of net worth. Washington Mutual, Inc., WMBFA and WMB are required to ensure they meet the minimum net worth requirements throughout the year and are required to submit annual net worth calculations within 90 days after their fiscal year end. Because WMB's consolidated financial statements are not audited, the parent holding company of WMB, Washington Mutual, Inc., is also subject to the minimum net worth requirements. The GNMA Guide establishes minimum net worth requirements based on the size of the GNMA commitment authority issued and the outstanding balance of all GNMA securities. The adjusted net worth of Washington Mutual, Inc., WMBFA and WMB is determined by reducing equity by the amount of unacceptable assets for purposes of the calculation, which

105



include goodwill, unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale, and other unacceptable assets. If Washington Mutual, Inc., WMBFA and WMB fail to comply with the minimum net worth requirements established by the GNMA Guide, GNMA may suspend or terminate WMBFA's and WMB's status as an issuer if the deficiency is not corrected in a timely manner.

        Following are the GNMA net worth requirements and the adjusted net worth of Washington Mutual, Inc., WMBFA and WMB as of December 31, 2002 and 2001.

        Washington Mutual, Inc.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
 
  (in millions)

Required net worth   $ 1   $ 1
Adjusted net worth     6,854     10,431
   
 
Excess net worth   $ 6,853   $ 10,430
   
 

        WMBFA

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
 
  (in millions)

Required net worth   $ 179   $ 128
Adjusted net worth     8,250     9,821
   
 
Excess net worth   $ 8,071   $ 9,693
   
 

        WMB

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
 
  (in millions)

Required net worth   $ 1   $ 1
Adjusted net worth     1,921     1,759
   
 
Excess net worth   $ 1,920   $ 1,758
   
 

Note 6: Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        The Company performed a transitional impairment test on the goodwill of each reporting unit using a discounted cash flow model and determined that the fair value of each reporting unit's total assets, net of total liabilities, exceeded the recorded book value of that reporting unit and its goodwill at January 1, 2002. During the third quarter of 2002, the Company performed its annual impairment test and concluded there was no impairment to the book value of the Company's goodwill. Absent any impairment indicators, the Company expects to perform its next impairment test during the third quarter of 2003.

        Statement No. 147 requires that an unidentifiable intangible asset that is recognized in an acquisition of a financial institution, which is accounted for as a business combination, in which the liabilities assumed exceed the identifiable assets acquired, be recorded as goodwill and subject to the accounting standards set forth in Statement No. 142. The Company, which owns intangible assets of this nature, reclassified $167 million from intangible assets to goodwill and restated the financial statements to remove $17 million of amortization expense, net of taxes, for the year ended December 31, 2002, as required by this standard.

106



        Had the Company been accounting for its goodwill under Statement No. 142 for all periods presented, the Company's net income and earnings per share would have been as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (in millions, except per share amounts)

 
Net Income:                    
  Income before income taxes   $ 6,154   $ 4,932   $ 2,984  
  Add back: goodwill previously amortized (1)     -     139     83  
   
 
 
 
  Income before income taxes, excluding amortization of goodwill     6,154     5,071     3,067  
  Income taxes     (2,258 )   (1,834 )   (1,101 )
   
 
 
 
  Net income, excluding amortization of goodwill     3,896     3,237     1,966  
  Redeemable preferred stock dividends     (5 )   (7 )   -  
   
 
 
 
  Adjusted net income attributable to common stock   $ 3,891   $ 3,230   $ 1,966  
   
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share:                    
  Net income, as reported   $ 4.12   $ 3.65   $ 2.37  
  Goodwill amortization, net of tax     -     0.14     0.08  
  Adjusted net income     4.12     3.79     2.45  
Diluted earnings per share:                    
  Net income, as reported   $ 4.05   $ 3.59   $ 2.36  
  Goodwill amortization, net of tax     -     0.14     0.08  
  Adjusted net income     4.05     3.73     2.44  

(1)
Includes amounts amortized prior to the adoption of Statement No. 142 and Statement No. 147.

        Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2002, by reporting unit were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2002
 
   
   
  Specialty Finance
   
 
  Banking and
Financial
Services

  Home Loans
and Insurance
Services

  WM
Finance

  Commercial
Lending

  Total
 
  (in millions)

Balance at January 1, 2002 (1)   $ 630   $ 1,179   $ 59   $ 307   $ 2,175
  Additions related to Dime     2,472     839     -     733     4,044
  Other     34     19     (2 )   -     51
   
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2002   $ 3,136   $ 2,037   $ 57   $ 1,040   $ 6,270
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
The balance at January 1, 2002 has been restated to reflect the adoption of Statement No. 147.

        During the first quarter of 2002, the Company acquired a $223 million core deposit intangible as a result of the Dime acquisition. During the second quarter of 2002, the Company increased goodwill associated with the Dime acquisition by $59 million due to various adjustments to the fair values assigned to the assets received and liabilities assumed and a $77 million adjustment of the total purchase price related to the valuation of Dime stock options. During the third quarter of 2002, the Company increased the goodwill associated with the Dime acquisition by $32 million due to an adjustment of $17 million

107


related to the Dime auto-finance loan portfolio and an increase in the estimated accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation for Dime employees of $15 million.

        Intangible asset balances (excluding MSR) as of December 31, 2002 were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2002
 
  Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net
  Weighted Average
Useful Life

 
  (in millions)

Core deposit intangible assets   $ 633   $ 322   $ 311   8.5 years
Other intangible assets     2     2     -   10 years
   
 
 
   
  Total intangible assets   $ 635   $ 324   $ 311   8.5 years
   
 
 
   

        The Company has no identifiable intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.

        Amortization expense for the net carrying amount of intangible assets (excluding MSR) at December 31, 2002 is estimated to be as follows (in millions):

2003   $ 61
2004     56
2005     52
2006     52
2007     51
After 2007     39
   
  Estimated future amortization expense of intangible assets   $ 311
   

Note 7: Other Assets

        Other assets consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
 
  (in millions)

Premises and equipment   $ 2,862   $ 1,999
Investment in bank-owned life insurance     2,544     1,535
Accrued interest receivable     1,439     1,426
Foreclosed assets     336     228
GNMA pool buy-outs     4,859     1,849
Other intangible assets     311     155
Derivatives     4,105     745
Other     3,462     2,458
   
 
  Total other assets   $ 19,918   $ 10,395
   
 

        Depreciation expense for 2002, 2001 and 2000 was $362 million, $288 million and $246 million.

        The Company leases various financial center offices, office facilities and equipment under capital and noncancelable operating leases which expire at various dates through 2021 with the option to renew through 2071. Some leases contain escalation provisions for adjustments in the consumer price index and provide for renewal options for five- to ten-year periods. Rental expense, including amounts paid under

108



month-to-month cancelable leases, amounted to $360 million, $289 million and $197 million in 2002, 2001 and 2000.

Note 8: Deposits

        Deposits consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
 
  (in millions)

Checking accounts:            
  Interest bearing   $ 56,132   $ 15,350
  Noninterest bearing     35,730     22,386
   
 
      91,862     37,736
Savings accounts     10,313     6,970
Money market deposit accounts     19,573     25,514
Time deposit accounts:            
  Due within one year     23,136     30,530
  After one year but within two years     4,383     2,679
  After two but within three years     2,678     1,732
  After three but within four years     1,172     468
  After four but within five years     1,560     976
  After five years     839     577
   
 
      33,768     36,962
   
 
    Total deposits   $ 155,516   $ 107,182
   
 

        Accrued but unpaid interest on deposits included in other liabilities totaled $55 million and $54 million at December 31, 2002 and 2001.

        Time deposit accounts in amounts of $100,000 or more totaled $7.01 billion and $6.92 billion at December 31, 2002 and 2001. At December 31, 2002, $1.80 billion of these deposits mature within three months, $1.02 billion mature in over three to six months, $1.07 billion mature in over six months to one year, and $3.12 billion mature after one year.

Note 9: Federal Funds Purchased and Commercial Paper

        Federal funds purchased and commercial paper consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
 
  (in millions)

Federal funds purchased   $ 507   $ 4,339
Commercial paper     740     351
   
 
  Total federal funds purchased and commercial paper   $ 1,247   $ 4,690
   
 

        Federal funds purchased had remaining average maturities of 35 days at December 31, 2002. Commercial paper had remaining average maturities of 86 days at December 31, 2002.

109



        Financial data pertaining to federal funds purchased and commercial paper were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Federal funds purchased                    
Weighted average interest rate, end of year     1.26 %   2.02 %   6.57 %
Weighted average interest rate during the year     1.90     3.96     6.52  
Average balance of federal funds purchased   $ 2,919   $ 4,337   $ 2,856  
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end     5,886     6,167     6,668  
Commercial paper                    
Weighted average interest rate, end of year     1.60 %   3.03 %   6.95 %
Weighted average interest rate during the year     2.02     5.49     5.42  
Average balance of commercial paper   $ 559   $ 469   $ 586  
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end     885     973     959  

        The total interest expense on federal funds purchased and commercial paper was $67 million, $198 million and $218 million for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000.

Note 10: Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

        Scheduled maturities of securities sold under agreements to repurchase ("repurchase agreements") were as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
 
  (in millions)

Due within 30 days   $ 751   $ 28,177
After 30 but within 90 days     200     2,126
After 90 but within 180 days     101     -
After 180 days but within one year     -     518
After one year     15,665     8,626
   
 
  Total maturities of repurchase agreements   $ 16,717   $ 39,447
   
 

        Financial data pertaining to repurchase agreements were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Weighted average interest rate, end of year     2.13 %   1.74 %   6.61 %
Weighted average interest rate during the year     2.31     4.05     6.62  
Average balance of repurchase agreements   $ 34,830   $ 29,582   $ 28,491  
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end     58,504     39,447     30,726  

        The total interest expense on repurchase agreements was $804 million, $1,197 million and $1,885 million for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000.

110



        At December 31, 2002 interest rate caps, swaps, and swaptions embedded in repurchase agreements were as follows:

 
  Notional
Amount

  Weighted
Average
Strike
Rate

  Weighted
Average
Pay
Rate

  Weighted
Average
Receive
Rate

  Index
  Index at
December 31,
2002

  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life

 
  (dollars in millions)

   
   
   
   
   
  (in months)

Caps   $ 600   7.67 % -   -   3 month LIBOR   1.38 % 19
Swaps     2,750   -   4.73   1.74   3 month LIBOR   1.38   53
Swaptions     6,400   6.14   -   -   3 month LIBOR   1.38   8

Note 11: Advances from FHLBs

        As members of the FHLBs of San Francisco and Seattle, WMBFA, WMB and Washington Mutual Bank fsb ("WMBfsb") maintain credit lines that are percentages of their total regulatory assets, subject to collateralization requirements. Advances are collateralized in the aggregate by all stock owned of the FHLBs, by deposits with the FHLBs, and by certain mortgages or deeds of trust and securities of the U.S. Government and its agencies. The maximum amount of credit, which the FHLBs will extend for purposes other than meeting withdrawals, varies from time to time in accordance with their policies. The interest rates charged by the FHLBs for advances vary depending upon maturity, the cost of funds in the individual FHLB and the purpose of the borrowing.

        Scheduled maturities of advances from FHLBs were as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
 
 
  Amount
  Ranges of
Interest Rates

  Amount
  Ranges of
Interest Rates

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Due within one year   $ 29,067   1.25% - 7.07 % $ 36,676   1.75% - 8.04 %
After one but within two years     11,266   1.35 - 8.65     13,576   1.75 - 6.03  
After two but within three years     3,228   1.35 - 7.45     6,338   1.82 - 8.65  
After three but within four years     4,211   1.35 - 5.32     184   2.05 - 7.45  
After four but within five years     3,163   1.35 - 6.60     4,211   1.85 - 5.32  
After five years     330   2.80 - 8.57     197   2.80 - 8.57  
   
     
     
  Total advances from FHLBs   $ 51,265       $ 61,182      
   
     
     

        Financial data pertaining to advances from FHLBs were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Weighted average interest rate, end of year     1.91 %   2.45 %   6.57 %
Weighted average interest rate during the year     2.83     4.58     6.39  
Average balance of advances from FHLBs   $ 59,449   $ 63,859   $ 56,979  
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end     66,206     67,281     59,325  

        The total interest expense on advances from FHLBs was $1,680 million, $2,924 million and $3,643 million for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000.

111



        At December 31, 2002, interest rate caps embedded in advances from FHLBs were as follows:

Notional Amount
  Weighted Average
Strike Rate

  Index
  Index at
December 31, 2002

  Weighted Average
Remaining Life

(dollars in millions)

   
   
   
  (in months)

$ 41   7.25 % 3 month LIBOR   1.38 % 7

Note 12: Other Borrowings

        Other borrowings consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
 
 
  Amount (2)
  Interest
Rate(s)

  Amount (2)
  Interest
Rate(s)

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Senior notes (1) :                      
  Due in 2002   $ -   - % $ 1,183   1.92 - 8.60 %
  Due in 2003     1,301   1.54 - 7.32     967   2.05 - 6.84  
  Due in 2004     2,213   1.57 - 7.38     1,898   2.28 - 7.38  
  Due in 2005     605   7.25 - 8.25     599   7.25 - 8.25  
  Due in 2006     2,765   1.54 - 7.50     3,062   2.24 - 7.50  
  Due in 2007     995   5.63     -   -  
  Due in 2008     762   4.38     -   -  
  Due in 2011     501   6.88     497   6.88  
Subordinated notes (1) :                      
  Due in 2004     250   6.50 - 7.88     249   6.50 - 7.88  
  Due in 2006     100   6.63     99   6.63  
  Due in 2007     236   8.88     240   8.88  
  Due in 2009     158   8.00     160   8.00  
  Due in 2010     621   8.25     564   8.25  
  Due in 2011     1,144   6.88     1,018   6.88  
  Due in 2013     757   5.50     -   -  
Trust preferred securities (1) :                      
  Due in 2025     -   -     93   8.25  
  Due in 2026     149   8.36     149   8.36  
  Due in 2027     913   8.21 - 9.33     727   8.21 - 8.38  
  Due in 2041     732   5.38     730   5.38  
Secured line of credit:                      
  Due in 2003     994   2.12     -   -  
Other     68   -     341   -  
   
     
     
    Total other borrowings   $ 15,264       $ 12,576      
   
     
     

(1)
Inclusive of capitalized issuance costs.
(2)
Maturities listed are based on contractual terms and do not include redemption or call dates.

        At December 31, 2002, the Company is the guarantor of five separate issues of trust preferred securities, as discussed below:

        On May 31, 1997, Washington Mutual Capital I ("WMC I"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Washington Mutual, Inc., issued $400 million of 8.38% Subordinated Capital Income Securities. In connection with WMC I's issuance of these securities, Washington Mutual, Inc. issued to WMC I $412 million principal

112



amount of its 8.38% Junior Subordinated Debentures, due 2027. The sole assets of WMC I are and will be the subordinated debentures.

        On January 27, 1997, Great Western Financial Trust II ("GWFT II"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Great Western Financial Corporation, issued $300 million of 8.21% Trust Originated Preferred Securities. In connection with GWFT II's issuance of these securities, Great Western issued to GWFT II $309 million principal amount of its 8.21% subordinated deferrable interest notes, due 2027. The sole assets of GWFT II are and will be the subordinated notes.

        In December 1996, Ahmanson Trust I (the "Ahmanson Trust"), a wholly owned subsidiary of H.F. Ahmanson & Co., issued $150 million of 8.36% Company-obligated redeemable capital securities, Series A, of subsidiary trust holding solely Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures of Ahmanson. In connection with the Ahmanson Trust's issuance of these securities, Ahmanson issued to the Ahmanson Trust $155 million principal amount of its 8.36% subordinated notes, due December 2026. The sole assets of the Ahmanson Trust are and will be the subordinated notes.

        In May 1997, Dime Capital Trust I ("DMECT I"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Dime Bancorp, Inc., issued $200 million of 9.33% Trust Originated Securities. In connection with DMECT I's issuance of these securities, Dime Bancorp, Inc. issued DMECT I $206 million principal amount of its 9.33% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture due 2027. The sole assets of DMECT I are and will be the subordinated debenture.

        In December 1995, Great Western Financial Trust I ("GWFT I"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Great Western, issued $100 million of 8.25% Trust Originated Preferred Securities. In connection with GWFT I's issuance of these securities, Great Western issued to GWFT I $103 million principal amount of its 8.25% subordinated deferrable interest notes, due 2025. The sole assets of GWFT I were the subordinated notes due 2025. The preferred securities and the subordinated notes were callable on or after December 31, 2000. On November 29, 2002, GWFT I redeemed the preferred securities and Great Western redeemed the subordinated notes.

        In the second quarter of 2001, Washington Mutual Capital Trust 2001 (the "Capital Trust"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Washington Mutual, Inc., issued 23 million units, totaling $1,150 million, of Trust Preferred Income Equity Redeemable Securities SM . Each unit consists of a preferred security having a stated liquidation amount of $50 and a current yield of 5.38%, and a warrant to purchase at any time prior to the close of business on May 3, 2041, 1.2081 shares of common stock of Washington Mutual. At any time after issuance of the units, the preferred security and warrant components of each unit may be separated by the holder and transferred separately. Thereafter, a separated preferred security and warrant may be combined to form a unit. In connection with the Capital Trust's issuance of these securities, Washington Mutual, Inc. issued to the Capital Trust $1,185 million of 5.38% subordinated debentures, due in 2041. The sole assets of the Capital Trust are the subordinated debentures.

        Obligations of Great Western, Ahmanson and Dime under the above described arrangements were assumed by the Company. Washington Mutual's obligations under these and related agreements, taken together, are guaranteed by the Company.

        The Company has a right to defer payment of interest on the debentures at any time for a period not exceeding the extension period described in the table below with respect to each deferral period, provided that no extension period may extend beyond the stated maturity of the respective debentures. Distributions paid on the securities are recorded as interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

113



        Financial data pertaining to trust preferred securities were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2002
Name of Trust

  Aggregate
Liquidation
Amount of
Trust
Preferred
Securities

  Aggregate
Liquidation
Amount of
Common
Securities

  Aggregate
Principal
Amount
of
Notes

  Stated
Maturity
of
Notes

  Per
Annum
Interest
Rate of
Notes

  Extension
Period

  Redemption
Option

 
  (dollars in millions)

Great Western Financial Trust II   $ 300   $ 9   $ 309   2027   8.21 % Ten consecutive semi-annual periods   On or after February 1, 2007
Washington Mutual Capital I     400     12     412   2027   8.38   Ten consecutive semi-annual periods   On or after June 1, 2007
Ahmanson Trust I     150     5     155   2026   8.36   Ten consecutive semi-annual periods   On or after December 1, 2026
Washington Mutual Capital Trust 2001     1,150     35     1,185   2041   5.38   20 consecutive quarters   On or after May 3, 2006
Dime Capital Trust I     200     6     206   2027   9.33   Ten consecutive semi-annual periods   On or after May 7, 2007
   
 
 
               
  Total trust preferred securities   $ 2,200   $ 67   $ 2,267       6.87        
   
 
 
               
 
  December 31, 2001
Name of Trust

  Aggregate
Liquidation
Amount of
Trust
Preferred
Securities

  Aggregate
Liquidation
Amount of
Common
Securities

  Aggregate
Principal
Amount
Of
Notes

  Stated
Maturity
of
Notes

  Per
Annum
Interest
Rate of
Notes

  Extension
Period

  Redemption
Option

 
  (dollars in millions)

Great Western Financial Trust I   $ 100   $ 3   $ 103   2025   8.25 % 20 consecutive quarters   On or after December 31, 2000
Great Western Financial Trust II     300     9     309   2027   8.21   Ten consecutive semi-annual periods   On or after February 1, 2007
Washington Mutual Capital I     400     12     412   2027   8.38   Ten consecutive semi-annual periods   On or after June 1, 2007
Ahmanson Trust I     150     5     155   2026   8.36   Ten consecutive semi-annual periods   On or after December 1, 2026
Washington Mutual Capital Trust 2001     1,150     35     1,185   2041   5.38   20 consecutive quarters   On or after May 3, 2006
   
 
 
               
  Total trust preferred securities   $ 2,100   $ 64   $ 2,164       6.70        
   
 
 
               

        At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company had unused secured borrowing lines totaling $875 million and $960 million with the Federal Reserve Bank discount window.

        The Company, through Long Beach Mortgage Company, had credit facilities in the aggregate amount of $1.0 billion at December 31, 2002, of which $500 million expired in February 2003 and $500 million expires in September 2003.

114



        On August 12, 2002, Washington Mutual, Inc. and Washington Mutual Finance entered into a new three-year revolving credit facility totaling $800 million. This credit facility replaced the two revolving credit facilities totaling $1.20 billion that were in effect until August 9, 2002 and provides back-up for the commercial paper programs of Washington Mutual, Inc. and Washington Mutual Finance as well as funds for general corporate purposes. The facility was arranged by J.P. Morgan Chase Bank and includes a syndicated group of banks. At December 31, 2002, Washington Mutual, Inc. had no commercial paper outstanding and Washington Mutual Finance had $440 million outstanding.

        As of December 31, 2002, the Company had entered into fifteen letters of credit with the FHLBs of San Francisco, New York and Seattle, for a total of $653 million. These letters of credit provide credit enhancement on housing revenue bonds and certain of the Company's private issue mortgage-backed securities.

Note 13: Income Taxes

        Income taxes (benefits) from continuing operations consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Current:                    
  Federal   $ 3,091   $ 1,677   $ 524  
  State and local     386     165     99  
  Payments in lieu     38     58     34  
   
 
 
 
    Total current     3,515     1,900     657  
Deferred:                    
  Federal     (1,049 )   (4 )   435  
  State and local     (168 )   (12 )   42  
  Payments in lieu     (40 )   (66 )   (49 )
   
 
 
 
    Total deferred     (1,257 )   (82 )   428  
   
 
 
 
      Total income taxes   $ 2,258   $ 1,818   $ 1,085  
   
 
 
 

        Provisions of the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 (the "Job Protection Act") significantly altered the Company's tax bad debt deduction method and the circumstances that would require a tax bad debt reserve recapture. Prior to enactment of the Job Protection Act, savings institutions were permitted to compute their tax bad debt deduction through use of either the reserve method or the percentage of taxable income method. The Job Protection Act repealed both of these methods for large savings institutions and allows bad debt deductions based only on actual current losses. While repealing the reserve method for computing tax bad debt deductions, the Job Protection Act allows thrifts to retain their existing base year bad debt reserves but requires that reserves in excess of the balance at December 31, 1987 be recaptured into taxable income. The tax liability for this recapture is included in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.

        The base year reserve is recaptured into taxable income only in limited situations, such as in the event of certain excess distributions or complete liquidation. None of the limited circumstances requiring recapture are contemplated by the Company. The amount of the Company's tax bad debt reserves subject to recapture in these circumstances approximates $2.22 billion at December 31, 2002 and $2.06 billion at December 31, 2001. Due to the remote nature of events that may trigger the recapture provisions, no tax liability has been established in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.

115



        In January 2002, the Company completed a settlement with the Internal Revenue Service for Great Western for tax years 1988 through 1992. The amount payable under the settlement agreement was previously provided for in the accrual for income taxes payable.

        The IRS is currently examining Ahmanson for 1994 through September 1998, Washington Mutual for 1994 through 2000 and Great Western for 1993 through 1997. The IRS has completed its examination of Ahmanson for 1990 through 1993. All issues have been resolved except for one, for which a tentative settlement at Appeals is under review by the Joint Committee on Taxation. The IRS's National Office has issued an adverse ruling on this issue. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded any benefit with respect to this issue.

        As of December 31, 2002, the Company's accrual for income taxes payable is sufficient to cover any expected liabilities arising from these examinations.

        The significant components of the Company's net deferred tax asset (liability) were as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Deferred tax assets:              
  Provision for loan and lease losses and foreclosed assets   $ 736   $ 549  
  Mortgage servicing     554     -  
  Net operating loss carryforwards     357     440  
  Compensation differences     221     65  
  Merger costs     131     144  
  State and local taxes     45     21  
  Unrealized losses from securities and cash flow hedge instruments     -     152  
  Other     429     339  
   
 
 
    Total deferred tax assets     2,473     1,710  
Payments in lieu     (100 )   (140 )
Valuation allowance     (210 )   (164 )
   
 
 
  Deferred tax asset, net of payments in lieu and valuation allowance     2,163     1,406  
Deferred tax liabilities:              
  Stock dividends from FHLBs     (650 )   (614 )
  Loan fees     (318 )   (253 )
  Basis difference on premises and equipment     (280 )   (181 )
  Unrealized gains from securities and cash flow hedge instruments     (87 )   -  
  Mortgage servicing     -     (445 )
  Other     (21 )   (231 )
   
 
 
    Total deferred tax liabilities     (1,356 )   (1,724 )
   
 
 
      Net deferred tax asset (liability)   $ 807   $ (318 )
   
 
 

        The Company establishes a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The valuation allowance of $210 million and $164 million at December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001 relates primarily to net operating losses that are limited by Internal Revenue Code Section 382 as a result of the acquisition of Keystone Holdings, Inc.

116



        As a result of the Keystone acquisition, the Company and certain of its affiliates are parties to an agreement (the "Assistance Agreement") with a predecessor of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), which generally provides that 75% of most of the federal tax savings and approximately 19.5% of most of the California tax savings (as computed in accordance with the Assistance Agreement), attributable to the Company's utilization of certain tax loss carryovers of New West Federal Savings and Loan Association, are to be paid by the Company to the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation Resolution Fund (the "Resolution Fund"). These amounts are considered payments in lieu. The Assistance Agreement sets forth certain special adjustments to federal taxable income to arrive at "Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation taxable income," which is then offset by utilizable net operating losses to compute the benefit due to the Resolution Fund.

        As a result of the acquisition of Bank United, the Company and certain of its affiliates are also parties to another agreement with the Resolution Fund, which provides that one-third of the sum of federal and state tax benefits (as computed in accordance with the original acquisition agreement), attributable to the Company's utilization of certain tax loss carryovers of Bank United are to be paid by the Company to the Resolution Fund. The obligation to share tax benefit utilization will continue through 2003.

        Federal and state income tax net operating loss carryforwards due to expire under current law during the years indicated were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2002
 
  Federal
  State
 
  (in millions)

Expiring in:            
  2004   $ -   $ 536
  2005     742     -
  2006     33     -
  2008     23     -
   
 
    Total   $ 798   $ 536
   
 

        Reconciliations between income taxes computed at statutory rates and income taxes included in the Consolidated Statements of Income were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  Amount
  As a
Percentage
of Pretax
Income

  Amount
  As a
Percentage
of Pretax
Income

  Amount
  As a
Percentage
of Pretax
Income

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Income taxes computed at statutory rates   $ 2,153   35.00 % $ 1,726   35.00 % $ 1,044   35.00 %
Tax effect of:                                
  State income tax, net of federal tax benefit     142   2.31     99   2.00     93   3.12  
  Payments in lieu     -   -     -   -     46   1.54  
  Valuation allowance change from prior year     -   -     -   -     (75 ) (2.51 )
  Other     (37 ) (0.61 )   (7 ) (0.14 )   (23 ) (0.78 )
   
     
     
     
    Total   $ 2,258   36.70   $ 1,818   36.86   $ 1,085   36.37  
   
     
     
     

117


Note 14: Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

    Commitments

        Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers in accordance with predetermined contractual provisions. These commitments are for specific periods or contain termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee. The total amounts of unused commitments do not necessarily represent future credit exposure or cash requirements, in that commitments often expire without being drawn upon. Unfunded commitments to extend credit totaled $53.42 billion at December 31, 2002 and $29.63 billion at December 31, 2001. The Company reserved $52 million as of December 31, 2002 to cover its loss exposure to unfunded commitments.

        In order to meet the needs of its customers, the Company also issues direct-pay, standby and other letters of credit. Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company generally to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party in borrowing arrangements, such as commercial paper issuances, bond financing, construction and similar transactions. Collateral may be required to support letters of credit in accordance with management's evaluation of the creditworthiness of each customer. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, outstanding letters of credit issued by Washington Mutual totaled $492 million and $434 million.

        Future minimum net rental commitments, including maintenance and other associated costs, for all noncancelable leases were as follows:

 
  Operating Lease
  Capital Lease
 
  Land and
Buildings

  Furniture and
Equipment

  Land and
Buildings

 
  (in millions)

Year ending December 31,                  
  2003   $ 290   $ 75   $ 9
  2004     260     51     9
  2005     224     39     8
  2006     184     -     7
  2007     132     -     6
Thereafter     447     -     51
   
 
 
    Total   $ 1,537   $ 165   $ 90
   
 
 

        Certain operating leases contain escalation clauses, which correspond with increased real estate taxes and other operating expenses, and renewal options calling for increased rents as the leases are renewed. No restrictions are imposed by any lease agreement regarding the payment of dividends, additional debt financing, or entering into further lease agreements.

    Guarantees

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company sells loans with recourse. For loans that have been sold with recourse and are no longer on the Company's balance sheet, the recourse component is considered a guarantee. When the Company sells a loan with recourse, it commits to stand ready to perform, if the loan defaults, and to make payments to remedy the default. As of December 31, 2002, the Company's maximum exposure to loss under these guarantees totaled $20.37 billion. The Company's recourse reserve related to these guarantees totaled $46 million at December 31, 2002.

118


        In the ordinary course of business, the Company sells loans without recourse that may have to be subsequently repurchased due to defects that occurred during the origination of the loan. The defects are categorized as documentation errors, underwriting errors, early payment defaults and fraud. When a loan sold to an investor without recourse fails to perform, the investor will typically review the loan file to determine whether defects in the origination process occurred. If a defect is identified, the Company may be required to either repurchase the loan or indemnify the investor for losses sustained. If there are no defects, the Company has no commitment to repurchase the loan. As of December 31, 2002, these guarantees totaled $584.14 billion, which substantially represents the unpaid principal balance of the Company's loans serviced for others portfolio. The Company has reserved $54 million as of December 31, 2002 to cover the anticipated loss exposure related to these guarantees.

    Contingencies

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in or parties to a number of pending and threatened legal actions and proceedings, including actions brought on behalf of various classes of claimants. In certain of these actions and proceedings, claims for substantial monetary damages are asserted against the Company and its subsidiaries. Certain of these actions and proceedings are based on alleged violations of consumer protection, banking and other laws.

        In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, the Company cannot state what the eventual outcome of pending matters will be. Based on current knowledge, management does not believe that liabilities, if any, arising from any single pending proceeding will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, operations or liquidity of the Company.

Note 15: Redeemable Preferred Stock

        In August 1999, Bank United issued 2,000,000 shares of 8% Premium Income Equity Securities ("PIES") for a price of $50 per PIES or $100 million in aggregate. As a result of the Bank United merger on February 9, 2001, each Bank United PIES was converted into a Washington Mutual PIES with an estimated aggregate fair value of $102 million. Each of the PIES consisted of a purchase contract for shares of Company common stock and a share of redeemable preferred stock.

        The redeemable preferred stock, which had a liquidation preference of $50 per share and certain voting rights, was pledged to the Company to secure the holders' obligation to purchase the common stock under the purchase contract.

        On August 16, 2002, the Company redeemed all of the 2,000,000 outstanding PIES. As part of the redemption of the PIES, the Company redeemed all of the shares of redeemable preferred stock at 100% of their liquidation preference. Holders of the PIES received 2.1704 shares of Washington Mutual common stock and 1.113 Contingent Payment Rights Certificates (1) for each PIES.


(1)
"Contingent Payment Rights Certificates" means a certificate representing a partial beneficial ownership interest in the Bank United Litigation Contingent Payment Rights Trust, a Delaware trust established by Bank United Corp. to receive Bank United Corp.'s portion of the proceeds, if any, realized from the litigation filed by Bank United Corp., its indirect subsidiary Bank United, and Hyperion Partners L.P. against the United States in the U.S. Court of Federal Claims on July 25, 1995, for alleged failure of the United States to adhere to its agreement to waive or forbear from enforcing certain provisions concerning regulatory capital requirements.

        The Company made quarterly payments with respect to the PIES consisting of dividends equal to 7.25% per annum of the $50 liquidation preference of the shares of redeemable preferred stock and contract adjustment payments under the purchase contract equal to 0.75% per annum of the $50 purchase contract stated amount until August 16, 2002.

119


Note 16: Earnings Per Share

        On April 17, 2001, the Company's Board of Directors declared a 3-for-2 stock split which was paid in the form of a 50% stock dividend. The dividend was paid on May 15, 2001 to shareholders of record as of April 30, 2001. All prior share and per share amounts have been restated to reflect the stock split.

        Information used to calculate EPS was as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
  (dollars in millions,
except per share amounts)

Net income                  
  Net income   $ 3,896   $ 3,114   $ 1,899
  Accumulated dividends on preferred stock     (5 )   (7 )   -
   
 
 
    Net income attributable to common stock   $ 3,891   $ 3,107   $ 1,899
   
 
 
Weighted average shares (in thousands)                  
  Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding     943,905     850,245     801,262
  Dilutive effect of potential common shares from:                  
    Stock options     8,626     8,469     3,433
    Premium Income Equity Securities  SM (1)     951     1,346     -
    Trust Preferred Income Equity Redeemable Securities SM     6,670     4,598     -
   
 
 
      Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding     960,152     864,658     804,695
   
 
 
Net income per common share                  
  Basic   $ 4.12   $ 3.65   $ 2.37
  Diluted     4.05     3.59     2.36

(1)
Redeemed on August 16, 2002.

        For the year ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, options to purchase an additional 13,789,940, 3,712,976 and 10,773,446 shares of common stock were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of diluted EPS because their inclusion would have had an antidilutive effect.

        Additionally, as part of the 1996 business combination with Keystone Holdings, Inc. (the parent of American Savings Bank, F.A.), 18 million shares of common stock, with an assigned value of $18.4944 per share, are being held in escrow for the benefit of the investors in Keystone Holdings, the FDIC as manager of the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation Resolution Fund and their transferees. The conditions under which these shares can be released from escrow to the Keystone Holdings' investors and the FDIC are related to the outcome of certain litigation and not based on future earnings or market prices. The escrow would by its terms automatically expire on December 20, 2002, absent the occurrence of certain circumstances that would extend it. The Company contends that these circumstances have not occurred, while the Keystone Holdings' investors and the FDIC contend that they have occurred. At December 31, 2002, the conditions for releasing the shares to the Keystone Holdings' investors and the FDIC had not occurred, and the shares were still in the escrow. Therefore, the shares were not included in the above computations.

120



Note 17: Comprehensive Income

        The following table presents the components of other comprehensive income and the related tax effect allocated to each component:

 
  Before Tax Amount
  Tax Effect
  Net of Tax
 
 
  (in millions)

 
2000                    
Unrealized gain from securities:                    
  Net unrealized gain from securities available for sale arising during the year   $ 1,004   $ 384   $ 620  
  Reclassification of net loss from securities available for sale included in net income     2     1     1  
  Amortization of market adjustment for mortgage-backed securities transferred in 1997 from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity     (8 )   (3 )   (5 )
   
 
 
 
    Net unrealized gain from securities, net of reclassification adjustments     998     382     616  
Minimum pension liability adjustment     6     2     4  
   
 
 
 
      Other comprehensive income   $ 1,004   $ 384   $ 620  
   
 
 
 
2001                    
Unrealized loss from securities:                    
  Net unrealized gain from securities available for sale arising during the year   $ 409   $ 156   $ 253  
  Reclassification of net gain from securities available for sale included in net income     (705 )   (268 )   (437 )
  Amortization of market adjustment for mortgage-backed securities transferred in 1997 from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity     (12 )   (5 )   (7 )
   
 
 
 
    Net unrealized loss from securities, net of reclassification adjustments     (308 )   (117 )   (191 )
Net unrealized gain from cash flow hedging instruments     5     2     3  
Minimum pension liability adjustment     (2 )   (1 )   (1 )
   
 
 
 
      Other comprehensive loss   $ (305 ) $ (116 ) $ (189 )
   
 
 
 
2002                    
Unrealized gain from securities:                    
  Net unrealized gain from securities available for sale arising during the year   $ 2,548   $ 966   $ 1,582  
  Reclassification of net gain from securities available for sale included in net income     (730 )   (277 )   (453 )
  Amortization of market adjustment for mortgage-backed securities transferred in 1997 from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity     (9 )   (3 )   (6 )
   
 
 
 
    Net unrealized gain from securities, net of reclassification adjustments     1,809     686     1,123  
Net unrealized loss from cash flow hedging instruments     (1,133 )   (430 )   (703 )
Minimum pension liability adjustment     (3 )   (1 )   (2 )
   
 
 
 
      Other comprehensive income   $ 673   $ 255   $ 418  
   
 
 
 

121


        The following table presents accumulated other comprehensive income balances:

 
  Net Unrealized Gain (Loss) from Securities
  Net Unrealized Gain (Loss) from Cash Flow Hedging Instruments
  Amortization Adjustment for Mortgage-backed Securities Transferred in 1997
  Minimum Pension Liability Adjustment
  Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Balance, December 31, 2000   $ (79 ) $ -   $ 28   $ (3 ) $ (54 )
Net change     (184 )   3     (7 )   (1 )   (189 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2001     (263 )   3     21     (4 )   (243 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net change     1,129     (703 )   (6 )   (2 )   418  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2002   $ 866   $ (700 ) $ 15   $ (6 ) $ 175  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Note 18: Regulatory Capital Requirements and Dividend Restrictions

        Washington Mutual, Inc. is not subject to regulatory capital requirements. However, each of its subsidiary depository institutions is subject to various regulatory capital requirements. WMB is subject to FDIC capital requirements while WMBFA and WMBfsb are subject to Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS") capital requirements.

        The capital adequacy requirements are quantitative measures established by regulation that require WMBFA, WMB and WMBfsb to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of capital. The FDIC requires WMB to maintain minimum ratios of Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted assets as well as Tier 1 capital to average assets. The OTS requires WMBFA and WMBfsb to maintain minimum ratios of Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted assets, as well as Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets.

        Federal law and regulations establish minimum capital standards, and under the OTS and FDIC regulations, an institution is required to have a leverage ratio of at least 4.00%, a Tier 1 risk-based ratio of 4.00% and a total risk-based ratio of 8.00%. In addition, the Company's federal associations are required to have a tangible capital ratio of 1.50%. Federal law and regulations also establish five capital categories: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. An institution is treated as well-capitalized if its ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is 10.00% or more, its ratio of core capital to risk-weighted assets is 6.00% or more, its leverage ratio is 5.00% or more, and it is not subject to any federal supervisory order or directive to meet a specific capital level. In order to be adequately capitalized, an institution must have a total risk-based capital ratio of not less than 8.00%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of not less than 4.00%, and a leverage ratio of not less than 4.00%. Any institution that is neither well-capitalized nor adequately capitalized will be considered undercapitalized. Any institution with a tangible equity ratio of 2.00% or less will be considered critically undercapitalized.

        Undercapitalized institutions are subject to certain prompt corrective action requirements, regulatory controls and restrictions, which become more extensive as an institution becomes more severely undercapitalized. Failure by any of the Company's depository institutions to comply with applicable capital requirements would, if unremedied, result in restrictions on its activities and lead to regulatory enforcement actions against such institutions including, but not limited to, the issuance of a capital directive to ensure the maintenance of required capital levels. FDICIA requires the federal banking regulators to take prompt corrective action with respect to depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. Additionally, FDIC or OTS approval of any regulatory application filed for their review may be dependent on compliance with capital requirements.

        The actual regulatory capital ratios calculated for WMBFA, WMB and WMBfsb, along with the minimum capital amounts and ratios for the minimum regulatory requirement and the minimum amounts

122



and ratios required to be categorized as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2002
 
 
  Actual
  Minimum Regulatory Requirement
  Minimum to be Categorized as Well-Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
 
 
  Amount
  Ratio
  Amount
  Ratio
  Amount
  Ratio
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
WMBFA                                
Total capital to risk-weighted assets   $ 16,127   11.37 % $ 11,352   8.00 % $ 14,190   10.00 %
Adjusted tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets     13,119   9.25     5,676   4.00     8,514   6.00  
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (leverage)     13,167   5.77     9,127   4.00 (1)   11,408   5.00  
Tangible capital to tangible assets (tangible equity)     13,167   5.77     3,423   1.50     n/a   n/a  
WMB                                
Total capital to risk-weighted assets     2,405   11.48     1,676   8.00     2,094   10.00  
Adjusted tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets     2,150   10.27     838   4.00     1,257   6.00  
Tier 1 capital to average assets (leverage)     2,150   8.00     1,075   4.00 (1)   1,343   5.00  
WMBfsb                                
Total capital to risk-weighted assets     88   17.32     41   8.00     51   10.00  
Adjusted tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets     82   16.07     20   4.00     30   6.00  
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (leverage)     82   8.87     37   4.00 (1)   46   5.00  
Tangible capital to tangible assets (tangible equity)     82   8.87     14   1.50     n/a   n/a  

(1)
The minimum leverage ratio guideline is 3% for financial institutions that do not anticipate significant growth and that have well-diversified risk, excellent asset quality, high liquidity, good earnings, effective management and monitoring of market risk and, in general, are considered top-rate, strong banking organizations.

 
  December 31, 2001
 
 
  Actual
  Minimum Regulatory Requirement
  Minimum to be Categorized as Well-Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
 
 
  Amount
  Ratio
  Amount
  Ratio
  Amount
  Ratio
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
WMBFA                                
Total capital to risk-weighted assets   $ 12,873   10.93 % $ 9,418   8.00 % $ 11,773   10.00 %
Adjusted tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets     10,592   9.00     4,709   4.00     7,064   6.00  
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (leverage)     10,592   5.18     8,173   4.00 (1)   10,216   5.00  
Tangible capital to tangible assets (tangible equity)     10,591   5.18     3,065   1.50     n/a   n/a  
WMB                                
Total capital to risk-weighted assets     2,234   12.08     1,479   8.00     1,849   10.00  
Adjusted tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets     2,008   10.86     740   4.00     1,109   6.00  
Tier 1 capital to average assets (leverage)     2,008   6.45     1,246   4.00 (1)   1,557   5.00  
WMBfsb                                
Total capital to risk-weighted assets     88   12.78     55   8.00     69   10.00  
Adjusted tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets     79   11.53     28   4.00     41   6.00  
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (leverage)     79   7.30     43   4.00 (1)   54   5.00  
Tangible capital to tangible assets (tangible equity)     79   7.30     16   1.50     n/a   n/a  

(1)
The minimum leverage ratio guideline is 3% for financial institutions that do not anticipate significant growth and that have well-diversified risk, excellent asset quality, high liquidity, good earnings, effective management and monitoring of market risk and, in general, are considered top-rate, strong banking organizations.

123


        WMBFA, WMB and WMBfsb individually met all capital adequacy requirements as of December 31, 2002, to which they were subject. Additionally, as of the most recent notifications from the FDIC (for WMB) and the OTS (for WMBFA and WMBfsb), the FDIC and OTS individually categorized WMBFA, WMB and WMBfsb as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, a bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 or leverage capital ratios as set forth in the table above. There are no conditions or events since those notifications that management believes have changed the well capitalized status of WMBFA, WMB and WMBfsb.

        Washington Mutual, Inc.'s principal sources of funds are cash dividends received from its banking and other subsidiaries, investment income and borrowings. Washington Mutual, Inc.'s ability to pay dividends is also predicated on the ability of its subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends to Washington Mutual, Inc. Federal and state law limits the ability of a depository institution, such as WMBFA, WMB or WMBfsb, to pay dividends or make other capital distributions.

        Washington state law prohibits WMB from declaring or paying a dividend greater than its retained earnings if doing so would cause its net worth to be reduced below (i) the amount required for the protection of preconversion depositors or (ii) the net worth requirements, if any, imposed by the Director of Financial Institutions of the State of Washington.

        OTS regulations limit the ability of savings associations such as WMBFA and WMBfsb to pay dividends and make other capital distributions. WMBFA and WMBfsb must file an application with the OTS at least 30 days before the proposed declaration of a dividend or approval of a proposed capital distribution by its board of directors. In addition, a savings association must obtain prior approval from the OTS if it fails to meet certain regulatory conditions, if, after giving effect to the proposed distribution, the association's capital distributions in a calendar year would exceed its year-to-date net income plus retained net income for the preceding two years or the association would not be at least adequately capitalized or if the distribution would violate a statute, regulation, regulatory agreement or a regulatory condition to which the association is subject.

        The Company's retained earnings at December 31, 2002 included a pre-1988 thrift bad debt reserve for tax purposes of $2.22 billion for which no federal income taxes have been provided. In the future, if the thrift bad debt reserve is used for any purpose other than to absorb bad debt losses, or if any of the banking subsidiaries no longer qualifies as a bank, the Company will incur a federal income tax liability, at the then prevailing corporate income tax rate, to the extent of such subsidiaries' pre-1988 thrift bad debt reserve. As a result, the Company's ability to pay dividends in excess of current earnings may be limited.

Note 19: Stock-Based Compensation Plans and Shareholder Rights Plan

    1994 Stock Option Plan

        On April 19, 1994, the Company's shareholders approved the adoption of the 1994 Stock Option Plan, which was subsequently amended and restated as of February 15, 2000 (the "1994 Plan"). Under the 1994 Plan, options to purchase common stock of Washington Mutual may be granted to officers, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company. The 1994 Plan is generally similar to a plan adopted in 1983 that was terminated according to its terms in 1993, however the 1994 Plan does not affect the terms of any options granted under the 1983 plan. Under the 1994 Plan, the exercise price of the option must at least equal the fair market value of Washington Mutual's common stock on the date of the grant. The options generally vest on a phased-in schedule over one to three years, depending upon the terms of the grant, and expire five to ten years from the grant date. The 1994 Plan originally provided for the granting of options to purchase a maximum of 27 million shares of common stock. During 2000, the Board of Directors amended, and the Company's shareholders approved, an increase in the maximum number of shares of common stock available for grant to 45 million.

124


    WAMU Shares Stock Option Plans

        From time to time, the Board of Directors approves grants of nonqualified stock options to certain groups of employees. The grants have been made pursuant to a series of plans, collectively known as "WAMU Shares." In 1997, the Board of Directors approved a plan under which eligible employees were granted nonqualified options to purchase the Company's common stock. On December 15, 1998, the Board adopted a new plan to grant additional nonqualified stock options to eligible employees ("1999 WAMU Shares"). On February 13, 2001, the Board adopted a third plan and granted nonqualified options to eligible employees ("2001 WAMU Shares"). On September 17, 2002, the Board amended the 2001 WAMU Shares Plan to provide for an additional grant of nonqualified options to eligible employees effective September 3, 2002. The aggregate number of shares authorized by the Board of Directors for grants under the WAMU Shares Plans was 14,511,900. On October 16, 2002, the Board amended the 1999 WAMU Shares and the 2001 WAMU Shares plans to allow grants to a broader group of employees, including management, so that some of the authorized but unissued options could be granted to eligible employees as part of the annual grant in December 2002.

        Generally, eligible full-time and part-time employees on the award dates were granted options to purchase shares of Washington Mutual common stock. The exercise price for all grants is the fair market value of Washington Mutual's common stock on designated dates, and all options vest one to three years after the award date and expire five to ten years from the award date.

        The following table presents the status of all plans at December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, and changes during the years then ended:

 
  1983
Stock Option Plan

  1994
Stock Option Plan

  WAMU Shares Stock Option Plan
  Acquired Plans
 
  Number
  Weighted Average Exercise Price
  Number
  Weighted Average Exercise Price
  Number
  Weighted Average Exercise Price
  Number
  Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding at December 31, 1999   695,250   $ 5.92   14,608,847   $ 20.40   4,793,603   $ 24.08   5,424,347   $ 13.80
  Granted   -     -   8,061,278     32.17   -     -   -     -
  Exercised   (334,125 )   4.16   (344,883 )   17.63   (124,976 )   26.55   (1,761,770 )   15.83
  Forfeited   -     -   (437,358 )   20.03   (637,702 )   23.50   (12,852 )   8.97
   
       
       
       
     
Outstanding at December 31, 2000   361,125     7.55   21,887,884     24.79   4,030,925     24.09   3,649,725     15.08
  Granted   -     -   11,969,887     31.15   4,744,200     34.00   6,563,589     16.31
  Exercised   (57,375 )   4.88   (1,541,749 )   21.01   (2,113,701 )   24.16   (7,360,874 )   16.26
  Forfeited   -     -   (814,985 )   24.85   (863,815 )   32.82   (121,419 )   16.59
   
       
       
       
     
Outstanding at December 31, 2001   303,750     8.06   31,501,037     27.38   5,797,609     30.80   2,731,021     14.73
  Granted   -     -   11,391,440     36.12   9,487,266     37.13   6,535,804     19.77
  Exercised   (178,875 )   6.78   (1,735,344 )   20.97   (869,324 )   25.47   (4,690,606 )   18.79
  Forfeited   -     -   (1,078,605 )   30.51   (1,356,493 )   33.18   (22,750 )   23.31
   
       
       
       
     
Outstanding at December 31, 2002   124,875     9.89   40,078,528     30.06   13,059,058     35.54   4,553,469     17.62
   
       
       
       
     
Outstanding options exercisable as of:                                        
  December 31, 2000   361,125     7.55   9,186,750     21.42   1,869,950     26.61   3,649,725     15.08
  December 31, 2001   303,750     8.06   13,026,071     23.28   1,829,059     23.87   2,731,021     14.73
  December 31, 2002   124,875     9.89   19,202,089     25.77   711,192     21.92   4,549,725     17.61

125


        Financial data pertaining to outstanding stock options were as follows:

December 31, 2002

Ranges of Exercise Prices
  Number of Option Shares
  Weighted Average Remaining Years
  Weighted Average Exercise Price of Option Shares
  Number of Exercisable Option Shares
  Weighted Average Exercise Price of Exercisable Option Shares
1983 Stock Option Plan                        
  $  9.89   124,875   0.12   $ 9.89   124,875   $ 9.89

1994 Stock Option Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  $  8.97 – $19.50   5,742,536   5.99     16.47   5,622,236     16.46
    20.96 –  29.94   5,062,853   5.61     25.02   5,046,105     25.02
    30.36 –  33.96   17,639,720   8.56     31.85   8,290,941     32.25
    34.00 –  42.08   11,633,419   9.75     36.26   242,807     36.00

WAMU Shares Stock Option Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  $21.92 – $26.61   711,192   1.01     21.92   711,192     21.92
    34.00   3,124,050   3.12     34.00   -     -
    36.53   5,023,866   9.96     36.53   -     -
    37.81   4,199,950   4.67     37.81   -     -

Acquired Plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  $  2.96 – $14.80   1,788,603   3.63     8.95   1,788,603     9.95
    15.13 –  23.72   1,425,415   5.20     19.38   1,425,415     19.38
    24.05 –  33.90   1,339,451   7.56     25.99   1,335,707     25.98
   
           
     
    Total   57,815,930         30.28   24,587,881     24.07
   
           
     

    Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        Under the terms of the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP"), an employee may purchase the Company's common stock at a 15% discount from the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning of a six month offering period or the end of the six month offering period, whichever price is lower, without paying brokerage fees or commissions on purchases. The Company pays for the program's administrative expenses. The plan is open to all employees who are at least 18 years old, have completed at least one month of service, and work at least 20 hours per week. Participation can be through either payroll deductions or lump sum payments with a maximum annual contribution of 10% of each employee's eligible cash compensation. Under the ESPP, dividends are automatically reinvested. The Company sold 613,480 shares, 362,500 shares and 467,745 shares to employees in 2002, 2001 and 2000. There is no compensation cost recorded with the ESPP since the Company measures its employee stock-based compensation arrangements using the intrinsic value method under the provisions of the Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees .

    Equity Incentive Plan

        The Equity Incentive Plan (previously named the Restricted Stock Plan) permits grants of restricted stock, and awards denominated in units of stock ("performance shares"), with or without performance-based vesting restrictions, for the benefit of all employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company. The maximum aggregate number of restricted stock and performance shares that may be issued is 18,112,683, and the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued subject to awards that vest solely on continuous service is 9,000,000. In 2002, 2001 and 2000, 878,186, 536,169 and 1,026,735 restricted shares were granted with a weighted-average grant-date per share fair value of $34.20, $33.17 and $16.43. As of December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, there were 1,410,871, 1,559,871 and 1,950,895 restricted shares outstanding. Restricted stock and units of stock accrue dividends. All canceled or forfeited shares become available for future grants.

126


        Upon the grant of restricted stock awards, shares are issued to a trustee who releases them to recipients when the restrictions lapse. At the date of grant, unearned compensation is recorded as an offset to stockholders' equity and is amortized as compensation expense over the restricted period. The balance of unearned compensation related to these restricted shares was $29 million at December 31, 2002, $22 million at December 31, 2001 and $23 million at December 31, 2000.

        Performance shares awarded generally vest at the end of a three-year period, and the actual shares delivered can range from zero to 250% of the shares awarded, depending on the degree to which the performance objectives are met. Under the plan, the target number of performance shares awarded was 535,610, 423,027, and 344,955 in 2002, 2001 and 2000. The value of performance shares awarded is determined annually based on the Company's operating performance, as defined in the plan, and compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period.

        The total compensation expense recognized for the Equity Incentive Plan was $41 million in 2002, $27 million in 2001 and $21 million in 2000.

    Bank United Plans

        In connection with the acquisition of Bank United, the Company assumed the Bank United Corp. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, 1999 Stock Incentive Plan and 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (collectively the "Bank United Plans"), under which incentive options and nonqualified options to purchase common stock, restricted common stock and other performance awards may be granted to officers, employees and consultants. Options under the Bank United Plans generally expire ten years from the date of grant, and vest over varying periods that were determined at grant. All options granted under the Bank United Plans included a limited stock appreciation right, which entitles the holder to surrender the vested and exercisable option for cash following the closing of an acquisition. With the Company's acquisition of Bank United, the Company assumed approximately 6.6 million options to purchase Bank United common stock, which were converted into options to purchase Washington Mutual common stock. During 2001, approximately 6.2 million of these options were exercised. As of December 31, 2002, options to purchase approximately 400,000 shares were remaining to be exercised.

    Dime Savings Plans

        In connection with the acquisition of Dime, the Company assumed the Dime Bancorp, Inc. 1991 Stock Incentive Plan, 1997 Stock Incentive Plan and 1997 Stock Incentive Plan for Outside Directors (collectively the "Dime Savings Plans"), under which incentive options and nonqualifed options to purchase common stock, restricted common stock, stock appreciation rights and deferred common stock may be granted to officers, employees and consultants. Options under the Dime Savings Plans generally expire ten or eleven years from the date of the grant and vest over varying periods that were determined at the grant date. Certain options had a stock appreciation rights feature that was exercisable only for a period of 60 days following the occurrence of certain specified changes in ownership or control of Dime or certain of its subsidiaries. These stock appreciation rights were converted to options to acquire Washington Mutual common stock or paid out in cash for their value.

        Dime also issued options to purchase shares of common stock under the company's Pride Share Program, a broad-based stock option plan adopted in 1997 and 1999. Under the program, all eligible full-time and part-time employees could receive options to purchase common stock which expire eleven years from the date of grant. The vesting of these stock options generally occurred at the earlier of five years after the date of grant or the date the common stock price reached a specified target price (as established on the grant date) and its closing price stayed at, or rose above, that target price for five consecutive trading days.

127



        With the Company's acquisition of Dime, it assumed approximately 6.5 million options to purchase Dime common stock, which were converted into options to purchase Washington Mutual common stock. As of December 31, 2002, approximately 4.3 million of the options assumed were exercised leaving 2.2 million options remaining to be exercised .

    Shareholder Rights Plan

        In October 2000, the 1994 Shareholder Rights Plan expired in accordance with its terms. On December 19, 2000, the Company's Board of Directors adopted a new Shareholder Rights Plan and declared a dividend of one right for each outstanding share of common stock to shareholders of record on January 4, 2001. The rights have certain anti-takeover effects. They are intended to discourage coercive or unfair takeover tactics and to encourage any potential acquirer to negotiate a price fair to all shareholders. The rights may cause substantial dilution to an acquiring party that attempts to acquire the Company on terms not approved by the Board of Directors, but they will not interfere with any friendly merger or other business combination. The plan was not adopted in response to any specific effort to acquire control of the Company.

Note 20: Employee Benefits Programs and Other Expense

    Pension Plan

        Washington Mutual maintains a noncontributory cash balance defined benefit pension plan (the "Pension Plan") for substantially all eligible employees. As a result of the acquisition of Dime, the Company acquired Dime's noncontributory pension plan, which was merged into the Pension Plan on July 1, 2002. Benefits earned for each year of service are based primarily on the level of compensation in that year plus a stipulated rate of return on the benefit balance. It is the Company's policy to fund the Pension Plan on a current basis to the extent deductible under federal income tax regulations. The Pension Plan's assets consist mostly of mutual funds and equity securities.

128


        Changes in the projected benefit obligation were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Benefit obligation, beginning of year   $ 798   $ 711  
Actuarial loss     117     52  
Interest cost     67     53  
Service cost     47     29  
Benefits paid     (72 )   (47 )
Business combination     163     -  
Amendments     (16 )   -  
   
 
 
Benefit obligation, end of year   $ 1,104   $ 798  
   
 
 

        Changes in Pension Plan assets were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Fair value of assets, beginning of year   $ 754   $ 719  
Actual return on assets     (73 )   (5 )
Benefits paid     (72 )   (47 )
Business combination     172     -  
Employer contribution     281     87  
   
 
 
Fair value of assets, end of year   $ 1,062   $ 754  
   
 
 

        Reconciliations of funded status were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Funded status   $ (42 ) $ (44 )
Unrecognized net loss     447     194  
Unamortized prior service cost     (12 )   (1 )
Remaining unamortized, unrecognized net asset     (1 )   (1 )
   
 
 
Prepaid benefit cost   $ 392   $ 148  
   
 
 

        Net periodic expense for the Pension Plan was as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Interest cost   $ 67   $ 53   $ 51  
Service cost     47     29     26  
Expected return on assets     (71 )   (55 )   (61 )
Amortization of prior service credit     (5 )   (4 )   (4 )
Recognized net actuarial loss     8     1     -  
   
 
 
 
Net periodic expense   $ 46   $ 24   $ 12  
   
 
 
 

129


        Weighted average assumptions used in accounting for the Pension Plan were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Assumed discount rate   6.50 % 7.25 % 7.75 %
Assumed rate of compensation increase   5.50   5.50   6.00  
Expected return on assets   8.00   8.00   8.00  

    Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans

        The Company, as successor to previously acquired companies including Dime, has assumed responsibility for nonqualified, noncontributory unfunded postretirement benefit plans, including retirement restoration plans for certain employees, a number of supplemental retirement plans for certain officers, and multiple outside directors' retirement plans. Benefits under the retirement restoration plans are generally determined by the Company. Benefits under the supplemental retirement plans are generally based on years of service. Benefits under the outside directors' retirement plans generally are payable for a period equal to the participants' service on the Board of Directors, with a lifetime benefit payable to participants with 15 or more years of service.

        The Company, as successor to previously acquired companies, maintains unfunded defined benefit postretirement plans that make medical and life insurance coverage available to eligible retired employees and dependents. The expected cost of providing these benefits to retirees, their beneficiaries and covered dependents was accrued during the years each employee provided services.

        Changes in the projected benefit obligation were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
 
 
  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefits

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefits

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Benefit obligation, beginning of year   $ 102   $ 29   $ 98   $ 29  
Actuarial loss     7     6     5     -  
Interest cost     9     5     8     2  
Service cost     -     1     -     1  
Benefits paid     (45 )   (6 )   (9 )   (3 )
Business combination     34     48     -     -  
Curtailment loss     -     (5 )   -     -  
Special termination benefits     21     -     -     -  
   
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation, end of year   $ 128   $ 78   $ 102   $ 29  
   
 
 
 
 

        For measurement of the net periodic cost of other postretirement benefit plans, a 14.00% annual increase in the medical care trend rate was assumed for 2002, thereafter decreasing 1.00% per year until a stable 5.00% medical inflation rate is reached in 2012. The assumed discount rate was 6.50% for 2002, 7.25% for 2001 and 7.75% for 2000.

    Account Balance Plans

        Savings Plans.     The Company sponsors a retirement savings and investment plan for all eligible employees that allows participants to make contributions by salary deduction equal to 50% or less of their salary pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employee contributions vest immediately.

130


The Company's matching contributions and any profit sharing contributions made to employees vest based on years of service. In connection with the acquisition of Dime, the Company assumed Dime's savings plan, which was available to substantially all employees, as well as Dime's limited matching contributions. Dime's saving plan was merged into the Company's retirement savings and investment plan on July 1, 2002.

        Company contributions to savings plans were $90 million, $65 million and $41 million in 2002, 2001 and 2000.

        Other Account Balance Plans.     The Company sponsors supplemental employee and executive retirement plans for the benefit of certain officers. The plans are designed to supplement the benefits that are accrued under the Pension Plans.

    Other Expense

        The following table shows expenses which exceeded 1% of total interest income and noninterest income and which are not otherwise shown separately in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
  (in millions)

Loan expense   $ 211   $ 126   $ 50
Postage expense     192     136     98

Note 21: Derivative Financial Instruments

        On January 1, 2001, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. That Statement required derivatives to be recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recognized through earnings.

        The initial application of Statement No. 133 did not have a significant impact on earnings and other comprehensive income and had the following impact on the Company's assets and liabilities as of January 1, 2001 (in millions):

Increase in fair value of derivatives classified as assets   $ 151  
Increase in the book value of MSR     126  
Increase in available-for-sale securities     14,651  
Increase in other assets     1,788  
Decrease in held-to-maturity securities     (16,565 )
   
 
  Total impact on assets     151  

Increase in fair value of derivatives classified as liabilities

 

 

66

 
Increase in the book value of hedged borrowings     129  
   
 
  Total impact on liabilities   $ 195  

        The adoption of Statement No. 133 resulted in the recognition of derivative-related assets, derivative-related liabilities, and an increase in the recorded value of hedged borrowings. A portion of the Company's held-to-maturity mortgage-backed securities portfolio was allocated to MSR, representing the retained interests from securitizations of loans that the Company had completed after January 1, 1996 and for which no MSR had been capitalized. Since January 1, 1996, MSR have been capitalized for all securitizations of loans that were either sold or retained in the available-for-sale securities portfolio.

        The Company uses a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk and reduce the effects that changing interest rates may have on net interest income. These instruments include

131



interest rate swaps, interest rate caps, floors and corridors, swaptions, forward contracts and mortgage put options. The contract or notional amount of a derivative, along with the other terms of the derivative, is used to determine the amounts to be exchanged between the parties. Because the contract or notional amount does not represent amounts exchanged by the parties, it is not a measure of loss exposure related to the use of derivatives nor of exposure to liquidity risk.

    Fair value hedges

        Interest rate swaps wherein the Company receives a fixed rate of interest (receive-fixed swaps) are designated as fair value hedges against fixed-rate borrowings. The fair value of these derivatives is reported in other assets and other liabilities. Changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative and offsetting changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk of the hedged item are reported in interest expense on borrowings. For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, the amount recognized in earnings due to the hedge ineffectiveness related to the fair value hedges of fixed-rate borrowings was immaterial.

        Home loans held for sale expose the Company to interest rate risk. The Company manages the interest rate risk associated with home loans held for sale by entering into forward sales agreements. Certain of these forward sales agreements are accounted for as fair value hedges of loans held for sale. The fair value of these forward sales agreements is reported in other assets and other liabilities. Changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative and offsetting changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk of the hedged item are reported in gain from mortgage loans. Changes in the value of certain forward sales agreements for which hedge accounting treatment was not achieved are reported in revaluation gain from derivatives. For the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company recognized a net loss of $184 million related to hedge ineffectiveness of fair value hedges of home loans held for sale in gain from mortgage loans within noninterest income. For the year ended December 31, 2001, the amount recognized in earnings due to the hedge ineffectiveness related to the fair value hedges of home loans held for sale was immaterial.

        The Company also originates fixed-rate multi-family loans for sale in the secondary market to investors. To mitigate the interest rate risks associated with this loan portfolio, the Company enters into interest rate swap agreements where the Company pays a fixed rate of interest (pay-fixed swaps). These pay-fixed swaps are accounted for as fair value hedges of loans held for sale. The fair value of these interest rate swaps is reported in other assets and other liabilities. Changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative and offsetting changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk of the hedged item are reported in other noninterest income. For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, the amount recognized in earnings due to the hedge ineffectiveness related to the fair value hedges of multi-family loans held for sale was immaterial.

        All components of each derivative instrument's gain or loss are included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

    Cash flow hedges

        Interest rate swaps wherein the Company pays a fixed rate of interest (pay-fixed swaps) and stand alone interest rate caps are designated as cash flow hedges against adjustable-rate borrowings. The Company will also enter into cash flow hedges to hedge the forecasted sale of a portfolio of fixed-rate multi-family loans using interest rate swaps. The fair value of these derivatives is reported in other assets and other liabilities. For the hedges against adjustable-rate borrowings, amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income are subsequently reclassified to interest expense on borrowings during the same period in which the hedged item affects interest expense. For the hedges against loans held for sale, amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income are subsequently reclassified into other noninterest income, during the same period in which the hedged item affects earnings. For the year ended

132


December 31, 2002, the Company recognized a net loss of $3 million in earnings related to hedge ineffectiveness of cash flow hedges. For the year ended December 31, 2001, the amount recognized in earnings due to the hedge ineffectiveness related to cash flow hedges was immaterial.

        During the third quarter of 2002, the Company removed its cash flow hedge designation on certain payor swaptions because it was probable that the underlying hedged items, which were interest payments on anticipated issuances of certain long-term adjustable-rate borrowings, were not going to occur by the end of the originally specified time periods or within the additional periods of time allowed by Statement No. 133. Thus in accordance with Statement No. 133, the pretax accumulated loss of $112 million related to these payor swaptions was reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to other noninterest income.

        As of December 31, 2002, accumulated other comprehensive income included $397 million of deferred after-tax net losses related to derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges of adjustable-rate liabilities and the forecasted sales of fixed-rate multi-family loans, that are expected to be reclassified into earnings during the next twelve months. The maximum elapsed time before the occurrence of forecasted sales of multi-family loans that the Company is hedging is one year.

        All components of each derivative instrument's gain or loss are included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

    Risk management derivatives

        In addition to investment securities that are held for MSR risk management purposes, the Company enters into a combination of derivatives to manage changes in fair value of its MSR. During 2002 and 2001, the Company did not attempt to achieve hedge accounting treatment under Statement No. 133 for these derivatives. These derivatives include receive-fixed swaps, receive-fixed swaptions, interest rate floors, pay-fixed swaps, and forward purchase commitments. The fair value of these derivatives is reported in other assets and other liabilities. The changes in the fair value of these derivatives are reported in revaluation gain from derivatives.

        Occasionally, the Company utilizes derivative instruments for asset/liability interest rate risk management which do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment. These risk management derivatives include interest rate swaps, swaptions, interest rate caps and corridors. The fair value of these derivatives is reported in other assets and other liabilities. The changes in the fair value of these derivatives are reported in other noninterest income.

    Counterparty Credit Risk

        Derivative financial instruments expose the Company to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to such agreements. This risk consists primarily of the termination value of agreements where the Company is in a favorable position. Credit risk related to derivative financial instruments is considered and provided for separately from the allowance for loan and lease losses. The Company manages the credit risk associated with its various derivative agreements through counterparty credit review, counterparty exposure limits and monitoring procedures. The Company obtains collateral from the counterparties for amounts in excess of the exposure limits and monitors its exposure and collateral requirements on a daily basis. The fair value of collateral either received from or provided to a counterparty is continually monitored and the Company may request additional collateral from counterparties or return collateral pledged as deemed appropriate. The Company's agreements may include master netting agreements whereby the counterparties are entitled to settle their positions "net". At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company's total credit risk related to derivative financial instruments, excluding the effects of collateral and master netting agreements, was $3.78 billion and $1.07 billion.

133


Note 22: Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The following estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because an active secondary market does not exist for a portion of the Company's financial instruments, fair value estimates were based on management's judgment concerning future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments and other factors. In addition, considerable judgment was required to interpret market data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

        Fair value estimates were determined for existing financial instruments, including derivative instruments, without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of certain assets and liabilities that were not considered financial instruments. Significant assets that were not considered financial instruments include premises and equipment, net tax assets, real estate held for investment, foreclosed assets and other intangible assets. In addition, the value of the servicing rights for loans sold in which the MSR has not been capitalized was excluded from the valuation. Finally, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses could have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of the valuations.

        Assets and liabilities whose carrying amounts approximate fair value include cash and cash equivalents, federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, available-for-sale securities, investment in FHLBs, checking accounts, savings accounts and money market deposit accounts, and federal funds purchased and commercial paper.

        The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument as of December 31, 2002 and 2001:

        Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements – The carrying amount represented fair value. Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements are investments of high liquidity and have characteristics similar to cash.

        Available-for-sale securities – Fair values were based on quoted market prices. If a quoted market price was not available, fair value was estimated using market prices for similar securities, as well as internal analysis.

        Investment in FHLBs – The carrying amount represented fair value. FHLB stock does not have a readily determinable fair value and is required to be sold back at its par value.

        Loans held for sale – Fair values were derived from quoted market prices, internal estimates and pricing of similar instruments.

        Loans held in portfolio – Loans were priced using an option-adjusted cash flow valuation methodology. Fair values were derived from quoted market prices, internal estimates and the pricing of similar instruments.

        MSR – The fair value of MSR was estimated using projected cash flows, adjusted for the effects of anticipated prepayments, using a market discount rate. The fair value estimates exclude the value of the servicing rights for loans sold in which the MSR has not been capitalized.

        Deposits – The fair value of checking accounts, savings accounts and money market deposit accounts was the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. For time deposit accounts, the fair value was

134



determined using an option-adjusted cash flow methodology. The discount rate was derived from the rate currently offered on alternate funding sources with similar maturities.

        Other financial liabilities – These liabilities include federal funds purchased, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and other borrowings. These were valued using an option-adjusted cash flow methodology. The discount rate for the respective financial liabilities was derived from the rate currently offered on similar borrowings. If a quoted market price was not available, fair value was estimated using an internal analysis based on the market prices of similar instruments. The fair value of interest rate options and swaps embedded in repurchase agreements was determined using dealer quotations, when available.

        Advances from FHLBs – These were valued using an option-adjusted cash flow methodology. The discount rate was derived from the rate currently offered on similar borrowings.

        Trust preferred securities – Fair values were based on quoted market prices. If a quoted market price was not available, fair value was estimated using market prices for similar securities.

        Redeemable preferred stock – Fair values were based on quoted market prices.

        Derivative financial instruments – The estimated fair value of these financial instruments was determined based on broker quotes, an internal analysis based on the quoted market prices or rates for the same or similar instruments, or was estimated using an internal analysis based on current market prices adjusted for various risk factors and market volatility.

        The estimated fair value of the Company's financial instruments was as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
 
  Carrying
Amount

  Fair
Value

  Carrying
Amount

  Fair
Value

 
  (in millions)

Financial Assets:                        
  Loans held for sale   $ 33,996   $ 34,058   $ 26,582   $ 26,583
  Loans held in portfolio, net of allowance for loan and lease losses     145,875     148,571     128,847     130,791
  MSR     5,341     5,380     6,241     6,266
Financial Liabilities:                        
  Time deposits     33,768     34,667     36,962     37,202
  Repurchase agreements     16,717     17,236     39,447     39,280
  Advances from FHLBs     51,265     51,453     61,182     61,091
  Trust preferred securities     1,794     2,010     1,699     1,694
  Other borrowings     13,470     13,964     10,877     11,311
  Redeemable preferred stock     -     -     102     73
Derivative Financial Instruments:                        
  Interest rate swaps     1,574     1,574     215     215
  Floors     249     249     -     -
  Swaptions     415     415     119     119
  Rate lock commitments     473     473     3     3
  Forward commitments     (325 )   (325 )   274     274
  Put options     7     7     19     19

135


Note 23: Financial Information – Washington Mutual, Inc.

        The following Washington Mutual, Inc. financial information should be read in conjunction with the other Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Interest Income                    
  Notes receivable from subsidiaries   $ 21   $ 38   $ 34  
  Other interest income     10     1     1  
   
 
 
 
    Total interest income     31     39     35  
Interest Expense                    
  Notes payable to subsidiaries     131     93     49  
  Other borrowings     143     130     163  
   
 
 
 
    Total interest expense     274     223     212  
   
 
 
 
    Net interest expense     (243 )   (184 )   (177 )
  Provision for loan and lease losses     1     1     1  
   
 
 
 
    Net interest expense after provision for loan and lease losses     (244 )   (185 )   (178 )
Noninterest Income                    
  Other income     6     6     5  
   
 
 
 
    Total noninterest income     6     6     5  
Noninterest Expense                    
  Compensation and benefits     42     28     28  
  Other expense     77     74     34  
   
 
 
 
    Total noninterest expense     119     102     62  
   
 
 
 
    Net loss before income tax benefit, dividends from subsidiaries and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries     (357 )   (281 )   (235 )
  Income tax benefit     147     111     105  
  Dividends from subsidiaries     2,996     1,642     784  
  Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries     1,110     1,642     1,245  
   
 
 
 
Net Income   $ 3,896   $ 3,114   $ 1,899  
   
 
 
 

136


CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

 
  December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
 
  (in millions)

Assets            
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 410   $ 1,391
  Available-for-sale securities     59     11
  Loans     2     4
  Accounts and notes receivable from subsidiaries     283     765
  Investment in subsidiaries     24,358     15,850
  Other assets     692     553
   
 
    Total assets   $ 25,804   $ 18,574
   
 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Notes payable to subsidiaries   $ 1,667   $ 1,333
  Other borrowings     3,957     2,436
  Other liabilities     46     640
   
 
    Total liabilities     5,670     4,409
  Redeemable preferred stock     -     102
Stockholders' Equity     20,134     14,063
   
 
    Total liabilities, redeemable preferred stock, and stockholders' equity   $ 25,804   $ 18,574
   
 

137



CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities                    
Net income   $ 3,896   $ 3,114   $ 1,899  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                    
  Provision for loan and lease losses     1     1     1  
  Loss on sale of assets     19     22     8  
  Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries     (1,110 )   (1,642 )   (1,245 )
  Increase in other assets     (756 )   (96 )   (82 )
  (Decrease) increase in other liabilities     (231 )   191     (134 )
   
 
 
 
    Net cash provided by operating activities     1,819     1,590     447  
Cash Flows from Investing Activities                    
  Purchases of securities     (69 )   (30 )   (8 )
  Proceeds from sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities     1     2     -  
  Origination of loans, net of principal payments     1     1     327  
  Decrease (increase) in notes receivable from subsidiaries     481     (401 )   (232 )
  (Investment in) return on investment from subsidiaries     (2,957 )   (645 )   380  
   
 
 
 
    Net cash (used) provided by investing activities     (2,543 )   (1,073 )   467  
Cash Flows from Financing Activities                    
  Proceeds of notes payable to subsidiaries     265     765     1  
  Proceeds from other borrowings     1,589     138     596  
  Common stock issued     218     197     88  
  Common stock warrants issued     -     398     -  
  Repurchase of common stock     (1,303 )   (231 )   (869 )
  Cash dividends paid     (1,026 )   (781 )   (626 )
   
 
 
 
    Net cash (used) provided by financing activities     (257 )   486     (810 )
   
 
 
 
    (Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     (981 )   1,003     104  
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year     1,391     388     284  
   
 
 
 
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $ 410   $ 1,391   $ 388  
   
 
 
 

Note 24: Operating Segments

        The Company has identified three major operating segments for the purpose of management reporting: Banking and Financial Services; Home Loans and Insurance Services; and Specialty Finance. Unlike financial accounting, there is no comprehensive, authoritative guidance for management reporting. The management reporting process measures the performance of the operating segments based on the management structure of the Company and is not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other financial institution. The Company's operating segments are defined by product type and customer segments.

        The Company continues to enhance its operating segment reporting process methodologies. These methodologies assign certain balance sheet and income statement items to the responsible operating segment. Methodologies that are applied to the measurement of segment profitability include: (1) a funds

138



transfer pricing system, which matches assets and liabilities with the market benchmark (approximation) of the Company's cost of funds based on the interest rate sensitivity and maturity characteristics and determines how much each source of net interest margin contributes to the Company's total net interest income; (2) a calculation of the provision for loan and lease losses based on management's current assessment of the expected losses for loan products within each segment, which differs from the "losses inherent in the loan portfolio" methodology that is used to measure the allowance for loan and lease losses under generally accepted accounting principles; (3) the utilization of an activity-based costing approach to measure allocations of certain operating expenses that were not directly charged to the segments; (4) the allocation of goodwill and other intangible assets to the operating segments based on benefits received from each acquisition; (5) capital charges for goodwill as a component of an internal measurement of return on the goodwill allocated to the operating segment, which accounts for the additional income the operating segment received via acquisition; and (6) an economic capital model which is the framework for assessing business performance on a risk-adjusted basis. Changing economic conditions, further research and new data may lead to the update of the capital allocation assumptions. Changes to the operating segment structure and to certain of the foregoing performance measurement methodologies were made during the fourth quarter of 2002. Results for the prior periods have been revised to conform to these changes.

        The Banking and Financial Services Group offers a comprehensive line of financial products and services to a broad spectrum of consumers and small- to mid-sized businesses. In addition to traditional banking products, the Banking and Financial Services Group offers investment products, home mortgage loans and insurance products, which are made available through the Group's financial center stores. The Group's services are offered through multiple delivery channels, including financial center stores, business banking centers, ATMs, the internet and 24-hour telephone banking centers.

        The principal activities of the Home Loans and Insurance Services Group include: originating and servicing the Company's home loans, buying and selling home loans in the secondary market and managing the home loan portfolio. Loans are originated and held in the loan portfolio or sold into the secondary market. The Group's mortgage and insurance products are made available to customers through multiple distribution channels, which include retail home loan centers, financial center stores, correspondent channels, wholesale home loan centers and consumer direct through call centers and the internet. The Home Loans Group also includes the activities of Washington Mutual Insurance Services, Inc., an insurance agency that supports the mortgage lending process, as well as the insurance needs of consumers doing business with the Company. Additionally, Washington Mutual Insurance Services, Inc. manages the Company's captive private mortgage reinsurance activities.

        The Specialty Finance Group provides multi-family lending, commercial real estate lending, commercial asset management (including mortgage servicing), mortgage banker financing and home builder finance. The Group also conducts a consumer finance business through Washington Mutual Finance.

        The Corporate Support/Treasury & Other category includes management of the Company's interest rate risk, liquidity, capital, borrowings and purchased investment securities portfolios. To the extent not allocated to the business segments, this category also includes the costs of the Company's technology services, facilities, legal, accounting, human resources and community reinvestment functions. Also reported in this category are the net impact of transfer pricing for loan and deposit balances including the effects of changes in interest rates on the Company's net interest margin and the effects of inter-segment allocations of gains and losses related to interest rate risk management instruments.

139



        Financial highlights by operating segment were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2002
 
 
  Banking and
Financial
Services

  Home Loans
and Insurance
Services

  Specialty
Finance

  Corporate
Support/Treasury
& Other

  Reconciling
Adjustments

  Total
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Condensed income statement:                                      
  Net interest income (expense)   $ 3,314   $ 4,455   $ 1,337   $ (765 ) $ -   $ 8,341  
  Provision for loan and lease losses     160     219     271     2     (57 ) (1)   595  
  Noninterest income (expense)     2,222     2,522     114     (68 )   -     4,790  
  Noninterest expense     3,514     2,695     400     591     (818 ) (2)   6,382  
  Income taxes (benefit)     713     1,525     293     (594 )   321    (3)   2,258  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net income (loss)   $ 1,149   $ 2,538   $ 487   $ (832 ) $ 554   $ 3,896  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance and other data:                                      
  Operating efficiency (4)     55.22 % (4)   34.73 % (4)   21.39 % (4)   n/a     n/a     48.60 % (5)
  Average loans   $ 20,915   $ 123,954   $ 30,488   $ 648   $ (472 ) (6) $ 175,533  
  Average assets     29,126     173,221     32,647     36,945     (472 ) (6)   271,467  
  Average deposits     113,250     13,714     2,836     4,901     n/a     134,701  

(1)
The difference between the expected loss-based provision for loan and lease losses for the operating segments and the Company's provision.
(2)
Corporate offset for goodwill cost of capital allocated to segments.
(3)
Tax effect of reconciling adjustments.
(4)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding goodwill cost of capital, divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(5)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding amortization of goodwill, divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(6)
Corporate offset for allowance for loan and lease losses allocated to segments.

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2001
 
 
  Banking and
Financial
Services

  Home Loans
and Insurance
Services

  Specialty
Finance

  Corporate
Support/Treasury
& Other

  Reconciling
Adjustments

  Total
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Condensed income statement:                                      
  Net interest income   $ 2,321   $ 2,457   $ 1,073   $ 1,025   $ -   $ 6,876  
  Provision for loan and lease losses     146     219     298     2     (90 ) (1)   575  
  Noninterest income (expense)     1,793     1,469     74     (88 )   -     3,248  
  Noninterest expense     2,512     1,433     294     636     (258 ) (2)   4,617  
  Income taxes     551     880     208     51     128    (3)   1,818  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net income   $ 905   $ 1,394   $ 347   $ 248   $ 220   $ 3,114  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance and other data:                                      
  Operating efficiency (4)     59.18 % (4)   33.01 % (4)   21.76 % (4)   n/a     n/a     44.23 % (5)
  Average loans   $ 13,123   $ 107,110   $ 27,684   $ 829   $ (432 ) (6) $ 148,314  
  Average assets     17,931     148,614     29,261     30,199     (432 ) (6)   225,573  
  Average deposits     82,384     7,860     2,613     3,665     n/a     96,522  

(1)
The difference between the expected loss-based provision for loan and lease losses for the operating segments and the Company's provision.
(2)
Corporate offset for goodwill cost of capital allocated to segments.
(3)
Tax effect of reconciling adjustments.
(4)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding goodwill cost of capital, divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(5)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding amortization of goodwill, divded by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(6)
Corporate offset for allowance for loan and lease losses allocated to segments.

140


 
  Year Ended December 31, 2000
 
 
  Banking and
Financial
Services

  Home Loans
and Insurance
Services

  Specialty
Finance

  Corporate
Support/Treasury
& Other

  Reconciling
Adjustments

  Total
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Condensed income statement:                                      
  Net interest income (expense)   $ 2,061   $ 1,864   $ 822   $ (436 ) $ -   $ 4,311  
  Provision for loan and lease losses     65     101     148     (1 )   (128 ) (1)   185  
  Noninterest income (expense)     1,403     548     42     (9 )   -     1,984  
  Noninterest expense     2,010     679     215     361     (139 ) (2)   3,126  
  Income taxes (benefit)     528     620     190     (350 )   97    (3)   1,085  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net income (loss)   $ 861   $ 1,012   $ 311   $ (455 ) $ 170   $ 1,899  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance and other data:                                      
  Operating efficiency (4)     58.21 % (4)   26.95 % (4)   23.67 % (4)   n/a     n/a     48.34 % (5)
  Average loans   $ 9,315   $ 86,044   $ 22,383     -     n/a   $ 117,742  
  Average assets     12,441     124,704     22,839   $ 27,588     n/a     187,572  
  Average deposits     78,074     1,213     191     798     n/a     80,276  

(1)
The difference between the expected loss-based provision for loan and lease losses for the operating segments and the Company's provision.
(2)
Corporate offset for goodwill cost of capital allocated to segments.
(3)
Tax effect of reconciling adjustments.
(4)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding goodwill cost of capital, divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(5)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding amortization of goodwill, divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).

141



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

        Results of operations on a quarterly basis were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2002
 
  Fourth
Quarter

  Third
Quarter (1)

  Second
Quarter (1)

  First
Quarter (1)

 
  (dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

Interest income   $ 3,366   $ 3,413   $ 3,585   $ 3,883
Interest expense     1,440     1,494     1,485     1,487
   
 
 
 
Net interest income     1,926     1,919     2,100     2,396
Provision for loan and lease losses     125     135     160     175
Noninterest income     1,394     1,380     1,208     807
Noninterest expense     1,658     1,616     1,586     1,521
   
 
 
 
Income before income taxes     1,537     1,548     1,562     1,507
Income taxes     568     567     572     551
   
 
 
 
Net income   $ 969   $ 981   $ 990   $ 956
   
 
 
 
Net income attributable to common stock   $ 969   $ 980   $ 988   $ 954
   
 
 
 
Net income per common share:                        
  Basic   $ 1.05   $ 1.04   $ 1.04   $ 1.01
  Diluted     1.03     1.02     1.01     0.99
Common stock price per share:                        
  High     36.65     38.50     39.45     35.39
  Low     28.41     30.98     33.00     31.60
  Dividends declared per common share     0.28     0.27     0.26     0.25

(1)
Restated to reflect the adoption of Statement No. 147 as of October 1, 2002, thereby decreasing noninterest expense by $9 million for first quarter, second quarter, and third quarter of 2002.

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2001
 
  Fourth
Quarter

  Third
Quarter

  Second
Quarter

  First
Quarter

 
  (dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

Interest income   $ 3,525   $ 3,690   $ 3,936   $ 3,914
Interest expense     1,498     1,874     2,263     2,555
   
 
 
 
Net interest income     2,027     1,816     1,673     1,359
Provision for loan and lease losses     200     200     92     82
Noninterest income     830     863     805     750
Noninterest expense     1,331     1,154     1,119     1,013
   
 
 
 
Income before income taxes     1,326     1,325     1,267     1,014
Income taxes     484     493     469     373
   
 
 
 
Net income   $ 842   $ 832   $ 798   $ 641
   
 
 
 
Net income attributable to common stock   $ 840   $ 830   $ 796   $ 640
   
 
 
 
Net income per common share (1) :                        
  Basic   $ 0.98   $ 0.97   $ 0.93   $ 0.77
  Diluted     0.97     0.94     0.91     0.76
Common stock price per share (1) :                        
  High     39.10     42.69     39.39     36.50
  Low     28.56     35.03     32.78     29.38
  Dividends declared per common share     0.24     0.23     0.22     0.21

(1)
All prior per share amounts have been restated to reflect the 3-for-2 stock split paid on May 15, 2001.

142



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
INDEX OF EXHIBITS
DESCRIPTION

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

  DESCRIPTION

3.1   Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999. File No. 0-25188.)
3.2†   Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Washington Mutual, Inc. creating a class of preferred stock, Series RP.
3.3   Restated Bylaws of the Company (filed herewith).
4.1   Rights Agreement dated December 20, 2000 between Registration and Mellon Investor Services, L.L.C. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 8, 2001. File No. 0-25188.)
4.2   The registrant will furnish upon request copies of all instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt instruments of registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries.
4.3   Warrant Agreement dated as of April 30, 2001. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3. File No. 333-63976.)
4.4   2003 Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, dated March 11, 2003 by and between Washington Mutual, Inc. and Mellon Investor Services LLC (Incorporated by reference to the Company's current report on Form 8-K, dated March 12, 2003. File No. 001-14667).
10.1   Intentionally omitted.
10.2*   Lease Agreement between Third and University Limited Partnership and Washington Mutual Savings Bank, dated September 1, 1988.
10.3   Intentionally omitted.
10.4   Three-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 12, 2002 between Washington Mutual, Inc. and Washington Mutual Finance Corporation, as borrowers, the lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent (filed herewith).
Management Contracts and Compensatory Plans and Arrangements (Exhibits 10.6-10.69)
10.6†   Washington Mutual 1994 Stock Option Plan As Amended and Restated as of February 15, 2000.
10.6.1†   First Amendment to the Washington Mutual 1994 Stock Option Plan Amended and Restated as of February 15, 2000.
10.6.2††   Second Amendment to the Washington Mutual 1994 Stock Option Plan Amended and Restated as of February 15, 2000.
10.7††   Washington Mutual Equity Incentive Plan (formerly known as Washington Mutual Restricted Stock Plan) as Amended and Restated as of January 16, 2001.
10.8*   Washington Mutual, Inc. 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (filed herewith).
10.9   Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 22, 1998. File No. 0-25188.)
10.9.1†   Amendment to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998.
10.9.2†   Amendment to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998.
10.9.3†   Amendment to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998.
10.9.4†   Amendment to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998.

E-1


10.9.5††   Amendment to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998.
10.9.6   Amendment to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998 (filed herewith).
10.9.7   Intentionally omitted.
10.9.8   Amendment to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998 (filed herewith).
10.10*   Washington Mutual Employee Service Award Plan.
10.11**   Supplemental Employee's Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees of Washington Mutual.
10.12**   Washington Mutual Supplemental Executive Retirement Accumulation Plan.
10.13†   Washington Mutual, Inc. Cash Balance Pension Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998.
10.13.1†   Amendment to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Cash Balance Pension Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998.
10.13.2†   Amendment to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Cash Balance Pension Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998.
10.13.3†   Amendment to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Cash Balance Pension Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998.
10.13.4††   Amendment to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Cash Balance Pension Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998.
10.13.5   Amendment to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Cash Balance Pension Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998 (filed herewith).
10.13.6   Amendment to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Cash Balance Pension Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998 (filed herewith).
10.13.7   Amendment to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Cash Balance Pension Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998 (filed herewith).
10.13.8   Amendment to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Cash Balance Pension Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998 (filed herewith).
10.14   Washington Mutual Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Certain Highly Compensated Employees as Amended and Restated Effective November 1, 2002 (filed herewith).
10.15†   Washington Mutual Bonus and Incentive Plan for Executive Officers and Senior Management as Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 1999.
10.16***   Employment Contract of Kerry K. Killinger.
10.17***   Employment Contract for Executive Officers.
10.18   Form of Employment Contract for Senior Vice Presidents. (Incorporated by reference to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998. File No. 0-25188.)
10.19   The 1988 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (as amended effective July 26, 1994). (Incorporated by reference to the Quarterly Report of Great Western Financial Corporation ("Great Western"), on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1994. File No. 001-04075.)
10.19.1   Amendment No. 1996-1 to the Great Western Financial Corporation 1988 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, effective December 10, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 001-04075.)
10.19.2   Form of Director Stock Option Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Registration Statement on Form S-8 Registration No. 33-21469 pertaining to Great Western's 1988 Stock Option and Incentive Plan.)

E-2


10.19.3   Form of Director Stock Option Agreement effective January 3, 1994. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993. File No. 001-04075.)
10.20   Great Western Financial Corporation Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan (1992 Restatement). (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991. File No. 001-04075.)
10.20.1   Amendment to Great Western Financial Corporation Directors' Senior Officers' and basic Deferred Compensation Plans (1992 Restatement). (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994. File No. 001-04075.)
10.20.2   Amendment No. 2 to Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan 1992 Restatement. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1996. File No. 001-04075.)
10.20.3   Amendment No. 1996-2 to Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 10, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 001-04075.)
10.21   Great Western Financial Corporation Umbrella Trust for Directors. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1989. File No. 001-04075.)
10.21.1   Amendment No. 1996-1 to Umbrella Trust for Directors, dated December 16, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 001-04075.)
10.21.2   Omnibus Amendment 1995-1 to the Umbrella Trusts replacing the Finance Committee of the Board of Directors with the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors as administrator of the plans. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995. File No. 001-04075.)
10.22   Restated Retirement Plan for Directors. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1993. File No. 001-04075.)
10.23   Employee Home Loan Program. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1993. File No. 001-04075.)
10.23.1   Amendment No. 1996-1 to Employee Home Loan Program, effective December 10, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 001-04075.)
10.24   Omnibus Amendment 1997-1 amending the definition of change in control in the Great Western Financial Corporation 1988 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended December 10, 1996, the Great Western Financial Corporation Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan (1992 Restatement), as amended December 10, 1996, the Umbrella Trust for Directors as amended December 10, 1996, and the Employee Home Loan Program (revised and restated as of April 27, 1993), as amended December 10, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 001-04075.)
10.25   H.F. Ahmanson & Company 1984 Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1984. File No. 1-08930.)
10.25.1   Amendment to H.F. Ahmanson & Company 1984 Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989. File No. 1-08930.)

E-3


10.26   H.F. Ahmanson & Company 1993 Stock Incentive Plan as amended. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.)
10.27   H.F. Ahmanson & Company 1998 Directors' Stock Incentive Plan, as amended. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989. File No. 1-08930.)
10.28   H.F. Ahmanson & Company 1996 Nonemployee Directors' Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.)
10.29   1989 Contingent Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1991. File No. 1-08930.)
10.29.1   First Amendment to 1989 Contingent Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.)
10.29.2   Second Amendment to 1989 Contingent Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.)
10.30   Elective Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1991. File No. 1-08930.)
10.30.1   First Amendment to Elective Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.)
10.30.2   Second Amendment to Elective Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.)
10.31   Capital Accumulation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.)
10.31.1   First Amendment to Capital Accumulation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.)
10.32   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company, as amended and restated. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.)
10.32.1   First Amendment to Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.)
10.33   Senior Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of H.F. Ahmanson and Company, as amended and restated. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.)
10.34   Executive Life Insurance Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989. File No. 1-08930.)
10.34.1   First Amendment to Executive Life Insurance Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.)

E-4


10.34.2   Second Amendment to Executive Life Insurance Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.)
10.35   Senior Executive Life Insurance Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company, as amended and restated. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.)
10.36   H.F. Ahmanson & Company Supplemental Long Term Disability Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989. File No. 1-08930.)
10.37   Outside Directors' Elective Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1991. File No. 1-08930.)
10.37.1   First Amendment to Outside Directors' Elective Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.)
10.37.2   Second Amendment to Outside Directors' Elective Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.)
10.38   Outside Directors' Capital Accumulation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.)
10.38.1   First Amendment to Outside Directors' Capital Accumulation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 1-08930.)
10.39   Outside Director Retirement Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company, as amended and restated. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1991. File No. 1-08930.)
10.39.1   First Amendment to Outside Director Retirement Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-08930.)
10.40   Amended Form of Indemnity Agreement between H.F. Ahmanson & Company and directors and executive officers. (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989. File No. 1-08930.)
10.41   Board of Directors Retirement Plan of Coast. (Incorporated by reference to the Current Report of Coast Savings Financial Inc. ("Coast") on Form 8-K dated September 1, 1989. File No. 1-10264.)
10.42   Form of Post-Retirement Compensation Arrangement of Coast. (Incorporated by reference to Coast's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989. File No. 1-10264.)
10.43   Amended and Restated Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan of Coast, dated February 28, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to Coast's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 1-10264.)
10.44   Long Beach Financial Corporation 1997 Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to the Long Beach Financial Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-1. File No. 333-22013.)
10.45   Bank United Corp. ("Bank United") 1996 Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Bank United's Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated July 25, 1996. File No. 333-06229.)
10.46††   Bank United 1999 Stock Incentive Plan.

E-5


10.47††   Bank United 2000 Stock Incentive Plan.
10.48   Bank United Director Stock Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Bank United's Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated July 25, 1996. File No. 333-06229.)
10.48.1   Bank United Director Stock Plan, Amended and Restated as of March 16, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Bank United's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000. File No. 0-21017.)
10.49   Dime Bancorp, Inc. ("Dime") Stock Incentive Plan, as amended by an amendment effective April 27, 1994 (the "Stock Incentive Plan") (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on January 18, 1995. File No. 33-88552), as amended by an Amendment, effective September 19, 1997, to the Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K.)
10.50   Dime 1991 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective February 29, 1996 (the "1991 Stock Incentive Plan") (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on May 24, 1996. File No. 333-04477), as amended by (i) an Amendment, effective as of October 1, 1996, to the 1991 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1996 10-K), (ii) an Amendment, effective September 19, 1997, to the 1991 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K), (iii) an Amendment, effective as of March 27, 1998, to the 1991 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1998 10-K), and (iv) an Amendment, effective June 25, 1998, to the 1991 Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1998 10-K.)
10.50.1   Amendment to Dime's 1991 Stock Incentive Plan, effective December 12, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2000. File No. 1-13094.)
10.51   Dime Stock Incentive Plan for Outside Directors (the "Outside Directors Plan"), as amended effective April 27, 1994 (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on January 18, 1995. File No. 33-88560), as amended by an Amendment, effective September 19, 1997, to the Outside Directors Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K.)
10.52   The Dime Savings Bank of New York, FSB ("DSB") Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended by the First Amendment through the Fourth Amendment thereof (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994 (the "1994 10-K"). File No. 001-13094), as amended by an Amendment to DSB's Deferred Compensation Plan, effective May 18, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 11 to the Schedule 14d-9, Solicitation/Recommendation Statement, filed on May 19, 2000 (the "14d-9 Amendment No. 11"). File No. 005-48389.)
10.53   Deferred Compensation Plan for Board Members of DSB (the "DSB Director Deferred Compensation Plan"), as amended and restated effective as of July 24, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K), as amended by an Amendment to the DSB Director Deferred Compensation Plan, effective May 18, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11.)
10.54   Benefit Restoration Plan of DSB (the "Benefit Restoration Plan"), amended and restated effective as of October 1, 1996 (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1996 10-K), as amended by an Amendment to the Benefit Restoration Plan, effective May 18, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11.)
10.54.1   Amendment to the Benefit Restoration Plan, effective December 20, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2000. File No. 1-13094.)

E-6


10.55   Retainer Continuation Plan for Independent Directors of DSB (the "Retainer Continuation Plan") (Incorporated by reference to DSB's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993, filed on September 16, 1994 as Exhibit A to Dime's Report on Form 8-K dated that date. File No. 001-13094), as amended by (i) an Amendment, effective as of January 13, 1995, to the Retainer Continuation Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995. File No. 001-13094), (ii) an Amendment, effective as of December 31, 1996, to the Retainer Continuation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1996 10-K), (iii) an Amendment, effective March 1, 1997, to the Retainer Continuation Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1996 10-K), (iv) an Amendment, effective July 24, 1997, to the Retainer Continuation Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K), and (v) an Amendment to the Retainer Continuation Plan, effective May 18, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11.)
10.56   Key Executive Life Insurance/Death Benefit Plan of DSB, amended and restated effective as of April 1, 1999 (the "Key Life Plan"), as amended by and Amendment, effective as of April 1, 1999 (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1999 10-K), as amended by an Amendment to the Key Life Plan, effective May 18, 2000. (Incorporated by reference the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11.)
10.57   Dime 1990 Stock Option Plan (formerly Anchor Bancorp, Inc. 1990 Stock Option Plan), as amended effective as of January 13, 1995. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dime's Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on January 18, 1995. File No. 33-88554.)
10.58   Dime 1992 Stock Option Plan (formerly Anchor Bancorp, Inc. 1992 Stock Option Plan), as amended effective as of January 13, 1995 (the "1992 Stock Option Plan") (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on January 18, 1995. File No. 33-88556), as amended by (i) an Amendment, effective June 1, 1996, to the 1992 Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1996 10-K), (ii) an Amendment, effective September 19, 1997, to the 1992 Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K), and (iii) an Amendment, effective as of March 27, 1998, to the 1992 Stock Option Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1998 10-K.)
10.59   Dime Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the "SERP"), amended and restated effective as of December 2, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K), as amended by (i) an Amendment, effective January 29, 1998, to the SERP (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K), (ii) an Amendment, effective June 24, 1999, to the SERP (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1999 10-K), and (iii) an Amendment to the SERP, effective May 18, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11.)
10.59.1   Amendment to Dime's SERP, effective December 12, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2000. File No. 1-13094.)
10.60   Dime Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan (the "Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan"), as amended and restated effective as of July 24, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the 1997 10-K), as amended by an Amendment to the Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan, effective May 18, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (e)(12) to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11.)
10.60.1   Amendment to the Dime Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan, effective November 14, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2000. File No. 1-13094.)

E-7


10.61   Dime Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (the "Bancorp Director Deferred Compensation Plan"), as amended and restated effective as of July 24, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K), as amended by (i) an Amendment, effective March 26, 1998, to the Bancorp Director Deferred Compensation Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1998 10-K), (ii) an Amendment, effective October 1, 1999, to the Bancorp Director Deferred Compensation Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1999 10-K), and (iii) an Amendment to the Bancorp Director Deferred Compensation Plan, effective May 18, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11.)
10.62   Dime Officer Incentive Plan (the "Officer Incentive Plan"), as amended and restated effective as of July 24, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K), as amended by (i) an Amendment, effective as of January 1, 1998, to the Officer Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1998 10-K), (ii) an Amendment, effective as of January 1, 2000, to the Officer Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1999 10-K); and (iii) an Amendment to the Officer Incentive Plan, effective May 18, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11.)
10.63   Dime Senior Officer Incentive Plan ("Senior Officer Incentive Plan"), effective April 30, 1998 (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1998 10-K), as amended by an Amendment to the Senior Officer Incentive Plan, effective May 18, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11.)
10.63.1   Amendment to the Dime Senior Officer Incentive Plan, effective as of January 1, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2000. File No. 1-13094.)
10.63.2   Amendment to the Dime Senior Officer Incentive Plan, effective December 12, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2000. File No. 1-13094.)
10.64   Anchor Savings Bank FSB Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, assumed by Dime. (Incorporated by reference to the Anchor Bancorp Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1992. File No. 33-37720.)
10.65   Dime 1997 Stock Incentive Plan for Outside Directors, as amended and restated effective March 27, 1998 (the "1997 Outside Director Plan"). (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1998 10-K.)
10.65.1   Amendment to the Dime 1997 Outside Director Plan, effective December 12, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2000. File No. 1-13094.)
10.66   Dime Incentive Stock Option Plan, effective as of October 15, 1997. (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 on Form S-8, filed on October 15, 1997. File No. 333-35565.)
10.67   Washington Mutual, Inc. WAMU Shares program (filed herewith).
10.68   January 1999 WAMU Shares program (filed herewith).
10.69   February 2001 WAMU Shares program (filed herewith).
12.1   Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges (filed herewith).
12.2   Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends (filed herewith).
21   List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant (filed herewith).
23   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP (filed herewith).
99.1   Certification of the Chief Executive Officer (filed herewith).

E-8


99.2   Certification of the Chief Financial Officer (filed herewith).

*   Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 29, 1994. File No. 0-25188.

**

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996. File No. 0-25188.

***

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997. File No. 0-25188.


 

Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000. File No. 1-14667.

††

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001. File No. 1-14667.


 


 


Exhibits followed by a parenthetical reference are incorporated by reference herein from the documents described therein. Documents relating to Ahmanson filed prior to May 1985 were filed by H.F. Ahmanson & Company, a California corporation, File No. 1-7108.

E-9




QuickLinks

PART I
PART II
PART III
PART IV
Signatures
CERTIFICATIONS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
INDEX OF EXHIBITS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 3.3


RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

ARTICLE I
OFFICES

        The principal office and place of business of the corporation in the state of Washington shall be located at 1201 Third Avenue, Seattle, Washington 98101.

        The corporation may have such other offices within or without the state of Washington as the board of directors may designate or the business of the corporation may require from time to time.

ARTICLE II
NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

        The board of directors of this corporation shall consist of sixteen (16) directors.

ARTICLE III
SHAREHOLDERS

        Section 3.1.     Annual Meeting.     The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on the third Tuesday in the month of April in each year, beginning with the year 1995, at 10:00 a.m., or at such other date or time as may be determined by the board of directors, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting. If the day fixed for the annual meeting shall be a legal holiday in the state of Washington, the meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day. If the election of directors is not held on the day designated herein for any annual meeting of the shareholders or at any adjournment thereof, the board of directors shall cause the election to be held at a meeting of the shareholders as soon thereafter as may be convenient.

        Section 3.2.     Special Meetings.     Special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose or purposes unless otherwise prescribed by statute may be called by the board of directors or by the written request of holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the votes entitled to be cast on each issue to be considered at the special meeting.

        Section 3.3.     Place of Meetings.     Meetings of the shareholders shall be held at either the principal office of the corporation or at such other place within or without the state of Washington as the person or persons calling the meeting may designate.

        Section 3.4.     Fixing of Record Date.     For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the board of directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, which date in any case shall not be more than seventy (70) days and, in the case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than 20 days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken. If no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution, the day before the first notice of a meeting is dispatched to shareholders or the date on which the resolution of the board of directors authorizing such dividend or distribution is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for

1



such determination of shareholders. When a determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof unless the board of directors fixes a new record date, which it must do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

        The record date for determining shareholders entitled to take action without a meeting is the date the first shareholder signs the consent in lieu of meeting.

        Section 3.5.     Voting Lists.     At least ten (10) days before each meeting of the shareholders, the officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the corporation shall prepare an alphabetical list of all its shareholders on the record date who are entitled to vote at the meeting or any adjournment thereof, arranged by voting group, and within each voting group by class or series of shares, with the address of and the number of shares held by each, which record for a period of ten (10) days prior to the meeting shall be kept on file at the principal office of the corporation or at a place identified in the meeting notice in the city where the meeting will be held. Such record shall be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder, shareholder's agent or shareholder's attorney at any time during the meeting or any adjournment thereof. Failure to comply with the requirements of this bylaw shall not affect the validity of any action taken at the meeting.

        Section 3.6.     Notice of Meetings.     Notice, in tangible written or printed form, in electronic form, or in any other form then allowed under the Washington Business Corporations Act or other applicable law, stating the date, time and place of a meeting of shareholders and, in the case of a special meeting of shareholders, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given by the person or persons calling the meeting or by the Secretary at the direction of such person or persons to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting (unless required by law to send notice to all shareholders regardless of whether or not such shareholders are entitled to vote), not less than ten (10) days and not more than sixty (60) days before the meeting, except that notice of a meeting to act on an amendment to the articles of incorporation, a plan of merger or share exchange, a proposed sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the corporation other than in the usual course of business, or the dissolution of the corporation shall be given not less than twenty (20) days and not more than sixty (60) days before the meeting. Written notice may be transmitted by: Mail, private carrier or personal delivery; telegraph or teletype; or telephone, wire or wireless equipment which transmits a facsimile of the notice. Such notice shall be effective upon dispatch if sent to the shareholder's address, telephone number, or other number appearing on the records of the corporation.

        If an annual or special shareholders' meeting is adjourned to a different date, time or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time or place if the new date, time or place is announced at the meeting before adjournment unless a new record date is or must be fixed. If a new record date for the adjourned meeting is or must be fixed, however, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given to persons who are shareholders as of the new record date.

        Section 3.7.     Waiver of Notice.     A shareholder may waive any notice required to be given under the provisions of these bylaws, the articles of incorporation or by applicable law, whether before or after the date and time stated therein. A valid waiver is created by any of the following three methods: (a) in writing signed by the shareholder entitled to the notice and delivered to the corporation for inclusion in its corporate records; (b) by attendance at the meeting, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting; or (c) by failure to object at the time of presentation of a matter not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice.

2



        Section 3.8.     Manner of Acting; Proxies.     A shareholder may vote either in person or by proxy. A shareholder may vote by proxy by means of a proxy appointment form which is executed by the shareholder, his agent, or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. All proxy appointment forms shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation before or at the commencement of meetings. No unrevoked proxy appointment form shall be valid after eleven (11) months from the date of its execution unless otherwise expressly provided in the appointment form. No proxy appointment may be effectively revoked until notice of such revocation has been given to the secretary of the corporation by the shareholder appointing the proxy. Any proxy appointment or any revocation of a proxy appointment may be executed in tangible written form, may be by means of an electric transmission or may be by any other means then allowed by the Washington Business Corporations Act or other applicable law.

        Section 3.9.     Quorum.     At any meeting of the shareholders, a majority in interest of all the shares entitled to vote on a matter by the voting group, represented in person or by proxy by shareholders of record, shall constitute a quorum of that voting group for action on that matter. If less than a majority is represented, a majority of those represented may adjourn the meeting to such time and place as they may determine, without further notice, except as set forth in Section 3.6. Once a share is represented at a meeting, other than to object to holding the meeting or transacting business, it is deemed to be present for purposes of a quorum for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless a new record date is or must be fixed for the adjourned meeting. At such reconvened meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the adjourned meeting. If a quorum exists, action on a matter is approved by a voting group if the votes cast within the voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast within the voting group opposing the action, unless the question is one upon which a different vote is required by express provision of law or of the articles of incorporation or of these bylaws.

        Section 3.10.     Voting of Shares.     Each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders, except as may be otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation.

        Section 3.11.     Voting for Directors.     In the election of directors every shareholder of record entitled to vote at the election shall have the right to vote in person the number of shares owned by him for as many persons as there are directors to be elected and for whose election he has a right to vote. Shareholders entitled to vote at any election of directors shall have no right to cumulate votes. In any election of directors the candidates elected are those receiving the largest numbers of votes cast by the shares entitled to vote in the election, up to the number of directors to be elected by such shares.

        Section 3.12.     Voting of Shares by Certain Holders.     

3


        Section 3.13.     Notice of Nomination.     Nominations for the election of directors and proposals for any new business to be taken up at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be made by the board of directors of the corporation or by any shareholder of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. In order for a shareholder of the corporation to make any such nomination or proposal at any annual meeting, the shareholder's nomination or proposal must be in writing and received at the Executive Offices of the corporation by the Secretary of the corporation not less than 120 days in advance of the date corresponding to the date in the previous year on which the corporation's proxy statement was released to security holders in connection with the previous year's annual meeting of security holders, except that if no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been changed by more than 30 calendar days from the date of the previous year's annual meeting, a proposal shall be received by the corporation in accordance with the method set forth hereafter for proposals or nominations in advance of a special meeting of shareholders. In order for a shareholder of the corporation to make any nomination or proposal to be taken up at a special meeting of shareholders, the shareholder's nomination or proposal must be in writing and received at the Executive Offices of the corporation by the Secretary of the corporation not less than 45 days nor more than 75 days prior to any such meeting. Each such notice given by a shareholder with respect to nominations for the election of directors shall set forth (i) the name, age, business address and, if known, residence address of each nominee proposed in such notice, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of each such nominee, and (iii) the number of shares of stock of the corporation which are beneficially owned by each such nominee.

        Section 3.14.     Action Without a Meeting.     Any action permitted or required to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting if one or more consents in writing setting forth the action so taken shall be signed by all the shareholders.

ARTICLE IV.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

        Section 4.1.     General Powers.     The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by its board of directors.

        Section 4.2.     Number, Tenure and Qualification.     The number of directors set forth in Article II of these bylaws may be increased or decreased from time to time by amendment to or in the manner provided in these bylaws. No decrease, however, shall have the effect of shortening the term of any

4



incumbent director unless such director resigns or is removed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. The directors shall be classified and shall hold such terms as set forth in the articles of incorporation. In all cases, directors shall serve until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation, removal from office or death. Directors need not be residents of the state of Washington or shareholders of the corporation.

        Section 4.3.     Annual and Other Regular Meetings.     Regular meetings of the board shall be held at two-thirty o'clock, or an earlier hour in the discretion of the Chairman or the President, on the third Tuesday of the months of January, February, April, June, July, September, October, and December unless such day is a legal holiday, in which case the meeting shall be held on the first business day thereafter, or unless such meeting has been canceled by the Chairman or the President upon giving notice to the members of the board at least three calendar days before the date on which such meeting is scheduled. The date of any regular meeting may be changed to such other date within the month as shall be determined by the Chairman or the President, or in the absence of the Chairman or the President, by any three members of the Board, provided notice of the time and place of such meeting is given as provided in Section 4.4. In each year, the regular meeting on the day of the Annual Meeting of Shareholders shall be known as the Annual Meeting of the Board.

        Section 4.4.     Special Meetings.     Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by the board of directors, the chairman of the board, or the president. The notice of a special meeting of the board of directors shall state the date and time and, if the meeting is not exclusively telephonic, the place of the meeting. Unless otherwise required by law, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the board of directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting. Notice shall be given by the person or persons authorized to call such meeting, or by the secretary at the direction of the person or persons authorized to call such meeting. The notice may be oral or written. If the notice is orally communicated in person or by telephone to the director or to the director's personal secretary or is sent by electronic mail, telephone or wireless equipment, which transmits a facsimile of the notice to the director's electronic mail designation or telephone number appearing on the records of the corporation, the notice of a meeting shall be timely if sent no later than twenty-four (24) hours prior to the time set for such meeting. If the notice is sent by courier to the director's address appearing on the records of the corporation, the notice of a meeting shall be timely if sent no later than three (3) full days prior to the time set for such meeting. If the notice is sent by mail to the director's address appearing on the records of the corporation, the notice of a meeting shall be timely if sent no later than five (5) full days prior to the time set for such meeting.

        Section 4.5     Waiver of Notice.     Any director may waive notice of any meeting at any time. Whenever any notice is required to be given to any director of the corporation pursuant to applicable law, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the director, entitled to notice, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of notice. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully convened. A director waives objection to consideration of a particular matter at a meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the director objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

        Section 4.6.     Quorum.     A majority of the number of directors specified in or fixed in accordance with these bylaws shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business at any meeting of directors. If less than a majority shall attend a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, and a quorum present at such adjourned meeting may transact business.

        Section 4.7.     Manner of Acting.     If a quorum is present when a vote is taken, the affirmative vote of a majority of directors present is the act of the board of directors.

5


        Section 4.8.     Participation by Conference Telephone.     Directors may participate in a regular or special meeting of the board by, or conduct the meeting through the use of, any means of communication by which all directors participating can hear each other during the meeting and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

        Section 4.9.     Presumption of Assent.     A director who is present at a meeting of the board of directors at which action is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless such director's dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless such director shall file his written dissent to such action with the person acting as secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the secretary of the corporation immediately after adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

        Section 4.10.     Action by Board Without a Meeting.     Any action permitted or required to be taken at a meeting of the board of directors may be taken without a meeting if one or more consents setting forth the action so taken, shall be executed by all the directors, either before or after the action taken, and delivered to the corporation. Such consents may be set forth in a tangible written form, in an electronic transmission or in any other form then allowed under the Washington Business Corporations Act or other applicable law. Action taken by consent is effective when the last director executes the consent, unless the consent specifies a later effective date.

        Section 4.11.     Audit Committee.     The board of directors, at any regular meeting of the Board, shall elect from their number an Audit Committee of not less than three members, none of whom shall be employed by the corporation. At least annually the Board of Directors shall determine that each Committee member has the independence and other qualifications set forth in the Charter of the Audit Committee as approved by the Board, and in any supplemental statements that the Board may adopt with regard to the composition of the Committee.

        The Audit Committee shall have the authorities and responsibilities and shall perform the functions specified in the Charter of the Audit Committee, as approved by the Board, and in any supplemental statement that the Board may adopt with regard to the functions of the Committee.

        Section 4.12     Human Resources Committee.     The board of directors at any regular meeting of the board, shall elect from their number a Human Resources Committee which committee shall have not less than three members, none of whom shall be employed by the corporation. The Human Resources Committee shall have the authorities and responsibilities and shall perform the functions specified in the Charter of the Human Resources Committee, as approved by the Board, and in any supplemental statement or resolution that the Board may adopt with regard to the functions of the Committee.

        Section 4.13.     Governance Committee.     The board of directors, at any regular meeting of the board, shall elect from their number a Governance Committee, none of the members of which shall be employed by the corporation. The Governance Committee shall have the composition, authorities and responsibilities and shall perform the functions specified in the Charter of the Governance Committee, as approved by the Board, and in any supplemental statement or resolution that the Board may adopt with regard to the functions of the Committee.

        Section 4.14.     Finance Committee.     The board of directors, at any regular meeting of the board, shall elect from their number a Finance Committee. A majority of the members of the Finance Committee shall not be officers of the corporation. The board, upon the recommendation of the Governance Committee in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, shall appoint a chairman who is not an officer of the corporation. The Finance Committee shall have the authorities and responsibilities and shall perform the functions specified in the Charter of the Finance Committee, as approved by the board, and in any supplemental statement or resolution that the board may adopt with regard to the functions of the Committee.

6



        Section 4.15.     Corporate Relations Committee.     The board of directors, at any regular meeting of the board, may elect from among their number a Corporate Relations Committee which shall consist of no fewer than two Directors. The Corporate Relations Committee shall have the composition, authorities and responsibilities and shall perform the functions specified in the Charter of the Corporate Relations Committee, as approved by the Board, and in any supplemental statement or resolution that the Board may adopt with regard to the functions of the Committee.

        Section 4.16.     Corporate Development Committee.     The board of directors, at any regular meeting of the board, may elect from among their number a Corporate Development Committee, which shall consist of the Chairman of the Board and not less than two other directors. The Corporate Development Committee shall have the composition, authorities and responsibilities and shall perform the functions specified in the Charter of the Corporate Development Committee, as approved by the Board, and in any supplemental statement or resolution that the Board may adopt with regard to the functions of the Committee.

        Section 4.17.     Committee Procedures.     Except as provided in the bylaws or in specific resolutions of the Board of Directors, the committees of the Board shall be governed by the same rules regarding meetings, action without meetings, notice, waiver of notice, and quorum and voting requirements as applied to the Board of Directors.

        Section 4.18.     Resignation.     Any director may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the chairman of the board, the president, the secretary, or the registered office of the corporation, or by giving oral notice at any meeting of the directors or shareholders. Any such resignation shall take effect at any subsequent time specified therein, or if the time is not specified, upon delivery thereof and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

        Section 4.19.     Removal.     At a meeting of the shareholders called expressly for that purpose, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed from office, with cause, by a vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of the director or directors whose removal is sought. If the board of directors or any one or more directors is so removed, new directors may be elected at this same meeting.

        Section 4.20.     Vacancies.     A vacancy on the board of directors may occur by the resignation, removal or death of an existing director, or by reason of increasing the number of directors on the board of directors as provided in these bylaws. Except as may be limited by the articles of incorporation, any vacancy occurring in the board of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of four-fifths of the remaining directors though less than a quorum. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for a term of office continuing only until the next election of directors by shareholders.

        If the vacant office was held by a director elected by holders of one or more authorized classes or series of shares, only the holders of those classes or series of shares are entitled to vote to fill the vacancy.

        Section 4.21.     Compensation.     By resolution of the board of directors, the directors may be paid a fixed sum plus their expenses, if any, for attendance at meetings of the board of directors or committee thereof, or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

        Section 4.22     Chairman of the Board.     The Chairman shall preside at meetings of the board of directors. In the absence of the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer, the directors present may select someone from their number to preside. The Chairman shall perform such other duties as may be assigned by the board of directors.

7



ARTICLE V
OFFICERS

        Section 5.1.     Ranks and Terms in Office.     The officers of the corporation shall be a Chief Executive Officer, a Chairman, a President of the Corporation, a General Auditor, a Chief Financial Officer, a Controller, and such Vice Chairmen, Group Presidents, Senior Executive Vice Presidents, Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, First Vice Presidents or Vice Presidents as the board of directors may designate and elect, or such other officers as the board of directors may designate and elect or the Chief Executive Officer may designate and appoint.

        Section 5.2.     Chief Executive Officer.     The Chief Executive Officer of the corporation shall have direct supervision and management of its affairs and the general powers and duties of supervision and management usually vested in the Chief Executive Officer of a corporation, subject to the Bylaws and policies of the corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform such other duties as may be assigned by the board of directors. In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, the duties of the Chief Executive Officer shall be assumed by the President of the Corporation, and in their absence such duties shall be assumed by a person designated by the Chief Executive Officer or the board of directors.

        Section 5.3.     Chairman.     The Chairman shall preside over all meetings of the board of directors. The Chairman shall preside over all meetings of the shareholders, which duty shall include the authority to adjourn such meetings. The Chairman shall perform such other duties as may be assigned by the board of directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or as may be set forth in the policies and procedural directives of the corporation. In the event of the Chairman's incapacity, the Chairman's duties shall be assumed by the Chief Executive Officer or, in the event of the Chief Executive Officer's incapacity, the duties of the Chairman shall be assumed by the President of the Corporation, and in their absence such duties shall be assumed by a person designated by the board of directors.

        Section 5.4.     President of the Corporation.     The President of the Corporation shall perform such duties as may be assigned by the Chief Executive Officer or the board of directors, or as may be set forth in the policies and procedural directives of the corporation.

        Section 5.5.     General Auditor.     The General Auditor shall supervise and maintain continuous audit control of the assets and liabilities of the corporation. He shall be responsible only to the board of directors in coordination with the Chief Executive officer. He shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Corporation from time to time, only to the extent that such other duties do not compromise the independence of audit control.

        Section 5.6.     Chief Financial Officer.     The Chief Financial Officer of the corporation shall have the power and duty of supervising and managing the corporation's acquisition, retention and disposition of securities, loans and financial instruments (including but not limited to the corporation's investments in and loans to the corporation's subsidiaries), the power and duty of supervising the corporation's financial reporting, and the other general powers and duties of supervision and management usually vested in the Chief Financial Officer of a corporation, subject to the Bylaws and policies of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such other duties as may be assigned by the board of directors or by the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence of the Chief Financial Officer, the duties of the Chief Financial Officer shall be assumed by the Controller of the corporation, and in their absence such duties shall be assumed by a person designated by the Chief Executive Officer or the board of directors.

        Section 5.7.     Controller.     The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the corporation and shall have supervisory control and direction of the general accounting, accounting procedure, budgeting and general bookkeeping, and shall be the custodian of the general accounting books, records, forms and papers. He shall also perform such other duties as may be assigned from time to

8



time by the Chief Executive Officer, the President of the Corporation, a Vice Chairman, a Group President, a Senior Executive Vice President or an Executive Vice President, or as may be set forth in the policies and procedural directives of the corporation, only to the extent that such other duties do not compromise the independence of audit control.

        Section 5.8.     Vice Chairmen, Group Presidents, Senior Executive Vice Presidents, Executive Vice Presidents.     Any Vice Chairmen, Group Presidents, Senior Executive Vice Presidents, Executive Vice Presidents shall perform such duties as may be assigned from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Corporation, or as may be set forth in the policies and procedural directives of the corporation.

        Section 5.9.     Senior Vice Presidents, First Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents.     Senior Vice Presidents, First Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents shall perform such duties as may be assigned from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer, the President of the Corporation, a Vice Chairmen, a Group President, a Senior Executive Vice President or a Executive Vice President, or as may be set forth in the policies and procedural directives of the corporation.

        Section 5.10.     Secretary and Assistant Secretary.     The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the board of directors and of the shareholders. He shall give such notices to the directors as may be required by law or by these Bylaws. He shall have the custody of the corporate seal, if any, and the contracts, papers and documents belonging to the corporation. He shall also perform such other duties as may be assigned from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer, the President of the Corporation, a Vice Chairman, a Group President, a Senior Executive Vice President or an Executive Vice President, or as may be set forth in the policies and procedural directives of the corporation. In the absence of the Secretary, the powers and duties of the Secretary shall devolve upon an Assistant Secretary or such person as shall be designated by the Chief Executive Officer.

        Section 5.11.     Combining Offices.     An officer who holds one office may, with or without resigning from such existing office, be elected by the board of directors to hold, in addition to such existing office, the office of Chairman, Vice Chairman, Group President Senior Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, First Vice President or Vice President. An officer who holds one office may, with or without resigning from such existing office, be appointed by the Chief Executive Officer to hold, in addition to such existing office, another office other than the office of Chairman, Vice Chairman, Group President Senior Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, First Vice President or Vice President.

        Section 5.12.     Other Officers.     The other Officers shall perform such duties as may be assigned by the Chief Executive Officer, the President of the Corporation, a Vice Chairman, a Group President, a Senior Executive Vice President or an Executive Vice President, or as may be set forth in the policies and procedural directives of the corporation. The Chief Executive Officer may designate such functional titles to an officer, as the Chief Executive Officer deems appropriate from time to time.

        Section 5.13.     Official Bonds.     The corporation may be indemnified in the event of the dishonest conduct or unfaithful performance of an officer, employee, or agent by a corporate fidelity bond, the premiums for which may be paid by the corporation.

        Section 5.14.     Execution of Contracts and Other Documents.     The Chief Executive Officer, the President of the Corporation, or any Vice Chairman, Group President, or Senior Executive Vice President may from time to time designate the officers, employees or agents of the corporation who shall have authority to sign deeds, contracts, satisfactions, releases, and assignments of mortgages, and all other documents or instruments in writing to be made or executed by the corporation.

        Section 5.15.     Resignation.     Any officer may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or the board of directors, or by giving oral notice at any meeting of the board. Any such resignation shall take effect at any subsequent time specified

9



therein, or if the time is not specified, upon delivery thereof and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

        Section 5.16.     Compensation of Officers and Employees.     The board of directors shall fix compensation of officers and may fix compensation of other employees from time to time. No officer shall be prevented from receiving a salary by reason of the fact that such officer is also a director of the corporation.

        Section 5.17.     Voting of Shares Held by Corporation.     Shares of another corporation held by this corporation may be voted in person or by proxy by the Chief Executive Officer, by the President of the Corporation, by a Vice Chairman, by a Group President, by a Senior Executive Vice President, by an Executive Vice President, or by a Senior Vice President.

ARTICLE VI
SHARES

        Section 6.1.     Certificates for Shares.     The shares of the corporation may be represented by certificates in such form as prescribed by the board of directors. Signatures of the corporate officers on the certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is manually signed on behalf of a transfer agent, or registered by a registrar, other than the corporation itself or an employee of the corporation. All certificates shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. All certificates shall bear such legend or legends as prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.

        Section 6.2.     Issuance of Shares.     Shares of the corporation shall be issued only when authorized by the board of directors, which authorization shall include the consideration to be received for each share.

        Section 6.3.     Beneficial Ownership.     Except as otherwise permitted by these bylaws, the person in whose name shares stand on the books of the corporation shall be deemed by the corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes. The board of directors may adopt by resolution a procedure whereby a shareholder of the corporation may certify in writing to the corporation that all or a portion of the shares registered in the name of such shareholder are held for the account of a specified person or persons. Upon receipt by the corporation of a certification complying with such procedure, the persons specified in the certification shall be deemed, for the purpose or purposes set forth in the certification, to be the holders of record of the number of shares specified in place of the shareholder making the certification.

        Section 6.4.     Transfer of Shares.     Transfer of shares of the corporation shall be made only on the stock transfer books of the corporation by the holder of record thereof or by his legal representative who shall furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the secretary of the corporation, on surrender for cancellation of the certificate for the shares. All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and canceled.

        Section 6.5.     Lost or Destroyed Certificates.     In the case of a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate, a new certificate may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the corporation as the board of directors may prescribe.

10


        Section 6.6.     Stock Transfer Records.     The stock transfer books shall be kept at the principal office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation's transfer agent or registrar. The name and address of the person to whom the shares represented by any certificate, together with the class, number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation. Except as provided in these bylaws, the person in whose name shares stand on the books of the corporation shall be deemed by the corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes.

        Section 6.7.     Uncertificated Shares.     The shares of the Corporation may be issued in uncertificated or book entry form in the manner prescribed by the board of directors. Without limiting the foregoing, shares of the Corporation may be issued in uncertificated or book entry form in connection with new share issuances, the transfer of shares as provided in Section 6.4 of these bylaws and the replacement of shares represented by lost, destroyed or mutilated certificates as provided in Section 6.5 of these bylaws.

ARTICLE VII
SEAL

        This corporation need not have a corporate seal. If the directors adopt a corporate seal, the seal of the corporation shall be circular in form and consist of the name of the corporation, the state and year of incorporation, and the words "Corporate Seal."

ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS,
EMPLOYEES AND AGENT

        Section 8.1.     Director's Right To Indemnification.     Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director of the corporation or, being or having been such a director, he or she is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or in any other capacity while serving as a director, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith; provided, however, that (a) the corporation shall not indemnify any person from or on account of any acts or omissions of such person finally adjudged to be intentional misconduct or knowing violation of the law of such person, or from conduct of the person in violation of RCW 23B.08.310, or from or on account of any transaction with respect to which it is finally adjudged that such person personally received a benefit in money, property, or services to which such person was not legally entitled, and (b) except as provided in subsection 8.3 with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors of the corporation. Such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators. If the Washington Business Corporation Act is amended to authorize further indemnification of directors, then directors of the corporation shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by the Washington Business Corporation Act, as so amended.

11


        Section 8.2.     Director's Burden of Proof and Procedure For Payment.     

        Section 8.3.     Right of Claimant to Bring Suit.     If a claim under this Article is not paid in full by the corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, except in the case of a claim for expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, to the extent successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its board of directors, its shareholders or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of or reimbursement or advancement of expenses to the claimant is proper in the circumstances nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its board of directors, its shareholders or independent legal counsel) that the claimant is not entitled to indemnification or to the reimbursement or advancement of expenses shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant is not so entitled.

        Section 8.4.     Nonexclusivity of Rights.     The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

        Section 8.5.     Insurance, Contracts and Funding.     The corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Washington Business Corporation Act. The corporation may, without any shareholder action, enter into contracts with such director or officer in furtherance of the provisions of this Article and may create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means (including, without limitation, a letter of credit) to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to effect indemnification as provided in this Article.

        Section 8.6.     Indemnification of Officers, Employees and Agents of the Corporation.     The corporation shall provide indemnification and pay expenses in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding to officers, employees and agents of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture trust or other enterprise with the same scope and effect, and observing the same procedures, as the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors of the corporation.

        Section 8.7.     Contract Right.     The rights to indemnification conferred in this Article shall be a contract right and any amendment to or repeal of this Article shall not adversely affect any right or

12



protection of a director of the corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director or officer occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

        Section 8.8.     Severability.     If any provision of this Article or any application thereof shall be invalid, unenforceable or contrary to applicable law, the remainder of this Article, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, unenforceable or contrary to applicable law, shall not be affected thereby and shall continue in full force and effect.

ARTICLE IX
BOOKS AND RECORDS

        The corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of account, stock transfer books, minutes of the proceedings of its shareholders and the board of directors and such other records as may be necessary or advisable.

ARTICLE X
FISCAL YEAR

        The fiscal year of the corporation shall be the calendar year.

ARTICLE XI
VOTING OF SHARES OF ANOTHER CORPORATION

        Shares of another corporation held by this corporation may be voted by the Chief Executive Officer, by the President of the Corporation, by the Senior Executive Vice President, by an Executive Vice President, or by a Senior Vice President, or by proxy appointment form executed by any of them, unless the directors by resolution shall designate some other person to vote the shares.

ARTICLE XII
AMENDMENTS TO BYLAWS

        These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, and new bylaws may be adopted, by the board of directors, subject to the concurrent power of the shareholders, by at least two-thirds affirmative vote of the shares of the corporation entitled to vote thereon, to alter amend or repeal these bylaws or to adopt new bylaws.

13





QuickLinks

RESTATED BYLAWS OF WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 10.4

[Execution Copy]



LENDERS Party Hereto BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., BANK ONE, N.A. and CITIBANK, N.A., as Syndication Agents, J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC., as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, as Administrative Agent $800,000,000

THREE-YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of
August 12, 2002
between
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. and
WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCE CORPORATION,
as Borrowers

The LENDERS Party Hereto

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
BANK ONE, N.A. and
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Syndication Agents,

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,
as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
as Administrative Agent

$800,000,000




TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  Page


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01.

 

Defined Terms

 

1
SECTION 1.02.   Classification of Loans and Borrowings   14
SECTION 1.03.   Terms Generally   14
SECTION 1.04.   Accounting Terms; GAAP   14


ARTICLE II

THE CREDITS

SECTION 2.01.

 

The Commitments

 

14
SECTION 2.02.   Loans and Borrowings.   15
SECTION 2.03.   Requests for Syndicated Borrowings   15
SECTION 2.04.   Competitive Bid Procedure.   16
SECTION 2.05.   Swingline Loans.   18
SECTION 2.06.   Funding of Borrowings.   19
SECTION 2.07.   Interest Elections.   20
SECTION 2.08.   Termination and Reduction of the Commitments.   21
SECTION 2.09.   Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.   21
SECTION 2.10.   Prepayment of Loans.   22
SECTION 2.11.   Fees.   23
SECTION 2.12.   Interest.   24
SECTION 2.13.   Alternate Rate of Interest   24
SECTION 2.14.   Increased Costs.   25
SECTION 2.15.   Break Funding Payments   26
SECTION 2.16.   Taxes.   26
SECTION 2.17.   Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs.   27
SECTION 2.18.   Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.   28


ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 3.01.

 

Organization; Powers

 

29
SECTION 3.02.   Authorization; Enforceability   29
SECTION 3.03.   Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts   29
SECTION 3.04.   Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change.   30
SECTION 3.05.   Properties.   30
SECTION 3.06.   Litigation and Environmental Matters.   30
SECTION 3.07.   Compliance with Laws and Agreements   30
SECTION 3.08.   Investment and Holding Company Status   31
SECTION 3.09.   Taxes   31
SECTION 3.10.   ERISA   31
SECTION 3.11.   Disclosure   31
SECTION 3.12.   Use of Credit   31
SECTION 3.13.   Material Agreements and Liens.   31

i


SECTION 3.14.   Subsidiaries.   32


ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS

SECTION 4.01.

 

Effective Date

 

32
SECTION 4.02.   Each Credit Event   33


ARTICLE V

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

SECTION 5.01.

 

Financial Statements and Other Information

 

34
SECTION 5.02.   Notices of Material Events   35
SECTION 5.03.   Existence; Conduct of Business   35
SECTION 5.04.   Payment of Obligations   35
SECTION 5.05.   Maintenance of Properties; Insurance   36
SECTION 5.06.   Books and Records; Inspection Rights   36
SECTION 5.07.   Compliance with Laws   36
SECTION 5.08.   Use of Proceeds   36


ARTICLE VI

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

SECTION 6.01.

 

Liens

 

36
SECTION 6.02.   Fundamental Changes.   37
SECTION 6.03.   Certain Restrictions on Subsidiaries   38
SECTION 6.04.   Certain Financial Covenants.   38
SECTION 6.05.   Insured Subsidiary Capital   39
SECTION 6.06.   Payment of Dividends   39


        ARTICLE VII

        EVENTS OF DEFAULT


 


39


ARTICLE VIII

AGENTS

SECTION 8.01

 

Administrative Agent.

 

41
SECTION 8.02   Syndication Agents   43


ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 9.01.

 

Notices

 

43
SECTION 9.02.   Waivers; Amendments.   44
SECTION 9.03.   Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.   45
SECTION 9.04.   Successors and Assigns.   46
SECTION 9.05.   Survival   50
SECTION 9.06.   Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness   50
SECTION 9.07.   Severability   50

ii


SECTION 9.08.   Right of Setoff   50
SECTION 9.09.   Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.   51
SECTION 9.10.   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL   51
SECTION 9.11.   Headings   51
SECTION 9.12.   Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality.   51
Schedule I     Commitments
Schedule II     Material Agreements and Liens
Schedule III     Litigation
Schedule IV     Environmental Matters
Schedule V     Subsidiaries

Exhibit A

 


 

Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit B     Form of Opinion of Counsel to the Borrowers
Exhibit C     Form of Opinion of Special New York Counsel to JPMorgan

iii


        THREE-YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of August 12, 2002 between WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. (" WAMU "), and WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCE CORPORATION (" Finance "; each of WAMU and Finance is herein referred to as a " Borrower " and, collectively, as the " Borrowers "), the LENDERS party hereto, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, as Administrative Agent.

        The Borrowers have requested that the Lenders (as so defined) make loans to them in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $800,000,000 at any one time outstanding. The Lenders are prepared to make such loans upon the terms and conditions hereof, and, accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

        SECTION 1.01.     Defined Terms.     As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

        " ABR ", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans constituting such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

        " Acquisition " shall mean any transaction, or any series of related transactions, consummated after the date of this Agreement, by which WAMU and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries (in one transaction or as the most recent transaction in a series of related transactions) (a) acquires any going business or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person (or division or operating unit thereof), whether through purchase of assets, merger or otherwise or, (b) directly or indirectly acquires control of securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests of any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity.

        " Adjusted LIBO Rate " means, for the Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1 / 16 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate for such Interest Period.

        " Administrative Agent " means JPMorgan, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.

        " Administrative Questionnaire " means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

        " Affiliate " means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

        " Alternate Base Rate " means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the sum of (i) Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day and (ii)  1 / 2 of 1%. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, as the case may be.

        " Applicable Percentage " means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Commitments represented by such Lender's Commitment. If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the aggregate principal amount of the Syndicated Loans held by the Lenders or, if no Syndicated Loans are outstanding and in the case of determining such Lender's Swingline Exposure, the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.

        " Applicable Rate " means, for any day, with respect to any ABR Loan (including any Swingline Loan), zero, or with respect to any Syndicated Eurodollar Loan, or with respect to the facility fees or



utilization fees payable hereunder, as the case may be, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption, "Eurodollar Spread", "Facility Fee Rate" or "Utilization Fee Rate", respectively, based upon the ratings by Moody's and S&P, respectively, applicable on such date to the Index Debt:

 
   
   
   
  Utilization Fee Rate
 
 
  Index Debt
Ratings
(S&P/Moody's)

  Eurodollar
Spread

  Facility Fee
Rate

  if ³ 33% and
£ 67%
Utilization

  if > 67%
Utilization

 
Category 1   ³ A/A2   .210 % .090 % .125 % .150 %
Category 2   A-/A3   .250 % .100 % .125 % .150 %
Category 3   BBB+/Baa1   .375 % .125 % .125 % .150 %
Category 4   BBB/Baa2   .600 % .150 % .125 % .250 %
Category 5   £ BBB-/Baa3   .775 % .225 % .125 % .250 %

        For purposes of the foregoing, " Utilization " means, at any time, the result (expressed as a percentage) obtained by dividing (a) the sum at such time of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans made to both Borrowers hereunder by (b) the aggregate outstanding Commitments.

        For purposes of the foregoing, (i) if either Moody's or S&P shall not have in effect a rating for the Index Debt of a Borrower (other than by reason of the circumstances referred to in the last sentence of this definition), then such rating agency shall be deemed to have established a rating for the Index Debt of such Borrower in Category 5; and (ii) if the ratings established or deemed to have been established by Moody's and S&P for the Index Debt shall be changed (other than as a result of a change in the rating system of Moody's or S&P), such change shall be effective as of the date on which it is first announced by the applicable rating agency. Each change in the Applicable Rate shall apply during the period commencing on the effective date of such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change. If the rating system of Moody's or S&P shall change, or if either such rating agency shall cease to be in the business of rating corporate debt obligations, the Borrowers and the Lenders shall negotiate in good faith to amend this definition to reflect such changed rating system or the unavailability of ratings from such rating agency and, pending the effectiveness of any such amendment, the Applicable Rate shall be determined by reference to the rating most recently in effect prior to such change or cessation.

        Subject to the foregoing,

2


        " Assessment Rate " means, for any day, the annual assessment rate in effect on such day that is payable by a member of the Bank Insurance Fund classified as "well-capitalized" and within supervisory subgroup "B" (or a comparable successor risk classification) within the meaning of 12 C.F.R. Part 327 (or any successor provision) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for insurance by such Corporation of time deposits made in Dollars at the offices of such member in the United States of America; provided that if, as a result of any change in any law, rule or regulation, it is no longer possible to determine the Assessment Rate as aforesaid, then the Assessment Rate shall be such annual rate as shall be determined by the Administrative Agent to be representative of the cost of such insurance to the Lenders.

        " Asset Securitization " shall mean either of the following types of transactions, whether on a full recourse, limited recourse or non-recourse basis: (a) a public or private transfer of installment receivables, credit card receivables, lease receivables or any other type of secured or unsecured financial assets which transfer is recorded as a sale on the books of the transferor according to GAAP as of the date of such transfer, or (b) transfer of installment receivables, credit card receivables, lease receivables or other financial assets to a bankruptcy-remote special purpose entity owned by the transferor, or owned by a parent or Subsidiary of the transferor, which transfer shall be a legal sale and a sale on the books of the transferor for GAAP purposes, with a subsequent granting of an undivided interest in the pool of financial assets held by the special purpose entity to one or more single or multi-seller commercial paper conduits, and accompanying liquidity bank or banks, which subsequent transfer of interest shall be treated as a financing for GAAP purposes.

        " Assignment and Acceptance " means an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

        " Availability Period " means the period from and including the Effective Date to and including the Commitment Termination Date.

        " Bank Regulatory Authority " means the Board, the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and all other relevant bank regulatory authorities (including relevant state bank regulatory authorities).

        " Board " means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

        " Borrowers " means collectively, Finance and WAMU.

        " Borrowing " means (a) all ABR Loans made to, or converted or continued by, a Borrower on the same date, (b) all Syndicated Eurodollar Loans or Competitive Loans made to a Borrower of the same Class and Type that have the same Interest Period (or any single Competitive Loan made to such Borrower that does not have the same Interest Period as any other Competitive Loan of the same Type) or (c) a Swingline Loan. For purposes hereof, the date of a Syndicated Borrowing comprising one or more Loans that have been converted or continued shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Loan or Loans.

        " Borrowing Request " means a request by a Borrower for a Syndicated Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03.

        " Business Day " means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term "Business Day" shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

3



        " Capital Lease Obligations " of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

        " Change in Control " shall mean (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the SEC thereunder as in effect on the date hereof), of shares representing more than 25% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of WAMU; (b) during any period of 25 consecutive calendar months, a majority of the Board of Directors of WAMU ceasing to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of said Board on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to said Board was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of said Board or (iii) whose election or nomination to said Board was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of said Board; (c) the acquisition by any Person or group of direct or indirect possession of the power to direct or cause to direct the management or policies of WAMU, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise; or (d) the failure of WAMU to own at least 80% of the outstanding capital stock of Finance.

        " Change in Law " means (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender (or, for purposes of Section 2.14(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender's holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement.

        " Class ", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans constituting such Borrowing, are Syndicated Loans, Competitive Loans or Swingline Loans.

        " CLO " means any entity (whether a corporation, partnership, trust or otherwise) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and is administered or managed by a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender.

        " Code " means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

        " Commitments " means with respect to each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make Syndicated Loans pursuant to Section 2.01 and to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(c), as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Lender's Commitment is set forth on Schedule I, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed such Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Commitments shall be $800,000,000.

        " Commitment Termination Date " means August 12, 2005.

        " Competitive ", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans constituting such Borrowing, are made pursuant to Section 2.04.

        " Competitive Bid " means an offer by a Lender to make a Competitive Loan in accordance with Section 2.04.

        " Competitive Bid Rate " means, with respect to any Competitive Bid, the Margin or the Fixed Rate, as applicable, offered by the Lender making such Competitive Bid.

4



        " Competitive Bid Request " means a request by a Borrower for Competitive Bids in accordance with Section 2.04.

        " Consolidated Assets " shall mean, at any date, the amount at which the assets of WAMU and its Subsidiaries are or should be shown on a consolidated statement of financial position prepared in accordance with GAAP as at such date.

        " Consolidated Equity " shall mean, at any date, the amount of stockholders' equity of WAMU and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP (and, for the purposes of Section 6.04 only, shall include Special Preferred Equity Securities, but only to the extent that such Special Preferred Equity Securities could be treated as Tier 1 capital of WAMU if WAMU were a bank holding company subject to regulation by the Board).

        " Consolidated Loans Held in Portfolio " means, at any date, the aggregate amount of "loans held in portfolio" as are or should be shown on a consolidated statement of financial position of WAMU and its Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP as at such date.

        " Consolidated Subsidiary " means at any date any Subsidiary or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of Finance in its consolidated financial statements as of such date.

        " Control " means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. " Controlling " and " Controlled " have meanings correlative thereto.

        " Default " means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

        " Disclosed Matters " means the actions, suits and proceedings disclosed in Schedule III and the environmental matters disclosed in Schedule IV.

        " Dollars " or " $ " refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

        " Double Leverage Ratio " means, at any date, the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) the aggregate book value of the Investments of WAMU in the capital notes and stock of its Subsidiaries as at such date plus (ii) the aggregate amount of intangibles (including purchased mortgage servicing rights and purchased credit card relationships) of the Subsidiaries of WAMU as at such date to (b) Consolidated Equity as at such date.

        " Effective Date " means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02).

        " Environmental Laws " means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.

        " Environmental Liability " means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of either Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

5



        " Equity Rights " means, with respect to any Person, any subscriptions, options, warrants, commitments, preemptive rights or agreements of any kind (including any shareholders' or voting trust agreements) for the issuance, sale, registration or voting of, or securities convertible into, any additional shares of capital stock of any class, or partnership or other ownership interests of any type in, such Person.

        " ERISA " means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

        " ERISA Affiliate " means, with respect to a Borrower, any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with such Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

        " ERISA Event " means (a) any "reportable event", as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by either Borrower or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the distribution of or receipt by either Borrower or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or the institution of proceedings by from the PBGC or a plan administrator in relation to the foregoing; (f) the incurrence by either Borrower or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of any liability (including the obligation to satisfy secondary liability as a result of a purchaser default) with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (g) the receipt by either Borrower or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from either Borrower or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (h) the institution of a proceeding by a fiduciary of any Multiemployer Plan against either Borrower or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates to enforce Section 515 of ERISA, which proceeding is not dismissed within 30 days; or (i) the adoption of an amendment to any Plan that, pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) of the Code or Section 307 of ERISA, would result in the loss of tax-exempt status of the trust of which such Plan is a part if either Borrower or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates fails to timely provide security to the Plan in accordance with the provisions of said Sections.

        " Eurodollar ", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans constituting such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to (a) in the case of a Syndicated Loan or Borrowing, the Adjusted LIBO Rate, or (b) in the case of a Competitive Loan or Borrowing, the LIBO Rate.

        " Event of Default " has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.

        " Excluded Taxes " means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of either Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which such Borrower is located and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by such Borrower under Section 2.18(b)), any withholding tax

6



that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement or is attributable to such Foreign Lender's failure or inability to comply with Section 2.16(e), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender's assignor (if any) was entitled, at the time of assignment, to receive additional amounts from such Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.16(a).

        " Existing Credit Facilities " means, collectively, (a) the Four-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 11, 1999 between WAMU, Finance (formerly known as Aristar, Inc.), the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan (formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank), as administrative agent for such lenders, as heretofore amended and (b) the 364-Day Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 9, 2001 between WAMU, Finance, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan (formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank), as administrative agent for such lenders, as heretofore amended.

        " Federal Funds Effective Rate " means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1 / 100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1 / 100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

        " Finance " means Washington Mutual Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, formerly known as Aristar, Inc.

        " Financial Officer " means, with respect to a Borrower, the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of such Borrower.

        " Fixed Rate " means, with respect to any Competitive Loan (other than a Competitive Eurodollar Loan), the fixed rate of interest per annum specified by the Lender making such Competitive Loan in its related Competitive Bid.

        " Fixed Rate Loan " means a Competitive Loan bearing interest at a Fixed Rate.

        " Foreign Lender " means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which either Borrower is located. For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

        " GAAP " means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

        " Governmental Authority " means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

        " Guarantee " of or by any Person (the " guarantor ") means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the " primary obligor ") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit

7



or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided , that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

        " Hazardous Materials " means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

        " Hedging Agreement " means any interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.

        " Indebtedness " of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (g) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (j) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers' acceptances and (k) all Asset Securitizations (for which purpose the amount thereof shall be deemed to be equal to the aggregate amount of the proceeds received in connection therewith). The Indebtedness of any Person (x) shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person's ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor and (y) shall exclude obligations of such Person in respect of deposits received in the ordinary course of business.

        " Indemnified Taxes " means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

        " Index Debt " means, with respect to a Borrower, senior, unsecured, long-term indebtedness for borrowed money of such Borrower that is not guaranteed by any other Person or subject to any other credit enhancement.

        " Insured Subsidiary " means any insured depositary institution (as defined in 12 U.S.C. §1813(c) (or any successor provision), as amended, re-enacted or redesignated from time to time, that is controlled (within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. §1841 (or any successor provision), as amended, re-enacted or redesignated from time to time) by either Borrower.

        " Interest Election Request " means a request by a Borrower to convert or continue a Syndicated Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07.

        " Interest Payment Date " means (a) with respect to any Syndicated ABR Loan, each Quarterly Date, (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of each Interest Period therefor and, in the case of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Loan that is more than three months long, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months after the first day of such Interest Period, (c) with respect to any Fixed Rate Loan, the last day of the Interest Period therefor and, in the case of any Interest Period for a Fixed Rate Loan that is more than 90 days long (unless otherwise specified in the applicable Competitive Bid Request), each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of 90 days after the first day of such Interest Period, and any other dates that are specified in the applicable Competitive Bid Request as Interest Payment Dates with respect to such Loan and (d) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid under Section 2.09(a)(iii).

8


        " Interest Period " means:

provided , that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Loan initially shall be the date on which such Loan is made and, in the case of a Syndicated Loan, thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Loan.

        " Investment " means, for any Person: (a) the acquisition (whether for cash, property, services or securities or otherwise) of capital stock, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or other ownership interests or other securities of any other Person or any agreement to make any such acquisition (including any "short sale" or any sale of any securities at a time when such securities are not owned by the Person entering into such sale); (b) the making of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to, any other Person (including the purchase of property from another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to resell such property to such Person); (c) the entering into of any Guarantee of, or other contingent obligation with respect to, Indebtedness or other liability of any other Person and (without duplication) any amount committed to be advanced, lent or extended to such Person; or (d) the entering into of any Hedging Agreement.

        " JPMorgan " means JPMorgan Chase Bank.

        " Lenders " means the Persons listed on Schedule I and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term "Lenders" includes the Swingline Lenders.

        " LIBO Rate " means, for the Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, the rate appearing on Page 3750 of the Telerate Service (or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such Service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to Dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for the offering of Dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any

9



reason, then the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which Dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

        " Lien " means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

        " Loans " means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrowers (or to either of them) pursuant to this Agreement.

        " Major Subsidiaries " shall mean Washington Mutual Bank and Washington Mutual Bank, FA.

        " Margin " means, with respect to any Competitive Loan bearing interest at a rate based on the LIBO Rate, the marginal rate of interest, if any, to be added to or subtracted from the LIBO Rate to determine the rate of interest applicable to such Loan, as specified by the Lender making such Loan in its related Competitive Bid.

        " Margin Stock " means "margin stock" within the meaning of Regulations T, U and X of the Board.

        " Material Adverse Effect " means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, operations, prospects or condition, financial or otherwise, of either Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in each case, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of either Borrower to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement or (c) the rights of or benefits available to the Lenders under this Agreement.

        " Material Indebtedness " means Indebtedness (other than the Loans), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements, of any one or more of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $40,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the " principal amount " of the obligations of any Person in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that such Person would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time.

        " Moody's " means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

        " Multiemployer Plan " means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

        " Non-Material Subsidiaries " shall mean, as at any date, Subsidiaries of WAMU the total assets of which, in the aggregate, do not exceed one percent (1%) of the Consolidated Assets of WAMU and all of its Subsidiaries, as at such date.

        " Non-Performing Assets " shall mean, as at any date, the sum, for WAMU and its Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP) of the following: (a) non-accrual loans plus (b) accruing loans past due 90 days or more plus (c) other non-performing assets plus (d) other real estate owned plus (e) without duplication for amounts included as other real estate owned, property acquired pursuant to in-substance foreclosures.

        " Other Taxes " means any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement.

10



        " PBGC " means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

        " Permitted Encumbrances " means:

provided that the term "Permitted Encumbrances" shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness.

        " Person " means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

        " Plan " means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which either Borrower or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an "employer" as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

        " Prime Rate " means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMorgan as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.

        " Quarterly Dates " means the last Business Day of March, June, September and December in each year, the first of which shall be the first such day after the date hereof.

        " Register " has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(a).

        " Related Parties " means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person's Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person's Affiliates.

11



        " Repurchase Arrangements " shall mean repurchase and reverse repurchase arrangements with respect to securities and financial instruments.

        " Required Lenders " means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments at such time ( provided that, for purposes of declaring the Loans to be due and payable pursuant to Article VII, and for all purposes after the Loans become due and payable pursuant to Article VII or the Commitments expire or terminate, the outstanding Competitive Loans of the Lenders shall be included in their respective Revolving Credit Exposures in determining the Required Lenders).

        " Restricted Payment " means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any shares of any class of capital stock of Finance, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such shares of capital stock of Finance or of any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such shares of capital stock of Finance.

        " Revolving Credit Exposure " means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Lender's Syndicated Loans and its Swingline Exposure at such time.

        " SEC " means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission.

        " Senior Indebtedness " means all Indebtedness of Finance and its Consolidated Subsidiaries other than Subordinated Indebtedness.

        " Special Preferred Equity Securities " shall mean preferred equity securities, if any, issued by a wholly-owned Subsidiary of WAMU of the type marketed under proprietary names such as MIPS, SKIS and TOPRS.

        " S&P " means Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

        " Statutory Reserve Rate " means, for any day (or for the Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing), a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject on such day (or, with respect to an Interest Period, the denominator of which is the number one minus the arithmetic mean of such aggregates for the days in such Interest Period) with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency liabilities" in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

        " Subordinated Indebtedness " means all Indebtedness of Finance which is subordinate and junior in right and time of payment to any other Indebtedness (including all Loans and interest thereon).

        " Subsidiary " means, with respect to any Person (the " parent ") at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent's consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited

12



liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent; provided that the term Subsidiary shall not include any bankruptcy remote special purpose entity used to receive transfers of installment receivables, credit card receivables, lease receivables or any other type of secured or unsecured financial assets in Asset Securitization transactions, except if (i) the accounts of such entity would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent's consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP, (ii) such transfer is not a legal sale or a sale on the books of the transferor for GAAP purposes, or (iii) such transfer is treated as a financing for GAAP purposes.

        " Swingline Exposure " means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total Swingline Exposure at such time.

        " Swingline Lenders " means, collectively, JPMorgan, Bank of America, N.A., Bank One, N.A. and Citibank, N.A., in their capacity as lenders of Swingline Loans hereunder.

        " Swingline Loan " means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.05.

        " Syndicated Loan " means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01.

        " Tangible Net Worth " means, as at any date,

        " Taxes " means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.

13


        " Transactions " means the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrowers of this Agreement, the borrowing of Loans and the use of the proceeds thereof.

        " Type ", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans constituting such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Alternate Base Rate or, in the case of a Competitive Loan or Borrowing, the LIBO Rate or a Fixed Rate.

        " WAMU " means Washington Mutual, Inc., a Washington corporation.

        " Withdrawal Liability " means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

        SECTION 1.02.     Classification of Loans and Borrowings.     For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a "Syndicated Loan"), by Type (e.g., a "Eurodollar Loan") or by any combination thereof. Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a "Syndicated Borrowing"), by Type (e.g., a "Eurodollar Borrowing") or by any combination thereof.

        SECTION 1.03.     Terms Generally .    The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words "include", "includes" and "including" shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation". The word "will" shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word "shall". Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person's successors and assigns, (c) the words "herein", "hereof" and "hereunder", and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words "asset" and "property" shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

        SECTION 1.04.     Accounting Terms; GAAP .    Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrowers notify the Administrative Agent that the Borrowers request an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrowers that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision is amended in accordance herewith.

ARTICLE II
THE CREDITS

        SECTION 2.01.     The Commitments .    Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees to make Syndicated Loans to either or both of the Borrowers (it being understood that any Syndicated Loan made to only one Borrower will be the sole obligation of such Borrower and not a joint obligation of the Borrowers) from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate

14


principal amount that will not result in (a) such Lender's Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender's Commitment or (b) the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures plus the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Competitive Loans exceeding the total Commitments. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrowers may borrow, prepay and reborrow Syndicated Loans.

        SECTION 2.02.     Loans and Borrowings .    

        SECTION 2.03.     Requests for Syndicated Borrowings .    To request a Syndicated Borrowing, the relevant Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (a) in the case of a Syndicated Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of a Syndicated ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the relevant Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

15


If no election as to the Type of Syndicated Borrowing is specified, then the requested Syndicated Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Syndicated Eurodollar Borrowing, then the relevant Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month's duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender's Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

        SECTION 2.04.     Competitive Bid Procedure .    

Promptly following receipt of a Competitive Bid Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of the details thereof by telecopy, inviting the Lenders to submit Competitive Bids.

16


17


        SECTION 2.05.     Swingline Loans.     

        Each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for account of the requesting Swingline Lender, such Lender's Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(c) is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Lender shall comply with its obligation under this Section 2.05(c) by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the requesting Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the relevant Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this Section 2.05(c), and thereafter payments

18


in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the requesting Swingline Lender.

        Any amounts received by any Swingline Lender from either Borrower (or other party on behalf of either Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by such Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this Section 2.05(c) and to such Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this Section 2.05(c) shall not relieve the relevant Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Lender shall not have any obligation to acquire a participation in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this Section 2.05(c) if a Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time such Swingline Loan was made and such Lender shall have notified the Swingline Lenders in writing, at least one Business Day prior to the time such Swingline Loan was made, that such Default has occurred and that such Lender will not acquire participations in Swingline Loans made while such Default is continuing (each such notice, a " Notice of Default "). Following a Notice of Default by any Lender, no Swingline Lender shall have any obligation to make a Swingline Loan until it has received notice in writing from each such Lender that such Lender has rescinded its Notice of Default (each such notice, a " Notice of Rescission "), upon which Notice of Rescission such Lender shall have all the obligations of a Lender to acquire participations in Swingline Loans as described in the foregoing paragraphs of this clause (c). If each such Notice of Rescission described in the foregoing sentence is received by the relevant Swingline Lender not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Business Day, such Swingline Lender shall make the relevant Swingline Loan as described in the last sentence of clause (b) of this Section 5.05 on such Business Day.

        SECTION 2.06.     Funding of Borrowings.     

19


        SECTION 2.07.     Interest Elections.     

        If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the relevant Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month's duration.

20


        SECTION 2.08.     Termination and Reduction of the Commitments.     

        SECTION 2.09.     Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.     

21


        SECTION 2.10.     Prepayment of Loans.     

22


        SECTION 2.11.     Fees.     

23


        SECTION 2.12.     Interest.     

        SECTION 2.13.     Alternate Rate of Interest.     If prior to the commencement of the Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrowers and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the

24


Borrowers and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Syndicated Borrowing to, or continuation of any Syndicated Borrowing as, a Syndicated Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective, (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Syndicated Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as a Syndicated ABR Borrowing and (iii) any request by the relevant Borrower for a Competitive Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such notice do not affect all the Lenders, then requests by the such Borrower for Competitive Eurodollar Borrowings may be made to Lenders that are not affected thereby.

        SECTION 2.14.     Increased Costs.     

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan or Fixed Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the relevant Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

25


        SECTION 2.15.     Break Funding Payments.     In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan or Fixed Rate Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period therefor (including as a result of an Event of Default) (b) the conversion of any Syndicated Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period therefor, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Syndicated Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice is permitted to be revocable under Section 2.10(b) and is revoked in accordance herewith), (d) the failure to borrow any Competitive Loan after accepting the Competitive Bid to make such Loan, or (e) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan or Fixed Rate Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by either Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18, then, in any such event, the relevant Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, the loss to any Lender attributable to any such event shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that such Lender would pay for a deposit equal to the principal amount of such Loan for the period from the date of such payment, conversion, failure or assignment to the last day of the then current Interest Period for such Loan (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the duration of the Interest Period that would have resulted from such borrowing, conversion or continuation) if the interest rate payable on such deposit were equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period, over (ii) the amount of interest that such Lender would earn on such principal amount for such period if such Lender were to invest such principal amount for such period at the interest rate that would be bid by such Lender (or an affiliate of such Lender) for Dollar deposits from other banks in the eurodollar market at the commencement of such period. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the relevant Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Such Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

        SECTION 2.16.     Taxes.     

26


        SECTION 2.17.     Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs.     

27


        SECTION 2.18.     Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.     

28


ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

        Each Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

        SECTION 3.01.     Organization; Powers.     Each of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries (except Non-Material Subsidiaries) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

        SECTION 3.02.     Authorization; Enforceability.     The Transactions are within such Borrower's corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, by all necessary shareholder action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Borrower and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Borrower, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws of general applicability affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights and (b) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

        SECTION 3.03.     Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts.     The Transactions with respect to such Borrower (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action

29



by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any such Person, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

        SECTION 3.04.     Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change.     

        SECTION 3.05.     Properties.     Such Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, except to the extent that failure to have such title could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

        SECTION 3.06.     Litigation and Environmental Matters.     

        SECTION 3.07.     Compliance with Laws and Agreements.     Such Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing.

30


        SECTION 3.08.     Investment and Holding Company Status.     Neither such Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is (a) an "investment company" as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940 or (b) a "holding company" as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935.

        SECTION 3.09.     Taxes.     Such Borrower and its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Person has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

        SECTION 3.10.     ERISA.     No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of such Plan, and there were no underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) as of the date of the most recent financial statements in which such underfunded Plans would be reflected.

        SECTION 3.11.     Disclosure.     Such Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the reports, financial statements, certificates, schedules or other information furnished by or on behalf of such Borrower to the Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, such Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

        SECTION 3.12.     Use of Credit.     Neither such Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying Margin Stock in violation of Regulations T, U or X of the Board, and no part of the proceeds of any Loan hereunder will be used to buy or carry any Margin Stock in violation of Regulations T, U or X of the Board.

        SECTION 3.13.     Material Agreements and Liens.     

31


        SECTION 3.14.     Subsidiaries.     

ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS

        SECTION 4.01.     Effective Date.     The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which the Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (and to the extent specified below, to each Lender) in form and substance (or such condition shall have been waived in accordance with Section 9.02):

32


        The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder shall not become effective unless each of the foregoing conditions is satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 9.02) on or prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on August 30, 2002 (and, in the event such conditions are not so satisfied or waived, the Commitments shall terminate at such time).

        SECTION 4.02.     Each Credit Event.     The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan to the relevant Borrower on the occasion of any Borrowing is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

Each Borrowing shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the relevant Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in the preceding sentence.

33


ARTICLE V
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

        Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full, each Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

        SECTION 5.01.     Financial Statements and Other Information.     Such Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender (provided that only WAMU shall furnish the reports referred to in paragraphs (f) and (g) below):

34


        SECTION 5.02.     Notices of Material Events.     Each Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt written notice of the following:

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of such Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

        SECTION 5.03.     Existence; Conduct of Business.     Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) any merger, consolidation, liquidation, dissolution or other transaction permitted under Section 6.02 and (b) any Subsidiary that is not a Major Subsidiary of such Borrower from entering into any merger or consolidation or amalgamation or from liquidating, winding up or dissolving, itself (or suffering any liquidation or dissolution) or prohibit a disposition by or of such Subsidiary.

        SECTION 5.04.     Payment of Obligations.     Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay its obligations, including Tax liabilities, that, if not paid, could result in a Material Adverse Effect before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or

35



amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) such Borrower or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (c) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

        SECTION 5.05.     Maintenance of Properties; Insurance.     Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.

        SECTION 5.06.     Books and Records; Inspection Rights.     Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested.

        SECTION 5.07.     Compliance with Laws.     Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

        SECTION 5.08.     Use of Proceeds.     Each Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans hereunder solely for general corporate purposes, including commercial paper back-up, in the ordinary course of business (in compliance with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements, including, without limitation, Regulations U and X and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the regulations thereunder); provided that, (i) without the consent of each Lender, such Borrower may not use the proceeds of any of the Loans hereunder to finance or refinance, directly or indirectly, an Acquisition of any Person (or the acquisition of (x) more than 50% of the publicly traded stock (of any class) of any Person or (y) any of the publicly traded stock (of any class) of any Person after such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall have been required to file a Schedule 13D under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, with respect to such stock) unless such Acquisition (or acquisition) has been approved by the board of directors of such Person or officers thereof duly authorized to do so and (ii) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any responsibility as to the use of any of such proceeds.

ARTICLE VI
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

        Until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder have been paid in full, each Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

        SECTION 6.01.     Liens.     Such Borrower will not, nor (where such Borrower is Finance) will it permit any of its Subsidiaries (other than Insured Subsidiaries) to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it except:

36


        SECTION 6.02.     Fundamental Changes.     

37


        SECTION 6.03.     Certain Restrictions on Subsidiaries.     Such Borrower will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to enter into, after the date hereof, any indenture, agreement, instrument or other arrangement that, directly or indirectly, prohibits or restrains, or has the effect of prohibiting or restraining, or imposes materially adverse conditions upon, the incurrence or payment of Indebtedness, the granting of Liens, the declaration or payment of dividends, the making of loans, advances, guarantees or Investments or the sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of property if the effect of any such indenture, agreement, instrument or other arrangement could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

        SECTION 6.04.     Certain Financial Covenants.     

38


        SECTION 6.05.     Insured Subsidiary Capital.     Such Borrower will at all times ensure that none of its Insured Subsidiaries is "undercapitalized", "significantly undercapitalized" or "critically undercapitalized" for purposes of 12 U.S.C. §1831o, as amended, re-enacted or redesignated from time to time; and such Borrower and its Insured Subsidiaries will at all times maintain such amount of capital as may be prescribed by all applicable Bank Regulatory Authorities, whether by guideline, regulation, agreement or order.

        SECTION 6.06.     Payment of Dividends.     Such Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, provided that Finance may declare and pay dividends with respect to its capital stock if, at the time of declaration and payment thereof and after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

ARTICLE VII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT

        If any of the following events (" Events of Default ") shall occur:

39


40


then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the relevant Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to such Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments available to such Borrower, and thereupon the Commitments available to such Borrower shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans to such Borrower then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of such Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by such Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to such Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article, the Commitments available to such Borrower shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans to such Borrower then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of such Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by such Borrower. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) if an Event of Default occurs with respect to one Borrower but not the other, then there shall be no Event of Default with respect to the other Borrower and all Borrowings attributable to a Borrowing Request from or on behalf of the non-defaulting Borrower shall remain unaffected and the non-defaulting Borrower shall continue to have all rights to borrow, to convert rate elections, to seek extension of the termination date and all other rights accruing under this Agreement as if the Borrowings were made to the non-defaulting Borrower pursuant to an agreement separate from the defaulting Borrower, and (ii) for purposes of the preceding clause (i), if there occurs any event or circumstance constituting an Event of Default under any of clauses (c), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k) and (l), whether expressly or by operation of any defined term used in any of such clauses, of this Article VII with respect to a Subsidiary of a Borrower (including, without limitation, with respect to Finance as a Subsidiary of WAMU), such Event of Default shall be deemed to be an Event of Default with respect to such Borrower.

ARTICLE VIII
AGENTS

        SECTION 8.01     Administrative Agent.     

41


42


        SECTION 8.02     Syndication Agents.     The Syndication Agents named on the cover page of this Agreement, in their capacity as such, shall have no obligation, responsibility or required performance hereunder and shall not become liable in any manner to any party hereto. No party hereto shall have any obligation or liability, or owe any performance, hereunder, to the Syndication Agents in their capacity as such.

ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS

        SECTION 9.01.     Notices.     Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

43


Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto (or, in the case of any such change by a Lender, by notice to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent). All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

        SECTION 9.02.     Waivers; Amendments.     

and (y) no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or any Swingline Lender hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or such Swingline Lender, as the case may be.

44


        SECTION 9.03.     Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.     

45


        SECTION 9.04.     Successors and Assigns.     

46


47


48


49


        SECTION 9.05.     Survival.     All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrowers herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

        SECTION 9.06.     Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness.     This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract between and among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

        SECTION 9.07.     Severability.     Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

        SECTION 9.08.     Right of Setoff.     If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the relevant Borrower against any of and all the obligations of such Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

50



        SECTION 9.09.     Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.     

        SECTION 9.10.     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.     EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

        SECTION 9.11.     Headings.     Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

        SECTION 9.12.     Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality.     

51


52


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

    WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCE CORPORATION

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

LENDERS

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, individually and as a Swingline Lender and as Administrative Agent

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

BANK ONE, N.A.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH AND/OR CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    


 

 

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON ACTING THROUGH ITS CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

ABN AMRO N.V.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

BEAR STEARNS CORPORATE LENDING

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS BANK, FSB

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

MERRILL LYNCH BANK USA

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    


 

 

WESTDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE, NEW YORK BRANCH

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

BANK OF MONTREAL

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    

Schedule I

Commitments

LENDER

  Commitment ($)
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK     70,000,000
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.     60,000,000
BANK ONE, N.A.     60,000,000
CITIBANK, N.A.     60,000,000
DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH AND/OR CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH     50,000,000
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION     50,000,000
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON ACTING THROUGH ITS CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH     50,000,000
ABN AMRO N.V.     40,000,000
THE BANK OF NEW YORK     40,000,000
BEAR STEARNS CORPORATE LENDING     40,000,000
LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC.     40,000,000
MERRILL LYNCH BANK USA     40,000,000
MORGAN STANLEY BANK     40,000,000
WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.     40,000,000
WESTDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE, NEW YORK BRANCH     40,000,000
UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA     40,000,000
BANK OF MONTREAL     40,000,000

TOTAL

 

$

800,000,000

Schedule II

MATERIAL AGREEMENTS AND LIENS

Part A—

Material Agreements

        1.    Indenture dated as of February 8, 1996 between Washington Mutual Bank, FA (under its prior name, American Savings Bank, F.A.) and The Bank of New York, as trustee, pursuant to which Washington Mutual Bank, FA issued its 6.625% Subordinated Notes due February 15, 2006.

        2.    Indenture dated as of August 15, 1997 between Home Savings of America, FSB and the First National Bank of Chicago, as trustee, pursuant to which Home Savings of America, FSB issued its 6.5% Subordinated Notes due August 15, 2004.

        3.    Advances and Security Agreement dated as of October 1, 1997 between Washington Mutual Bank, FA (under its prior name, American Savings Bank, F.A.) and the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco.

        4.    Tax Sharing Agreement among Washington Mutual Bank, FA, Washington Mutual, Inc., Washington Mutual Bank fsb, Washington Mutual Bank, New American Capital, Inc. and Washington Mutual Finance Corporation (under its prior name, Aristar, Inc.) dated March 30, 1998, as amended August 31, 1999.

        5.    Assistance Agreement dated as of December 28, 1988 between Washington Mutual Bank, FA (under its prior name, American Savings Bank, F.A.), Keystone Holdings, Inc., New American Holdings, Inc., New American Capital, Inc., N.A. Capital Holdings, Inc., New West Federal Savings and Loan Association and the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation.

        6.    Advances, Collateral Pledge and Security Agreement made as of April 20, 1999, between Bank United (predecessor to Washington Mutual Bank, FA) and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas

        7.    Indenture dated as of dated as of August 1, 1992 between Fleet Mortgage Group, Inc. and NationsBank of Georgia, N.A. (as amended by four supplemental indentures), pursuant to which Fleet Mortgage Group, Inc. issued its 7.06% Senior Notes due July 26, 2002, its 7.05% Senior Notes due July 26, 2002, its 6.76% Senior Notes due May 7, 2003, its 6.70% Senior Notes due May 19, 2003 and its 6.84% Senior Notes due May 21, 2003.

        8.    Indenture dated as of April 30, 2001 between Washington Mutual, Inc. and The Bank of New York, pursuant to which Washington Mutual, Inc. issued its 5.375% Subordinated Debentures due July 1, 2041.

        9.    Purchase Contract Agreement dated as of August 10, 1999 between Bank United Corp. and The First National Bank of Chicago (as amended) and Pledge Agreement dated as of August 10, 1999 among Bank United Corp., The Bank of New York and The First National Bank of Chicago (as amended), pursuant to which Bank United Corp. issued its 8% Premium Income Equity Securities subject to mandatory redemption on August 16, 2004.

        10.  Indenture dated as of September 12, 1990 between Great Western Financial Corporation and Harris Trust and Savings Bank, pursuant to which Great Western Financial Corporation issued its 8.250% subordinated notes due December 31, 2025 and its 8.206% subordinated deferrable interest notes due February 1, 2027.

        11.  Indenture dated as of December 3, 1996 between H.F. Ahmanson & Company and The First National Bank of Chicago, pursuant to which H.F. Ahmanson & Company issued its 8.360% subordinated notes due December 1, 2026.

        12.  Indenture dated as of May 30, 1997 between Washington Mutual, Inc. and The Bank of New York pursuant to which Washington Mutual, Inc. issued its 8.375% junior subordinated debentures due June 1, 2027.



Outstanding Debt Securities

WMI     Washington Mutual, Inc. and its subsidiaries (other than those specifically set forth below)
WMF     Washington Mutual Finance Corporation and its subsidiaries
WMBFA     Washington Mutual Bank, FA and its subsidiaries
NACI     New American Capital, Inc. and its subsidiaries
WMB     Washington Mutual Bank and its subsidiaries

        This chart does not include intercompany debt obligations of WMI or any of its subsidiaries.

        Securities marked with an asterisk (*) are guaranteed by WMI.

ISSUER
  SECURITY
  COUPON
  MATURITY
  PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT

WMI   Senior Note   9.00%   12/19/02   $250,000,000.00
WMI   Senior Note   8.250%   10/01/2002   $250,000,000.00
WMI   Subordinated Note   7.875%   09/01/2004   $125,000,000.00
WMI   Senior Note   7.500%   08/15/2006   $750,000,000.00
WMI   Senior Note   7.500%   08/15/2006   $250,000,000.00
WMI   Senior Note   5.625%   01/15/2007   $1,000,000,000.00
WMI   Subordinated Note   8.250%   04/01/2010   $500,000,000.00
WMI   Junior Subordinate Debentures (trust preferred transaction)   8.375%   06/01/2027   $400,000,000.00
WMI   Subordinated Notes (trust preferred transaction)   8.36%   12/01/2026   $150,000,000.00
WMI   Subordinated Notes (trust preferred transaction)   9.33%   05/06/2027   $200,000,000.00
WMI   Senior Note   7.250%   08/15/2005   $150,000,000.00
WMI   Subordinated Debenture (Trust Preferred Income Equity Redeemable Securities transaction)   5.375%   07/01/2041   $1,150,000,000.00
WMI   PIES (Premium Income Equity Securities)   8.000% (7.250% dividend on underlying preferred stock + 0.750% contract payment)   08/16/2002 automatic settlement of PIES (preferred stock manditorily redeemed 08/16/2004)   $100,000,000.00

2


WMI   Subordinated Note   8.875%   05/01/2007   $220,000,000.00
WMBFA   Senior Note*   6.760%   05/07/2003   $3,000,000.00
WMBFA   Senior Note*   6.700%   05/19/2003   $2,000,000.00
WMBFA   Senior Note*   6.840%   05/21/2003   $50,000,000.00
WMBFA   Senior Note*   7.060%   07/26/2002   $60,000,000.00
WMBFA   Senior Note*   7.050%   07/26/2002   $10,000,000.00
WMBFA   Subordinated Note   8.000%   03/15/2009   $150,000,000.00
WMBFA   Senior Note   9.500%   09/15/2017   $200,000,000.00
WMBFA   Subordinated Note   6.500%   08/15/2004   $125,000,000.00
WMBFA   Subordinated Note   6.625%   02/15/2006   $100,000,000.00
WMBFA   Subordinated Note   6.875%   06/15/2011   $1,000,000,000.00
WMBFA   Senior Note   3 Month LIBOR + 32 basis points   05/14/2004   $1,000,000,000.00
WMBFA   Senior Note   3 Month LIBOR + 18 basis points   05/14/2003   $200,000,000.00
WMBFA   Senior Note   3 Month LIBOR + 30 basis points   05/17/2004   $300,000,000.00
WMBFA   Senior Note   3 Month LIBOR + 8 basis points (initially)   05/24/2002 (periodically extendible until 08/24/2006 )   $149,700,000.00
WMBFA   Senior Note   3 Month LIBOR + 17 basis points   05/29/2003   $250,000,000.00
WMBFA   Senior Note   3 Month LIBOR + 17 basis points   5/30/2003   $50,000,000.00
WMBFA   Senior Note   3 Month LIBOR + 15 basis points   06/16/2003   $150,000,000.00
WMBFA   Senior Note   3 Month LIBOR + 12 basis points   12/16/2002   $100,000,000.00
WMBFA   Senior Note   3 Month LIBOR + 35 basis points   07/25/2006   $750,000,000.00
WMBFA   Senior Note   3 Month LIBOR + 8 basis points   08/24/2002   $69,000,000.00
WMBFA   Senior Note   3 Month LIBOR + 12 basis points   11/25/2002   $21,300,000.00
WMBFA   Senior Note   3 Month LIBOR + 8 basis points   11/25/2002   $260,000,000.00
WMBFA   Senior Note   3 Month LIBOR + 28 basis points   08/09/2004   $50,000,000.00
WMBFA   Medium Term Note   7.29%   08/19/2003   $16,000,000.00
WMBFA   Medium Term Note   7.34%   08/20/2003   $5,000,000.00
WMBFA   Medium Term Note   7.315%   08/25/2003   $5,000,000.00
WMF   Senior Note   8.250%   06/15/2005   $450,000,000.00
WMF   Senior Note   6.300%   10/01/2002   $150,000,000.00
WMF   Senior Note   5.850%   01/27/2004   $200,000,000.00
WMF   Senior Note   7.250%   06/15/2006   $250,000,000.00
WMF   Senior Note   7.375%   09/01/2004   $300,000,000.00
WMF   Senior Note   6.500%   11/15/2003   $150,000,000.00
WMF   Senior Note   6.250%   05/15/06   $500,000,000.00

3


WMF   Senior Note   6.875%   05/15/11   $500,000,000.00
WMB   Senior Note   3 Month LIBOR + 15 basis points   06/5/2003   $100,000,000.00
WMB   Senior Note   4.57%   07/01/2004   $50,000,000.00
WMB   Senior Note   3 Month LIBOR + 15 basis points   06/07/2004   $100,000,000.00
NACI   Subordinated Note (trust preferred transaction)   8.250%   12/31/2025   $100,000,000.00
NACI   Subordinated Deferrable Interest Note (trust preferred transaction)   8.206%   02/01/2027   $300,000,000.00
    Total:           $13,721,000,000.00

Part B— Liens

        None.

4



Schedule III

Litigation

        Several of Finance's subsidiaries and their current and former employees are defendants in a number of suits pending in the state and federal courts of Mississippi. The lawsuits generally allege unfair lending and insurance related practices. Similar suits are pending against other financial services companies in Mississippi. In one of the pending cases, Carolyn Baker, et al. v. Washington Mutual Finance Group, LLC f/k/a City Finance Company, a jury awarded just over $71 million against one of Finance's subsidiaries, Washington Mutual Finance Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("WMF Group"). Pursuant to a motion filed by WMF Group, the trial court reduced the verdict to just over $53 million. WMF Group is in the process of appealing the verdict and has posted a bond to stay execution on the judgment pending the appellate court's ruling. The appeal will be based on numerous grounds, including the gross inequity between the alleged economic losses of only $12,000 and the actual jury award. Based upon information presently available, we believe that the total amounts that will ultimately be paid, if any, arising from these lawsuits and proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial position.



Schedule IV

Environmental Matters

        None.


Schedule V

Subsidiaries

PRINCIPAL SUBSIDIARIES OF WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

Washington Mutual Bank, FA, a federal savings association, all of the common stock of which is held by New American Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and all of the preferred stock of which is held by Washington Mutual, Inc. New American Capital, Inc. is a wholly owned direct subsidiary of Washington Mutual, Inc.

Washington Mutual Bank, a Washington state chartered stock savings bank, a wholly owned direct subsidiary of Washington Mutual, Inc.

Long Beach Mortgage Company, a Delaware corporation, a wholly owned direct subsidiary of Washington Mutual, Inc.

Washington Mutual Bank fsb, a federal savings bank, a wholly owned direct subsidiary of Washington Mutual, Inc..

Washington Mutual Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, is a wholly owned direct subsidiary of Great Western Service Corporation Two, a California corporation, which is a wholly owned direct subsidiary of New American Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation. New American Capital, Inc. is a wholly owned direct subsidiary of Washington Mutual, Inc.

SUBSIDIARIES OF WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCE CORPORATION

The following entities are wholly owned direct subsidiaries of Washington Mutual Finance Corporation, except for the three indirect subsidiaries, as noted.

1.
Aristar Agency, Inc., a Delaware corporation

2.
Aristar Insurance Company, a South Carolina corporation

3.
Aristar Management, Inc., a Florida corporation

4.
City Holdings Reinsurance Life Company, an Arizona corporation

5.
Domestic Finance Corporation, a Pennsylvania corporation (inactive)

6.
Domestic Acceptance Company, a Pennsylvania corporation(inactive)

7.
Washington Mutual Finance, Inc. of Kansas, a Kansas corporation, which does business in Missouri under the name "Washington Mutual Finance Incorporated of Kansas"

8.
Blazer Consumer Discount Company, a Pennsylvania corporation

9.
Public Finance Corporation, a West Virginia corporation doing business as "Washington Mutual Finance"

10.
Western Financial Funding Company, a California corporation

Integrated Funding Company, a California corporation, a wholly owned direct subsidiary of Western Financial Funding Company

11.
Blazer Financial Corporation, a Louisiana corporation

First Community Industrial Bank, a Colorado corporation, a wholly owned direct subsidiary of Blazer Financial Corporation

12.
Blazer Financial Services, Inc. a New Jersey corporation

13.
Blazer Financial Services, Inc. a New York corporation

14.
Blazer Financial Services, Inc. an Ohio corporation

2


EXHIBIT A

[Form of Assignment and Acceptance]

ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

        Reference is made to the Three-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 12, 2002 (as amended and in effect on the date hereof, the " Agreement "), between Washington Mutual, Inc., Washington Mutual Finance Corporation, the Lenders named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders. Terms defined in the Agreement are used herein with the same meanings.

        The Assignor named below hereby sells and assigns, without recourse, to the Assignee named below, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes, without recourse, from the Assignor, effective as of the Assignment Date set forth below, the interests set forth below (the " Assigned Interest ") in the Assignor's rights and obligations under the Agreement, including the interests set forth below in the Commitment of the Assignor on the Assignment Date and Competitive Loans and Syndicated Loans owing to the Assignor which are outstanding on the Assignment Date, together with unpaid interest accrued on the assigned Loans to the Assignment Date, and the amount, if any, set forth below of the fees accrued to the Assignment Date for account of the Assignor. The Assignee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Agreement. From and after the Assignment Date (i) the Assignee shall be a party to and be bound by the provisions of the Agreement and, to the extent of the interests assigned by this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and (ii) the Assignor shall, to the extent of the interests assigned by this Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Agreement.

        This Assignment and Acceptance is being delivered to the Administrative Agent together with (i) if the Assignee is a Foreign Lender, any documentation required to be delivered by the Assignee pursuant to Section 2.16(e) of the Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee, and (ii) if the Assignee is not already a Lender under the Agreement, an Administrative Questionnaire in the form supplied by the Administrative Agent, duly completed by the Assignee. The [Assignee/Assignor] shall pay the fee payable to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.04(b) of the Agreement.

        This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York.


Date of Assignment:

Legal Name of Assignor:

Legal Name of Assignee:

Assignee's Address for Notices:

Effective Date of Assignment
("
Assignment Date ")(1):


(1)
Must be at least five Business Days after execution hereof by all required parties.

Facility

  Principal Amount
Assigned (and
identifying
information as to
individual
Competitive Loans)

  Percentage Assigned of
Facility/Commitment
(set forth, to at
least 8 decimals, as a
percentage of the
Facility and the
aggregate Commitments
of all Lenders
thereunder)

 
Commitment Assigned:   $       %

Syndicated Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Competitive Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fees Assigned (if any):

 

 

 

 

 

 

        The terms set forth above and below are hereby agreed to:

    [NAME OF ASSIGNOR], as Assignor

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE], as Assignee

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
       
        Name:    
        Title:    

2


        The undersigned hereby consent to the within assignment:(2)


(2)
Consents to be included to the extent required by Section 9.04(b) of the Agreement.

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.    

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 
   
   
    Name:        
    Title:        

WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCE CORPORATION

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 
   
   
    Name:        
    Title:        

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, as Administrative Agent [and as a Swingline Lender]

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 
   
   
    Name:        
    Title:        

[                        ], as a Swingline Lender

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 
   
   
    Name:        
    Title:        

[                        ], as a Swingline Lender

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 
   
   
    Name:        
    Title:        

[                        ], as a Swingline Lender

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 
   
   
    Name:        
    Title:        

3


EXHIBIT B

[Form of Opinion of Counsel to the Borrowers]

August 12, 2002

To the Lenders party to the Agreement
referred to below and JPMorgan Chase Bank,
as Administrative Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        We have acted as counsel to Washington Mutual, Inc., a Washington corporation (" WMI "), and its wholly owned, indirect subsidiary Washington Mutual Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (" Finance " and together with WMI, the " Borrowers "), in connection with the Three-Year Credit Agreement, dated as of August 12, 2002, between the Borrowers, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent (the " Agreement "). This opinion is rendered to you pursuant to Section 4.01(b) of the Agreement. Capitalized terms used without definition in this opinion have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

I.

        We have assumed the authenticity of all records, documents and instruments submitted to us as originals, the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons and the conformity to the originals of all records, documents and instruments submitted to us as copies. We have based our opinion upon our review of the following records, documents, instruments and certificates and such additional certificates relating to factual matters as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for our opinion:


        Our opinions expressed in Paragraphs 1, 2, 3 and 4 of Part III as to the due incorporation/organization and valid existence of WMI, Finance and the Subsidiaries listed in Annex I hereto is based solely upon the certificates enumerated in paragraphs (e) and (f) above. We have made no additional investigation after the respective dates of those Certificates of Existence/Authorization in rendering our opinion expressed in Paragraphs 1, 2, 3 and 4 of Part III.

        In connection with our opinions in Paragraphs 10 and 11 of Part III relating to the agreements and instruments of WMI and Finance, we have not reviewed, and express no opinion on, (i) financial covenants or similar provisions requiring financial calculations or determinations to ascertain compliance, (ii) provisions relating to the occurrence of a "material adverse event" or words of similar import or (iii) parol evidence bearing on interpretation or construction. Moreover, to the extent that any agreement or instrument is governed by the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Washington, our opinion relating to those agreements and instruments is based solely upon the plain meaning of their language without regard to interpretation or construction that might be indicated by the laws governing those agreements and instruments.

        Where our opinion relates to our "knowledge," that knowledge is based upon our examination of the records, documents, instruments and certificates enumerated or described above and the actual contemporaneous knowledge of attorneys in this firm who are currently involved in legal representation of WMI and Finance in connection with the Agreement. We have not examined any records of any court, administrative tribunal or other similar entity in connection with our opinion.

II.

        We express no opinion as to:

        This opinion is limited to the federal laws of the United States of America, the laws of the State of Washington, and the Delaware General Corporation Law as it relates to corporate formalities, and we disclaim any opinion as to the laws of any other jurisdiction. We further disclaim any opinion as to any statute, rule, regulation, ordinance, order or other promulgation of any regional or local governmental body or as to any related judicial or administrative opinion.

2


III.

        Based upon the foregoing and our examination of such questions of law as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for the purpose of our opinion, and subject to the limitations and qualifications expressed below, it is our opinion that:

3


IV.

        We further advise you that:

V.

        This opinion is rendered to each Lender party to the Agreement and JPMorgan Chase Bank in connection with the Agreement and is solely for their benefit. This opinion may not be relied upon by any other person, firm, corporation or other entity, except any person, firm, corporation or other entity that acquires an interest in the loans contemplated by the Agreement, without our prior written consent. We disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change of law that occurs, or any facts of which we become aware, after the date of this opinion.

    Very truly yours,
     
    HELLER EHRMAN WHITE & McAULIFFE LLP

4


EXHIBIT C

[Form of Opinion of Special New York Counsel to JPMorgan]

August 12, 2002

To the Lenders party to the Agreement
referred to below and JPMorgan Chase Bank,
as Administrative Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        We have acted as special New York counsel JPMorgan Chase Bank (" JPMorgan ") in connection with the Three-Year Credit Agreement (the " Agreement ") dated as of August 12, 2002, between Washington Mutual, Inc. (" WAMU "), Washington Mutual Finance Corporation (" Finance " and, together with WAMU, the " Borrowers "), the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan, as Administrative Agent providing for loans to be made by said lenders to the Borrowers in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $800,000,000. Terms defined in the Agreement are used herein as defined therein. This opinion letter is being delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(c) of the Agreement.

        In rendering the opinions expressed below, we have examined the following agreements, instruments and other documents:

        In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity with authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies. When relevant facts were not independently established, we have relied upon representations made in or pursuant to the Agreement.

        In rendering the opinions expressed below, we have assumed, with respect to all of the documents referred to in this opinion letter, that:

        Based upon and subject to the foregoing and subject also to the comments and qualifications set forth below, and having considered such questions of law as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the opinions expressed below, we are of the opinion that the Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrowers, enforceable against each Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally and except as the enforceability of the Agreement is subject to the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), including (a) the possible unavailability of specific performance, injunctive relief or any other equitable remedy and (b) concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing.

        The foregoing opinions are subject to the following comments and qualifications:


        The foregoing opinions are limited to matters involving the Federal laws of the United States of America and the law of the State of New York, and we do not express any opinion as to the laws of any other jurisdiction.

        At the request of our client, this opinion letter is, pursuant to Section 4.01(c) of the Agreement, provided to you by us in our capacity as special New York counsel to JPMorgan and may not be relied upon by any Person for any purpose other than in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Agreement without, in each instance, our prior written consent.

    Very truly yours,
     
     
     

RJW/WFC

2




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 10.8


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

2002 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

SECTION 1. PURPOSE

        The purposes of the Washington Mutual, Inc. 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan") are (a) to assist employees of Washington Mutual, Inc., a Washington corporation (the "Company"), and its designated subsidiaries in acquiring a stock ownership interest in the Company pursuant to a plan that is intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" under Section 423 of the Code of 1986, as amended, and (b) to encourage employees to remain in the employ of the Company and its subsidiaries.

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS

        For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

         "Additional Shares" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.

         "Affiliate" means any corporation, a majority of the voting stock of which is directly or indirectly owned by the Company.

         "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

         "Cash Payment" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

         "Committee" means the Company's Directors Compensation and Stock Option Committee or any other Board committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan. Each member of the Committee will remain a member for the duration of the Plan, unless such member resigns or is removed earlier by majority vote of the Board.

         "Company" means Washington Mutual, Inc., a Washington corporation.

         "Designated Subsidiary" means any domestic Subsidiary Corporation or any other Subsidiary Corporation designated as such by the Board or the Committee.

         "Eligible Compensation" means the gross amount of wages, salaries and fees for personal services paid or accrued by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary to an Eligible Employee during any period under consideration pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Such compensation shall include commissions, production incentive compensation, bonuses and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Company or a Designated Subsidiary as an Eligible Employee and to the extent the amounts are includable in gross income. Such compensation shall exclude severance pay, moving expenses, long-term disability insurance payments, compensatory time, other fringe benefits or amounts attributable to any employee benefit plan (including without limitation (i) distributions from a deferred compensation plan, except amounts received from an unfunded, nonqualified plan in the year such amounts are includable in the Eligible Employee's gross income and (ii) amounts contributed by the Company for the Eligible Employee to any deferred compensation program or toward the purchase of a 403(b) annuity contract for the Eligible Employee, regardless of whether such contributions are excludible from the gross income of the Eligible Employee), amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option, and amounts not otherwise described in this sentence that receive special tax benefits.

1



         "Eligible Employee" means any employee (including officers and directors who are also employees) of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary who is in the employ of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary on one or more Offering Dates and who meets the following criteria:

If the Company permits any employee of a Designated Subsidiary to participate in the Plan, then all employees of that Designated Subsidiary who meet the requirements of this paragraph shall also be considered Eligible Employees.

As a condition of participation, an Eligible Employee must agree in writing to provide all such forms and agreements as may be required by the Company or the Plan Administrator for the proper administration of the Plan and agree to the transfer of any amounts held under the Plan to any successor Plan Administrator selected by the Committee.

         "Enrollment Period" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

         "ESPP Broker" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

         "Fair Market Value" of a share of Stock on any given date shall be:

         "Offering" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

         "Offering Date" means the first day of an Offering.

         "Option" means an option granted under the Plan to an Eligible Employee to purchase shares of Stock.

         "Parent Corporation" means any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if, at the time of the granting of the Option, each of the corporations, other than the Company, owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

2



         "Participant" means any Eligible Employee who has elected to participate in an Offering in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 7 and who has not withdrawn from the Plan or whose participation in the Plan is not otherwise terminated.

         "Payroll Deductions" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

         "Plan" means the Washington Mutual, Inc. 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

         "Plan Administrator" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

         "Plan Year" means the 12-month period beginning each January 1, except that the first Plan Year shall begin July 1, 2002 and end December 31, 2002.

         "Purchase Date" means the last day of each Purchase Period.

         "Purchase Period" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.

         "Purchase Price" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.

         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         "Stock" means the common stock of the Company, no par value.

         "Subscription" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

         "Subsidiary Corporation" means any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if, at the time of the granting of the Option, each of the corporations, other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain, owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION

3.1 Plan Administrator

        The Plan shall be administered by the Board and/or the Committee or, if and to the extent the Board or the Committee designates an executive officer of the Company to administer the Plan, by such executive officer (each, the "Plan Administrator"). Any decisions made by the Plan Administrator shall be applicable equally to all Eligible Employees.

3.2 Administration and Interpretation by the Plan Administrator

        Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall have the authority, in its sole discretion, to determine all matters relating to Options granted under the Plan, including all terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations of Options; provided, however, that all Participants granted Options pursuant to the Plan shall have the same rights and privileges within the meaning of Code Section 423. The Plan Administrator shall also have exclusive authority to interpret the Plan and may from time to time adopt, and change, rules and regulations of general application for the Plan's administration. The Plan Administrator's interpretation of the Plan and its rules and regulations, and all actions taken and determinations made by the Plan Administrator pursuant to the Plan, unless reserved to the Board or the Committee, shall be conclusive and binding on all parties involved or affected. The Plan Administrator may delegate ministerial duties to such of the Company's other officers or employees as the Plan Administrator so determines.

3



SECTION 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

        Subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section 19.1, the maximum number of shares of Stock that shall be available for issuance under the Plan shall be:

        (a)  500,000 shares, plus

        (b)  an annual increase to be added as of the first day of the Company's fiscal year beginning in 2003 equal to the least of (i) 250,000 shares and (ii) 0.1% of the outstanding shares of Stock as of the end of the Company's immediately preceding fiscal year on a fully diluted basis (assuming exercise of all outstanding options and warrants and conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock) and (iii) a lesser amount determined by the Board; provided, however, that any shares from any increases in previous years that are not actually issued shall continue to be included in the aggregate number of shares available for issuance under the Plan; plus

        (c)  any authorized shares not issued under the Washington Mutual Employees' Stock Purchase Plan, as amended (the "Prior Plan"), for the purchase period ending June 30, 2002, up to an aggregate maximum of 956,699 shares, which shares shall cease, as of such date, to be available for grant and issuance under the Prior Plan, but shall be available for issuance under the Plan.

        Shares issued under the Plan shall be drawn from authorized and unissued shares or from shares subsequently acquired by the Company.

SECTION 5. OFFERING DATES

5.1 Offerings

        (a)  Except as otherwise set forth below, the Plan shall be implemented by a series of offerings that each last six months (each, an "Offering"), such Offerings to commence on January 1 and July 1 of each year and to end on the next June 30 and December 31, respectively. The first Offering shall begin on July 1, 2002 and shall end on December 31, 2002.

        (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Administrator may establish (i) a different term for the initial Offering or for one or more future Offerings and (ii) different commencing and ending dates for any such Offerings; provided, however, that an Offering may not exceed 27 months.

        (c)  In the event the first or the last day of an Offering is not a regular business day, then the first day of the Offering shall be deemed to be the next regular business day and the last day of the Offering shall be deemed to be the last preceding regular business day.

5.2 Purchase Periods

        (a)  Each Offering shall consist of one or more consecutive purchase periods (each, a "Purchase Period"). The last day of each Purchase Period shall be the Purchase Date for such Purchase Period. Except as otherwise set forth below, a Purchase Period shall commence on January 1 and July 1 of each year and shall end on the next June 30 and December 31, respectively. The first Purchase Period shall begin on July 1, 2002 and shall end on December 31, 2002.

        (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Administrator may establish (i) a different term for the initial Purchase Period or for one or more future Purchase Periods and (ii) different commencing and ending dates for any such Purchase Periods.

        (c)  In the event the first or last day of a Purchase Period is not a regular business day, then the first day of the Purchase Period shall be deemed to be the next regular business day and the last day of the Purchase Period shall be deemed to be the last preceding regular business day.

4



SECTION 6. PURCHASE PRICE

        (a)  The purchase price (the "Purchase Price") at which Stock may be acquired in an Offering pursuant to the exercise of all or any portion of an Option shall be 85% of the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the Offering Date of such Offering and (ii) the Fair Market Value of the Stock on a Purchase Date during the Offering.

        (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an increase in the number of shares authorized for issuance under the Plan (other than an annual increase pursuant to Section 4) is approved and all or a portion of such additional shares are to be issued during one or more Offerings that are underway at the time of shareholder approval of such increase (the "Additional Shares"), then, if as of the date of such shareholder approval, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock is higher than the Fair Market Value on the Offering Date for any such Offering, the Purchase Price for the Additional Shares shall be 85% of the lesser of (i) the Stock's Fair Market Value on the date of such shareholder approval and (ii) the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the Purchase Date.

SECTION 7. PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN

7.1 Initial Participation

        An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant on the first Offering Date after satisfying the eligibility requirements and delivering to the Plan Administrator during the enrollment period established by the Plan Administrator (the "Enrollment Period") a subscription (the "Subscription"):

        (a)  indicating the Eligible Employee's election to participate in the Plan;

        (b)  authorizing Cash Payments or Payroll Deductions and stating the amount to be deducted regularly from the Participant's Eligible Compensation; and

        (c)  authorizing the purchase of Stock for the Participant in each Purchase Period.

        An Eligible Employee who does not deliver a Subscription as provided above during the Enrollment Period shall not participate in the Plan for that Offering or for any subsequent Offering unless such Eligible Employee subsequently enrolls in the Plan by filing a Subscription with the Company during the Enrollment Period for such subsequent Offering. For the first Offering, each participant in the Prior Plan as of June 30, 2002 will be deemed to have delivered a Subscription to the Plan Administrator that authorizes that method of payment (cash payments or payroll deductions) elected by such participant under the Prior Plan and, in the case of payroll deductions, the same percentage of compensation elected under the Prior Plan shall apply to participation in the Plan, provided such participant is an Eligible Employee as of the Offering Date and has not affirmatively elected to withdraw from the Plan or change the type or amount of contributions under the Plan by delivering a new Subscription to the Company. The Company may, from time to time, change the Enrollment Period for a future Offering as deemed advisable by the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, for the proper administration of the Plan.

        Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.2, an employee who becomes eligible to participate in the Plan after an Offering has commenced shall not be eligible to participate in such Offering but may participate in any subsequent Offering, provided that such employee is still an Eligible Employee as of the commencement of any such subsequent Offering. Eligible Employees may not participate in more than one Offering at a time.

7.2 Alternative Initial Participation

        Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board or the Committee may provide that any employee of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary who first qualifies as an Eligible Employee after an Offering Date shall, on a date or dates specified in the Offering that coincide with the day on

5



which such person first meets such requirements or that occur on a specified date thereafter, receive an Option under that Offering which Option shall thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Until otherwise provided by the Board or the Committee for a future Offering, any employee of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary who has been employed for a minimum of one month prior to the first day of the second calendar quarter during an Offering and otherwise qualifies as an Eligible Employee as of such date shall receive an Option under that Offering, provided such employee delivers a Subscription in accordance with Section 7.1.

        Any Option granted pursuant to this Section 7.2 shall have the same characteristics as any Options originally granted under the Offering, except that

        (a)  the date on which such Option is granted shall be the "Offering Date" of such Option for all purposes, including determining the Purchase Price of such Option; provided, however, that if the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date on which such Option is granted is less than the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the first day of the Offering, then, solely for the purpose of determining the Purchase Price of such Option, the first day of the Offering shall be the "Offering Date" for such Option;

        (b)  the Purchase Period(s) for such Option shall begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the remaining Purchase Date(s) for such Offering; and

        (c)  the Board or the Committee may provide that if such person first meets such requirements within a specified period of time before the end of a Purchase Period for such Offering, he or she will not receive an Option for that Purchase Period.

7.3 Continued Participation

        A Participant who has elected to participate in an Offering shall automatically participate in the next Offering until such time as such Participant withdraws from the Plan pursuant to Section 11.2 or terminates employment as provided in Section 12.

SECTION 8. LIMITATIONS ON RIGHT TO PURCHASE SHARES

8.1 Number of Shares Purchased

        (a)  No Participant shall be entitled to purchase Stock under the Plan (or any other employee stock purchase plan that is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 423 sponsored by the Company, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary Corporation) with a Fair Market Value exceeding $25,000 (such value determined as of the Offering Date for each Offering or such other limit as may be imposed by the Code) in any calendar year in which a Participant participates in the Plan (or any other employee stock purchase plan described in this Section 8.1).

        (b)  A Participant may not purchase more than 2,000 shares of Stock during any Purchase Period or any Plan Year, except that a Participant may not purchase more than 1,000 shares of Stock under the Plan during the first Plan Year beginning July 1, 2002 and ending December 31, 2002.

        (c)  For a future Offering, the Board or the Committee may specify a different maximum number of shares of Stock that may be purchased by any Participant during a Purchase Period or other specified period, as well as specifying a maximum aggregate number of shares that may be purchased by all Participants during a specified period.

6



8.2 Pro Rata Allocation

        In the event the number of shares of Stock that might be purchased by all Participants exceeds the number of shares of Stock available in the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall make a pro rata allocation of the remaining shares of Stock in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as the Plan Administrator shall determine to be equitable. Fractional shares may be issued under the Plan unless the Plan Administrator determines otherwise for a future Offering.

SECTION 9. PURCHASE OF STOCK

9.1 General Rules

        A Participant may pay for Stock that is acquired pursuant to the exercise of all or any portion of an Option by (a) making a cash payment to his or her employer that shall be at least 1% but may not exceed 10% of his or her Eligible Compensation (a "Cash Payment") and/or (b) directing his or her employer to withhold a fixed dollar amount or percentage of his or her Eligible Compensation that shall be at least 1% but shall not exceed 10% of his or her Eligible Compensation for any Plan Year (a "Payroll Deduction"); provided, however, that if a Participant elects to make a combination of Cash Payments and Payroll Deductions, such Participant's aggregated contributions may not exceed 10% of his or her Eligible Compensation; and provided further that the Board or the Committee may specify different percentage limitations for a future Offering or Plan Year. Except as set forth in this Section 9, the amount of compensation to be withheld from a Participant's Eligible Compensation during each pay period shall be determined by the Participant's Subscription.

9.2 Method of Payment

        (a)  A Participant may make Cash Payments to the Participant's employer in such manner as is provided by the Committee. Any Cash Payment elected to be made by a Participant shall be made by a deadline specified by the Committee that shall not be later than the close of the Plan Year.

        (b)  Payroll Deductions shall commence on the first payday following an Offering Date and shall continue through the last payday of the Offering unless sooner altered or terminated as provided in the Plan.

9.3 Memorandum Accounts

        Individual accounts shall be maintained for each Participant for memorandum purposes only. All Cash Payments and/or Payroll Deductions from a Participant's Eligible Compensation shall be credited to such account but shall be deposited with the general funds of the Company. All Cash Payments and/or Payroll Deductions received or held by the Company may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose.

9.4 No Interest

        No interest shall be paid on Cash Payments and/or Payroll Deductions received or held by the Company.

9.5 Acquisition of Stock

        On each Purchase Date of an Offering, each Participant shall automatically acquire, pursuant to the exercise of the Participant's Option, the number of shares of Stock arrived at by dividing the total amount of the Participant's accumulated Cash Payments and/or Payroll Deductions for the Purchase Period by the Purchase Price, including fractional shares, unless the Plan Administrator has determined for a future Offering that fractional shares may not be issued under the Plan; provided that the number

7



of shares of Stock purchased by the Participant shall not exceed the limitation on the number of shares for which Options have been granted to the Participant pursuant to Section 8.1.

9.6 Refund of Excess Amounts

        If the purchase of fractional shares is not permitted for any future Offering, any cash balance remaining in the Participant's account at the termination of a Purchase Period that is not sufficient to purchase a whole share of Stock shall be applied to the purchase of Stock in the next Purchase Period, provided the Participant participates in the next Purchase Period and the purchase complies with Section 8.1. All other amounts remaining in a Participant's account after a Purchase Date shall be refunded to the Participant as soon as practical after the Purchase Date without the payment of any interest.

9.7 Withholding Obligations

        At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Stock is disposed of, a Participant shall make adequate provision for local, state, federal and foreign withholding obligations of the Company, if any, that arise upon exercise of the Option or upon disposition of the Stock. The Company may withhold from the Participant's compensation the amount necessary to meet such withholding obligations.

9.8 Termination of Participation

        No Stock shall be purchased on behalf of a Participant on a Purchase Date if his or her participation in a current Offering or the Plan has terminated on or before such Purchase Date or if the Participant has otherwise terminated employment prior to a Purchase Date.

9.9 Procedural Matters

        The Company may, from time to time, establish (a) limitations on the frequency and/or number of any permitted changes in the amount withheld during an Offering, as set forth in Section 11.1, (b) an exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, (c) payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company's processing of properly completed withholding elections, and (d) such other limitations or procedures as deemed advisable by the Company in the Company's sole discretion that are consistent with the Plan and in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 423.

9.10 Leaves of Absence

        During leaves of absence approved by the Company and meeting the requirements of the applicable treasury regulations promulgated under the Code, a Participant may elect to continue participation in the Plan by delivering cash payments to the Company on the Participant's normal paydays equal to the amount of his or her Cash Payments and/or Payroll Deductions under the Plan had the Participant not taken a leave of absence. Currently, the treasury regulations provide that a Participant may continue participation in the Plan only during the first 90 days of a leave of absence unless the Participant's reemployment rights are guaranteed by statute or contract.

SECTION 10. STOCK PURCHASED UNDER THE PLAN

10.1 Restrictions on Transfer of Stock

        (a)  Shares of Stock purchased under the Plan may be registered in the name of a nominee or held in such other manner as the Plan Administrator determines to be appropriate. Each Participant will be the beneficial owner of the Stock purchased under the Plan and will have all rights of beneficial

8


ownership in such Stock, except that the Participant may not transfer or otherwise dispose of such Stock for any period of time (a "Holding Period") following the Purchase Date for such Stock specified for any future Offering by the Board or the Committee.

        (b)  The Company or the ESPP Broker will retain custody of the Stock purchased under the Plan for a period of time ending no earlier than the expiration of any Holding Period. A book entry stock account will be established in each Participant's name (a "Stock Account").

        (c)  Cash dividends paid on Stock in a Participant's Stock Account due to any Holding Period or because the Participant has not made a request for delivery shall be used by the custodian of such Stock to purchase additional shares of Stock, which shall be credited to the Participant's Stock Account. Dividends paid in the form of shares of Stock with respect to Stock in a Participant's Stock Account shall be credited to such Stock Account. Stock credited to a Participant's Stock Account due to cash or stock dividends with respect to Stock that is subject to any Holding Period shall be restricted for the same period as the Stock with respect to which the dividend was paid.

        (d)  Upon termination of the Participant's employment because of retirement, disability or death, any Holding Period will be deemed to be satisfied as of the date of such termination.

10.2 ESPP Broker

        If the Plan Administrator designates or approves a stock brokerage or other financial services firm (the "ESPP Broker") to hold shares purchased under the Plan for the accounts of Participants, the following procedures shall apply. Promptly following each Purchase Date, the number of shares of Stock purchased by each Participant shall be deposited into an account established in the Participant's name with the ESPP Broker. A Participant shall be free to undertake a disposition of the shares of Stock in his or her account at any time after expiration of a Holding Period set forth in Section 10.1(a), but, in the absence of such a disposition, the shares of Stock must remain in the Participant's account at the ESPP Broker until the holding period set forth in Code Section 423 has been satisfied. With respect to shares of Stock for which the holding periods set forth above have been satisfied, the Participant may move those shares of Stock to another brokerage account of the Participant's choosing or request that a stock certificate be issued and delivered to him or her. Dividends paid in the form of shares of Stock with respect to Stock in a Participant's account shall be credited to such account. A Participant who is not subject to payment of U.S. income taxes may move his or her shares of Stock to another brokerage account of his or her choosing or request that a stock certificate be delivered to him or her at any time, without regard to the Code Section 423 holding period.

10.3 Notice of Disposition

        By entering the Plan, each Participant agrees to promptly give the Company notice of any Stock disposed of within the later of one year from the Purchase Date and two years from the Offering Date for such Stock, showing the number of such shares disposed of and the Purchase Date and Offering Date for such Stock. This notice shall not be required if and so long as the Company has a designated ESPP Broker.

SECTION 11. CHANGES IN WITHHOLDING AMOUNTS AND VOLUNTARY WITHDRAWAL

11.1 Changes in Withholding Amounts

        (a)  Unless the Plan Administrator establishes otherwise for a future Offering, during a Purchase Period, a Participant may elect to reduce Payroll Deductions to 0% by completing and filing with the Company an amended Subscription authorizing cessation of Payroll Deductions. The change in rate shall be effective as of the beginning of the next payroll period following the date of filing the amended Subscription, provided the amended Subscription is filed prior to any date required by the Plan

9


Administrator. If not filed prior to such date, the change in rate shall be effective as of the beginning of the next succeeding payroll period. All Payroll Deductions accrued by a Participant as of such effective date shall continue to be applied toward the purchase of Stock on the Purchase Date, unless a Participant withdraws from the Plan pursuant to Section 11.2. An amended Subscription shall remain in effect until the Participant changes such Subscription in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

        (b)  Unless the Plan Administrator determines otherwise for a future Offering, a Participant may elect to increase or decrease the amount to be withheld from his or her compensation for future Purchase Periods within an Offering by filing with the Plan Administrator an amended Subscription; provided, however, that notice of such election must be delivered to the Plan Administrator at least ten days prior to such Purchase Period in such form and in accordance with such terms as the Plan Administrator may establish for an Offering. An amended Subscription shall remain in effect until the Participant changes such Subscription in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

        (c)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Code Section 423 and Section 8.1, a Participant's Payroll Deductions or Cash Payments shall be decreased to 0% during any Purchase Period if the aggregate of all the Participant's Payroll Deductions or Cash Payments accumulated with respect to one or more Purchase Periods ending within the same calendar year exceeds $25,000 of Fair Market Value of the Stock determined as of the first day of an Offering ($21,250 to the extent the Purchase Price may be 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the Offering Date of the Offering). Payroll Deductions or Cash Payments shall re-commence at the rate provided in such Participant's Subscription at the beginning of the first Purchase Period that is scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless the Participant terminates participation in the Plan as provided in Section 11.2 or indicates otherwise in an amended Subscription. Also notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant's Payroll Deductions or Cash Payments shall be decreased to 0% at such time that the aggregate of all Payroll Deductions or Cash Payments accumulated with respect to an Offering exceeds the amount necessary to purchase (i) 2,000 shares of Stock in any Purchase Period or Plan Year (or such other number as the Board or Committee shall specify for a future Offering). Payroll Deductions or Cash Payments shall re-commence at the rate provided in such Participant's Subscription at the beginning of the next Purchase Period, provided the Participant continues to participate in the Plan and such participation complies with Section 8.1.

11.2 Withdrawal From the Plan

        A Participant may withdraw from the Plan by completing and delivering to the Plan Administrator a written notice of withdrawal on a form provided by the Plan Administrator for such purpose. Such notice must be delivered prior to the end of the Purchase Period for which such withdrawal is to be effective, or by any other date specified by the Plan Administrator for a future Offering.

11.3 Notice of Withdrawal; Effect of Withdrawal on Prior Purchase Periods; Re-enrollment in the Plan

        (a)  The Company may, from time to time, impose a requirement that any notice of withdrawal be on file with the Company for a reasonable period prior to the effectiveness of the Participant's withdrawal.

        (b)  If a Participant withdraws from the Plan after the Purchase Date for a Purchase Period, the withdrawal shall not affect Stock acquired by the Participant in any earlier Purchase Periods.

        (c)  In the event a Participant voluntarily elects to withdraw from the Plan, the Participant may participate in any subsequent Offering by again satisfying the definition of Eligible Employee and re-enrolling in the Plan in accordance with Section 7.

10



11.4 Return of Cash Payments and/or Payroll Deductions

        Upon withdrawal from the Plan pursuant to Section 11.2, the withdrawing Participant's accumulated Cash Payments and/or Payroll Deductions that have not been applied to the purchase of Stock shall be returned as soon as practical after the withdrawal, without the payment of any interest, to the Participant, and the Participant's interest in the Plan shall terminate. Such accumulated Cash Payments and/or Payroll Deductions may not be applied to any other Offering under the Plan.

SECTION 12. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

        (a)  Termination of a Participant's employment with the Company for any reason, including retirement, death or the failure of a Participant to remain an Eligible Employee, shall immediately terminate the Participant's participation in the Plan. The Cash Payments and/or Payroll Deductions credited to the Participant's account since the last Purchase Date shall, as soon as practical, be returned to the Participant or, in the case of a Participant's death, to the Participant's legal representative or designated beneficiary as provided in Section 13.2, and all the Participant's rights under the Plan shall terminate. Interest shall not be paid on sums returned to a Participant pursuant to this Section 12.

        (b)  The former Participant's account may be continued with the Plan Administrator at the Participant's expense, or the account may be closed after which a stock certificate for the full number of shares in the account will be delivered to the former Participant with a check for any fractional shares and cash in the account.

SECTION 13. RESTRICTIONS ON ASSIGNMENT

13.1 Transferability

        An Option granted under the Plan shall not be transferable, and such Option shall be exercisable during the Participant's lifetime only by the Participant. The Company will not recognize, and shall be under no duty to recognize, any assignment or purported assignment by a Participant of the Participant's interest in the Plan, of his or her Option or of any rights under his or her Option. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of any rights under the Plan shall be null and void, and shall automatically terminate all rights of a Participant under the Plan.

13.2 Beneficiary Designation

        A Participant may designate on a Company-approved form a beneficiary who is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the Participant's account under the Plan in the event that the Participant dies after the Purchase Date for an Offering but prior to delivery to such Participant of such shares and cash. In addition, a Participant may designate on a Company-approved form a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant's account under the Plan in the event that the Participant dies before the Purchase Date for an Offering. Such designation may be changed by the Participant at any time by written notice to Employee Benefits or other individual performing similar functions.

SECTION 14. NO RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER UNTIL SHARES ISSUED

        With respect to shares of Stock subject to an Option, a Participant shall not be deemed to be a shareholder of the Company, and he or she shall not have any of the rights or privileges of a shareholder. A Participant shall have the rights and privileges of a shareholder of the Company when, but not until, a certificate or its equivalent has been issued to the Participant for the shares following exercise of the Participant's Option.

11



SECTION 15. LIMITATIONS ON SALE OF STOCK PURCHASED UNDER THE PLAN

        The Plan is intended to provide Stock for investment and not for resale. The Company does not, however, intend to restrict or influence any Participant in the conduct of his or her own affairs. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10, therefore, a Participant may sell Stock purchased under the Plan at any time he or she chooses subject to compliance with Company policies and any applicable federal and state securities laws. A Participant assumes the risk of any market fluctuations in the price of the Stock.

SECTION 16. AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

        (a)  The Board or the Committee may amend the Plan in such respects as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that, to the extent required for compliance with Code Section 423 or any applicable law or regulation, shareholder approval will be required for any amendment that will (i) increase the total number of shares as to which Options may be granted under the Plan, (ii) modify the class of employees eligible to receive Options, or (iii) otherwise require shareholder approval under any applicable law or regulation; and provided, further, that, except as provided in this Section 16, no amendment to the Plan shall make any change in any Option previously granted that adversely affects the rights of any Participant.

        (b)  The Plan shall continue in effect for ten years after the date of its adoption by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board or the Committee may at any time and for any reason suspend or terminate the Plan. During any period of suspension or upon termination of the Plan, no Options shall be granted.

        (c)  Except as provided in Section 19, no such termination of the Plan may affect Options previously granted, provided that the Plan or an Offering may be terminated by the Board or the Committee on a Purchase Date or by the Board's or the Committee's setting a new Purchase Date with respect to an Offering and a Purchase Period then in progress if the Board or the Committee determines that termination of the Plan and/or the Offering is in the best interests of the Company and the shareholders or if continuation of the Plan and/or the Offering would cause the Company to incur adverse accounting charges as a result of a change after the effective date of the Plan in the generally accepted accounting rules applicable to the Plan.

SECTION 17. NO RIGHTS AS AN EMPLOYEE

        Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to give any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) the right to remain in the employ of the Company or a Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation or to affect the right of the Company or a Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation to terminate the employment of any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) at any time with or without cause.

SECTION 18. EFFECT UPON OTHER PLANS

        The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans in effect for the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company, any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation to (a) establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for employees of the Company, a Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation or (b) grant or assume options otherwise than under the Plan in connection with any proper corporate purpose, including, but not by way of limitation, the grant or assumption of options in connection with the acquisition, by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the business, stock or assets of any corporation, firm or association.

12



SECTION 19. ADJUSTMENTS

19.1 Adjustment to Shares

        The maximum number and kind of shares of Stock with respect to which Options hereunder may be granted and which are the subject of outstanding Options shall be adjusted by way of increase or decrease as the Committee determines (in its sole discretion) to be appropriate, in the event that:

provided, however, that if an event described in subparagraph (a) or (b) above occurs, the Board or the Committee shall make adjustments to the limits on purchases specified in Section 8.1(b) that are proportionate to the modifications of the Stock that are on account of such corporate changes.

19.2 Dissolution or Liquidation of the Company

        In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Offering then in progress shall be shortened by setting a new Purchase Date and shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless provided otherwise by the Board or the Committee. The new Purchase Date shall be a specified date before the date of the Company's proposed dissolution or liquidation. The Board shall notify each Participant in writing prior to the new Purchase Date that the Purchase Date for the Participant's Option has been changed to the new Purchase Date and that the Participant's Option shall be exercised automatically on the new Purchase Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Plan as provided in Section 11.

19.3 Company Transaction

        Upon a merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation, reorganization or liquidation of the Company, as a result of which the shareholders of the Company receive cash, stock or other property in exchange for their shares of Stock (a "Company Transaction"), each outstanding Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor company or parent thereof (the "Successor Company"). In the event that the Successor Company refuses to assume or substitute for the Option, any Offering then in progress shall be shortened by setting a new Purchase Date. The new Purchase Date shall be a specified date before the date of the Company Transaction. The Plan Administrator shall notify each Participant in writing, prior to the new Purchase Date, that the Purchase Date for the Participant's Option has been changed to the new Purchase Date and that the Participant's Option shall be exercised automatically on the new Purchase Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Plan as provided in Section 11.

19.4 Limitations

        The grant of Options shall in no way affect the Company's right to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

SECTION 20. REGISTRATION; CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

        Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company shall have no obligation to issue or deliver any shares of Stock under the Plan or make any other distribution of benefits under the Plan

13



unless such issuance, delivery or distribution would comply with all applicable laws (including, without limitation, the requirements of the Securities Act), and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity.

        The Company shall be under no obligation to any Participant to register for offering or resale or to qualify for exemption under the Securities Act, or to register or qualify under state securities laws, any shares of Stock, security or interest in a security paid or issued under, or created by, the Plan, or to continue in effect any such registrations or qualifications if made. The Company may issue certificates for shares with such legends and subject to such restrictions on transfer and stop-transfer instructions as counsel for the Company deems necessary or desirable for compliance by the Company with federal and state securities laws.

        To the extent that the Plan or any instrument evidencing shares of Stock provides for issuance of stock certificates to reflect the issuance of such shares, the issuance may be effected on a noncertificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules of any stock exchange.

SECTION 21. EFFECTIVE DATE

        The Plan shall become effective on the date it is approved by the Company's shareholders, so long as such approval is obtained within 12 months of the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board.

         Adopted by the Board on January 15, 2002 and approved by the shareholders on April 16, 2002. Plan amended and restated by the Board on May 15, 2002.

14




QuickLinks

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. 2002 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 10.9.6


AMENDMENT TO THE
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
RETIREMENT SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN

         THIS AMENDMENT to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan (the "RSIP") is made by Washington Mutual, Inc. (the "Company") on this 19 th day of February 2002.

RECITALS:

         WHEREAS, the Company maintains the RSIP for the benefit of its eligible employees; and

         WHEREAS , the Company has agreed to acquire certain assets of HomeSide Lending, Inc. ("HomeSide"); and

         WHEREAS , the Company has agreed to provide the former employees of HomeSide and its affiliates and subsidiaries who continue employment with the Company at the end of the lease period with certain credits for eligibility and vesting service under the RSIP; and

         WHEREAS , the Company desires to amend the RSIP to provide for such credits; and

         WHEREAS , the Company may amend the RSIP at any time pursuant to Article XV thereof;

         NOW, THEREFORE , effective March 1, 2002, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

1




QuickLinks

AMENDMENT TO THE WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. RETIREMENT SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 10.9.8


AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO THE
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
RETIREMENT SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN

         THIS AMENDMENT is made to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings Investment Plan (the "Plan") by Washington Mutual, Inc. (the "Company") on this 17 th day of December 2002.

PROVISIONS FOR THE ECONOMIC GROWTH AND TAX RELIEF RECONCILIATION ACT OF 2001 ("EGTRRA")

PREAMBLE

        1.      Adoption and Effective Date of Amendment.     This amendment of the plan is adopted to reflect certain provisions of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 ("EGTRRA"). This amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA and is to be construed in accordance with EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder. Except as otherwise provided, this amendment shall be effective as of the first day of the first plan year beginning January 1, 2002.

        2.      Supersession of Inconsistent Provisions.     This amendment shall supersede the provisions of the plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment.

        3.      Multiple Use Test.     The multiple use test described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2 and Section 4.5(b) of the Plan shall not apply for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001.

        4.      Hardship Distributions Not Eligible For Rollover.     The Plan is amended as follows:

        5.      Distribution Upon Severance From Employment.     Section 8.1(c) is amended by adding the following sentence at the end of that section:

        6.      Modification of Top Heavy Rules.     The following paragraphs are adopted:

1


        7.      Rollovers Disregarded in Involuntary Cash-Outs.     Section 8.4 is hereby amended by adding the following immediately preceding Section 8.4(a):

        8.      Minimum Required Distributions.     With respect to distributions under Section 8.1(d) of the Plan made for the calendar year beginning on January 1, 2002, the Plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code in accordance with the regulations under Section 401(a)(9) that were proposed on January 17, 2001, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary. This amendment shall continue in effect until December 31, 2002. Effective January 1, 2003, the Plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of

2


Section 401(a)(9) of the Code in accordance with the final regulations under Section 401(a)(9) that were published in the Federal register on April 17, 2002, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary.

        9.      Optional Forms of Distribution Eliminated.     Notwithstanding any provisions in the Plan to the contrary, effective for distributions commencing on or after November 1, 2002, all optional forms of distribution are eliminated and the only form of distribution will be payment in lump sum as set forth in Section 8.2(a).

        10.      Direct Rollover of Plan Distributions.     

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

        11.  Section 9.2(d) is amended by replacing the heading with the following:

Suspension of Salary Deferral Contributions

        12.  Section 7.5(d) is amended by adding the following sentence at the end of that section:

        13.  A new Section 8.2(c)(iii) is added as follows:

3


        14.  Section 9.7 is amended by adding the following to the end of that section:

PROVISIONS RELATING TO FORMER EMPLOYEES OF DIME BANCORP, INC.

        15.  Appendix A is amended as follows:

        16.  The following sentence is added to the end of Section 8.2(c):

        17.  Section 2.41 of the RSIP is amended by a new paragraph (34), to read as set forth below:

        18.  Effective July 1, 2002, Section 7.5 is amended by the addition of new subparagraph (k), to read as set forth below:

        19.  Section 8.2(c) is deleted and replaced by the following:

4


5




QuickLinks

AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO THE WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. RETIREMENT SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 10.13.5


AMENDMENT TO THE
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
CASH BALANCE PENSION PLAN

         THIS AMENDMENT is made to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Cash Balance Pension Plan (the "Plan") by Washington Mutual, Inc. (the "Company") on this 19th day of February 2002.

RECITALS:

         WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Plan for the benefit of its eligible employees; and

         WHEREAS , the Company has agreed to acquire certain assets from HomeSide Lending, Inc. ("HomeSide"); and

         WHEREAS , the Company has agreed to provide the former employees of HomeSide who continue employment with the Company upon the termination of the lease period with certain credits for eligibility, vesting and benefit service; and

         WHEREAS , the Company desires to amend the Plan to provide for such credits; and

         WHEREAS , the Company may amend the Plan at any time pursuant to Section 12.1;

         NOW , THEREFORE , effective March 1, 2002, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

        1.    Section 2.37(a) is amended by the addition of a new paragraph (28), to read as set forth below:

        2.    Section 2.37 is amended by the addition of a new subsection (c)(iii) to read as set forth below:

1




QuickLinks

AMENDMENT TO THE WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. CASH BALANCE PENSION PLAN

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 10.13.6


AMENDMENT TO THE
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
CASH BALANCE PENSION PLAN

         THIS AMENDMENT is made to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Cash Balance Pension Plan (the "Plan") by Washington Mutual, Inc. (the "Company") on this 31st day of March 2002.

RECITALS:

         WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Plan for the benefit of its eligible employees; and

         WHEREAS , the Company has agreed merge with Dime Bancorp, Inc. ("Dime"); and

         WHEREAS , the Company has agreed to provide the former employees of Dime and its affiliates and subsidiaries who continue employment with the Company upon the closing of the Company's merger with Dime with certain credits for eligibility, vesting and benefit service; and

         WHEREAS , the Company desires to amend the Plan to provide for such credits; and

         WHEREAS , the Company may amend the Plan at any time pursuant to Section 12.1;

         NOW , THEREFORE , effective April 1, 2002, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

        1.    Section 2.30(a) is amended by the addition of a new paragraph (29), to read as set forth below:

        2.    Section 2.37(a) is amended by the addition of a new paragraph (27), to read as set forth below:

        3.    Section 2.37 is amended by the addition of a new subsection (c) to read as set forth below:

1




QuickLinks

AMENDMENT TO THE WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. CASH BALANCE PENSION PLAN

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 10.13.7


AMENDMENT TO THE
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
CASH BALANCE PENSION PLAN

         THIS AMENDMENT is made to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Cash Balance Pension Plan (the "Plan") by Washington Mutual, Inc. (the "Company") on this 17th day of December 2002.

1.     Amendment of the Plan for EGTRRA Preamble.

2.     Maximum Benefit Limitation

1


3.    Increase in Compensation Limit

4.     Modification of Top-Heavy Rules

2



  2.2.1   Distributions During Year Ending on the Determination Date. The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting 5-year period for 1-year period.

 

2.2.2

 

Employees not Performing Services during Year Ending on the Determination Date. The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.

5.     Direct Rollovers of Plan Distributions

3


6.     Applicable Mortality Table

4




QuickLinks

AMENDMENT TO THE WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. CASH BALANCE PENSION PLAN

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 10.13.8


AMENDMENT TO THE WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
CASH BALANCE PENSION PLAN

PROVISIONS RELATING TO FORMER EMPLOYEES OF
DIME BANCORP, INC.

        The Washington Mutual, Inc. Cash Balance Pension Plan is amended by adding the following Appendix to the Plan:

APPENDIX 3

1.
Definitions.

        Capitalized terms in this Appendix 3 are defined in Article 2 of the Washington Mutual, Inc. Cash Balance Pension Plan Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 1998, with the following exceptions:

2.
Background.

        2.1  The Company merged with Dime as of January 4, 2002. Employees of Dime as of January 3, 2002 became employees of the Company as of January 4, 2002.

        2.2  As of March 31, 2002, active participants of the Dime Plan ceased benefit accruals under the Dime Plan. As of April 1, 2002, active participants of the Dime Plan commenced benefit accruals under the Plan. As of July 1, 2002, assets from the Dime Plan trust were transferred to the Plan's trust, and the Plan assumed liability for all benefits accrued through March 31, 2002 under the Dime Plan.

3.
Applicability.

        3.1  Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary, the provisions of this Appendix 3 shall apply to:

1


4.
Participation.

        4.1  Each person who is an Eligible Employee and who was a Prior Dime Active Participant shall become a Participant in the Plan effective April 1, 2002. Each Prior Dime Inactive Participant shall become a Participant in the Plan effective July 1, 2002.

        4.2  Each person who is an Eligible Employee who was included in a class of employees ineligible under the Dime Plan, including but not limited to NAMC Employees, but who satisfies the eligibility requirements of the Plan as of March 31, 2002, shall become a Participant in the Plan effective April 1, 2002.

5.
Recognition of Prior Service.

        5.1  For each Participant who was a Prior Dime Active Participant, Years of Vesting Service as of March 31, 2002 and Years of Benefit Service as of March 31, 2002 shall each equal the Participant's Period of Service (as such term is defined in the Dime Plan) as of March 31, 2002.

6.
Service Accrual After March 31, 2002.

        6.1  Each Participant who was a Prior Dime Active Participant shall commence to accrue additional Years of Benefit Service and Years of Vesting Service as of April 1, 2002, based on the provisions of the Plan and the Participant's Hours of Service after January 1, 2002. For the 2002 Plan Year a Participant may accrue more than one Year of Benefit Service and more than one Year of Vesting Service. Each Participant who was in a class of employees ineligible under the Dime Plan, but who satisfies the eligibility requirements of the Plan as of March 31, 2002, shall commence to accrue additional Years of Benefit Service and Years of Vesting Service as of April 1, 2002, based on the provisions of the Plan and the Participant's Hours of Service after January 1, 2002.

7.
Benefit Amount.

        7.1  Effective July 1, 2002, the benefit amount of each Participant who was a Prior Dime Active Participant shall be based on the Participant's Accrued Benefit, where the Participant's Accrued Benefit as of any date after July 1, 2002 shall equal the sum of the following amounts:

        7.2  Benefit amounts based on the CBPP Accrued Benefit Component shall be calculated based on the provisions of the Plan, including actuarial equivalence factors.

        7.3  Benefit amounts based on the Dime Accrued Benefit Component shall be calculated based on the provisions of the Dime Plan including actuarial equivalence factors and early retirement reduction factors.

        7.4  The lump sum value of the Dime Accrued Benefit Component shall be calculated as determined under the Dime Plan except the definition of actuarial equivalence (as such term is defined in the Dime Plan) shall be replaced by the following:

2


        7.5  Effective July 1, 2002, the benefit amount of each Prior Dime Inactive Participant shall equal the benefit amount under the Dime Plan, as of March 31, 2002.

8.
Vesting.

        8.1  A Participant shall vest in the CBPP Accrued Benefit Component according to the provisions of Article 6 of the Plan.

        8.2  A Participant shall vest in the Dime Accrued Benefit Component according to Article IV of the Dime Plan, where Years of Vesting Service is substituted for Period of Service (as such term is defined in the Dime Plan).

9.
Eligibility for Benefits.

        9.1  A Participant who is a Prior Dime Active Participant may elect to receive a benefit based on the CBPP Accrued Benefit Component and the Dime Accrued Benefit Component as of the earlier of the applicable date of benefit commencement under the Plan and the applicable date of benefit commencement under the Dime Plan.

        9.2  Benefits for a Participant who is a Prior Dime Inactive Participant will be paid according to the provisions of the Dime Plan.

10.
Form of Benefit Payment.

        10.1 A Participant who is a Prior Dime Active Participant may elect any form of payment available under either Article 7 of the Plan or Article V of the Dime Plan for payment of both the Participant's CBPP Accrued Benefit Component and the Dime Accrued Benefit Component.

        10.2 The provisions of the Dime Plan, including actuarial equivalence factors (with regard to Section 7.4 of this Appendix 3), shall be used to calculate the forms of benefit payment based on the Dime Accrued Benefit Component. The provisions of the Plan, including actuarial equivalence factors, shall be used to calculate the forms of benefit payment based on the CBPP Accrued Benefit Component.

        10.3 A Participant who is a Prior Dime Inactive Participant may only elect benefit payment forms available under the Dime Plan for payment of the Participant's benefits.

11.
Involuntary Cash-Out Payments.

        11.1 The provisions of the Plan regarding cash-out payments shall apply to the value of a Participant's benefit, including the value of the CBPP Accrued Benefit Component and the value of the Dime Accrued Benefit Component at the time the Participant would be eligible to receive a distribution due to termination of Service.

12.
Protection of Benefits.

        12.1 All benefits and forms of benefits provided under the Dime Plan that are required to be protected under section 411(d)(6) of the Code shall be maintained under the Plan with respect to benefits accrued under the Dime Plan prior to April 1, 2002.

13.
Applicability of Plan Provisions.

        13.1 Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Appendix 3, all provisions of the Plan shall apply to Participants that are described in Section 4 of this Appendix 3.

3





QuickLinks

AMENDMENT TO THE WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. CASH BALANCE PENSION PLAN

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 10.14


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR
DIRECTORS AND CERTAIN HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES

Initially Adopted February 17, 1987
Amended and Restated Effective November 1, 2002

        The Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Certain Highly Compensated Employees was initially adopted by Washington Mutual Savings Bank on February 17, 1987, was amended and restated effective January 1, 1988 and was subsequently amended and restated effective January 1, 1993. Sponsorship of the Plan was transferred to Washington Mutual, Inc. in 1994 in connection with the corporate reorganization pursuant to which Washington Mutual Savings Bank was merged into Washington Mutual Bank and became a subsidiary of Washington Mutual, Inc. The Plan was amended and restated in its entirety by Washington Mutual, Inc., generally effective February 1, 1997 and was subsequently amended and restated effective January 1, 2000. The Plan was again amended and restated effective April 17, 2001.

        The Washington Mutual Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Highly Compensated Employees, which was initially adopted effective February 17, 1987, was amended and restated effective January 1, 1997. Management has decided to merge the Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Highly Compensated Employees with the Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Certain Highly Compensated Employees. The two plans are hereby merged, and this surviving Plan is amended and restated effective as of November 1, 2002 as follows:

1.
DEFINITIONS.

        1.1  " Account " means a separate bookkeeping account established for each Participant on the books of the Company that employs the applicable Participant for the purpose of recording amounts of Compensation deferred, Restricted Stock Awards surrendered or Discretionary Company Contributions made by or on behalf of such Participant, and income earned thereon, pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.

        1.2  " Board " means the Board of Directors of WM, Inc.

        1.3  " Annual Bonus " has its usual and ordinary meaning. It is not intended to include commissions or other similar variable compensation, and is not intended to include bonuses for services for less than the full calendar year.

        1.4  " Code " means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended or replaced from time to time.

        1.5  " Company " means WM, Inc., or any direct or indirect subsidiary of WM, Inc. With respect to any Participant or former Participant, the term "Company" means the Company by whom the Participant is currently employed, or was last employed in the case of a former Participant.

        1.6  " Compensation " means salary, Annual Bonus, quarterly or semiannual bonuses, commissions, variable compensation and other direct cash compensation payable by a Company to an Eligible Employee for employment by the Company, and Directors' fees payable by WM, Inc. to its Directors. The term "Compensation" shall not include reimbursement for expenses incurred by the Eligible Employee, or contributions to or benefits accrued under any Retirement Plan. In addition, the term "Compensation" does not include Restricted Stock Awards.

        1.7  " Compensation Committee " means the Directors' Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board.

1



        1.8  " Discretionary Company Contributions " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.

        1.9  " Effective Date " means November 1, 2002, for purposes of this amendment and restatement.

        1.10 " Eligible Employee " means each Director of WM, Inc., and each employee in salary levels 1-5 who is determined by the Committee, in its discretion, to be eligible to participate under the Plan. Effective November 1, 2002, "Eligible Employee" shall also include each employee of any Company who, at the time of making an election under this Plan, is reasonably anticipated to receive Compensation of more than $100,000 (before any and all elections under this Plan) for services during the calendar year to which the election relates.

        1.11 " ERISA " means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

        1.12 " Nonqualified Stock Options " means those nonqualified stock options of the Company awarded to a Participant pursuant to the Washington Mutual Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option Plan.

        1.13 " Participant " means any Eligible Employee who has elected to defer Compensation under the Plan.

        1.14 " Plan " means this plan for the deferral of Compensation, as it may be amended from time to time.

        1.15 " Plan Administration Committee " or " Committee " means such person or persons appointed under the provisions of Section 6 to administer and interpret the terms of the Plan.

        1.16 " Plan Year " means the 12-consecutive-month period commencing each January 1 and ending each December 31.

        1.17 " Pre-Existing Plan " means the Plan as in effect prior to the Effective Date.

        1.18 " Qualifying Gain " means the net whole shares accrued on behalf of a Participant upon his or her exercise of Nonqualified Stock Options using the stock-for-stock cashless payment method set forth in Section 2.4.

        1.19 " Qualifying Gain Account " means a separate bookkeeping account established for the Participant on the books of each Company that employs such Participant for purposes of accounting for any Qualifying Gain deferred by such Participant, and phantom dividend equivalent units earned thereon, pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Any Qualifying Gain that is deferred and held in this account shall be converted to phantom stock units equal to the Qualifying Gain. Any phantom dividend equivalent units credited to this account shall be converted to phantom stock units in accordance with Section 4.3(c).

        1.20 " Retirement Plan " means any defined benefit or defined contribution plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, and which is sponsored by one or more Companies.

        1.21 " Restricted Stock Award " means an award of stock of WM, Inc. made to a Participant pursuant to the Washington Mutual, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan.

        1.22 " Termination Date " means the date on which an Eligible Employee ceases to be an Eligible Employee, for any reason.

        1.23 " WM DC Plan for HCE's " means the Washington Mutual Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Highly Compensated Employees. Effective November 1, 2002, this plan is terminated. A "Former Participant" means a participant in the Washington Mutual Deferred Compensation Plan for HCE's who first became eligible to participate in this Plan on November 1, 2003.

        1.24 " WM, Inc. " means Washington Mutual, Inc., a Washington corporation.

2



2.
DEFERRAL ELECTION AND DISCRETIONARY COMPANY CONTRIBUTION.

        2.1     Election to Defer Compensation.     

        2.2     Election to Defer Annual Bonus and Certain Other Payments.     

        2.3     Election of Deferral Credit in Exchange for Restricted Stock Award.     

        2.4     Election of Qualifying Gain Deferral.     

3


        2.5     Form and Manner of Election.     Any election under Sections 2.1 through 2.4 shall be made in writing and in such form and manner as may be prescribed by the Committee. The election shall specify such items as the Committee shall reasonably require, including but not limited to:

4


        2.6     Discretionary Company Contribution.     In its sole discretion, and for the purpose of attracting or retaining highly qualified employees, the Compensation Committee may credit an Eligible Employee's account with a contribution known as a Discretionary Company Contribution. Any Discretionary Company Contribution made on behalf of an Eligible Employee pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be credited to the Eligible Employee's Account as of a date determined by the Compensation Committee and may be subject to such other terms and conditions, including provisions regarding vesting, that are set forth in an individual agreement between the Participant and the Committee setting forth such terms and conditions.

        2.7     Payment Options.     At the time of making an election under Sections 2.1 through 2.4, or within thirty (30) days of being credited with a Discretionary Company Contribution under Section 2.6, the Participant shall specify one of the following payment options:

        If a Participant fails to specify a payment option described above, option (a) shall apply. If a Participant designates different payment options at different times, the last payment option elected shall apply (including any last election under the Pre-Existing Plan).

        All payments from a Participant's Account shall be in cash. All payments from a Participant's Qualifying Gain Account shall be in the form of whole shares of WM, Inc. common stock equal to the number of phantom stock units held in such Account, rounded down to the nearest whole unit, such shares to be paid from the Washington Mutual 1994 Stock Option Plan, as amended. For purposes of this Section 2.7, all references to "Account" shall be deemed to include a Participant's Qualifying Gain Account.

        2.8     Commencement of Payment.     At the time of making a deferral election under Sections 2.1 through 2.4, or within thirty (30) days of being credited with a Discretionary Company Contribution under Section 2.6, the Participant shall irrevocably specify the date for the commencement of payment of the Compensation deferred pursuant to that election or contribution. If a Participant fails to specify a payment date, payment shall be made or commenced, as the case may be, within thirty (30) days following such Participant's Termination Date. A Participant may designate different payment commencement dates to apply to separate deferral elections or contributions. A payment date may be a date certain, or may be a date related to an employment event such as the date of termination of employment, or may be a date related to any other objectively determined event acceptable to the Committee. The payment commencement date may not be modified with respect to deferrals or contributions elected at the time the payment commencement date is designated. Subsequent deferral elections may specify a different payment commencement date for those deferrals or contributions.

5



        2.9     Modification of Election.     

        2.10     Termination of Election.     Participant's deferral election under Section 2.1 shall terminate upon the earliest of (a) the first day of the calendar quarter immediately following the date on which the Committee receives from such Participant written notice stating that his or her election is terminated (provided that if an election has been made to defer compensation that is for services to be rendered during more than one calendar quarter (e.g., a semiannual bonus), any termination of that election must be done at least fifteen (15) days prior to the first day of the first calendar quarter in which any services are to be rendered that relate, in whole or in part, to the element of Compensation that was deferred); (b) such Participant's Termination Date; or (c) termination of the Plan. In the event of a voluntary termination of an election by the Participant pursuant to clause (a) above, the Participant may not defer additional amounts until a timely election is made to defer Compensation that is payable in a subsequent calendar quarter, as provided in Section 2.1.

3.
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION.

        3.1     Designation of Beneficiary.     At the time of making an election under Sections 2.1 through 2.4, or within thirty (30) days of being credited with a Discretionary Company Contribution under Section 2.6, a Participant shall designate a person or persons as the Participant's beneficiary or beneficiaries (both primary as well as secondary) to whom payment under the Plan shall be made in the event of the Participant's death prior to complete distribution of such Participant's Account balance under the Plan. Each beneficiary designation shall become effective only when filed in writing with the Committee during the Participant's lifetime on a form prescribed by the Committee. Such payments shall be made to the primary beneficiary if such person survives the Participant. If not, such payments shall be made to the secondary beneficiary if such person survives the Participant, and if not, then payments will be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3. If a beneficiary dies at a time such beneficiary is entitled to receive payments hereunder, the remaining payments shall be made to such beneficiary's estate, as provided in Section 3.4.

        3.2     Filing New Designation.     The filing of a new beneficiary designation form will cancel all beneficiary designations previously filed. Any finalized divorce, dissolution or annulment of marriage or any new marriage of a Participant subsequent to the date of filing of a beneficiary designation form shall revoke such designation.

6



        3.3     Failure to Designate.     If a Participant fails to designate a beneficiary as provided above, or if a Participant's beneficiary designation is revoked by marriage, divorce, dissolution, annulment or otherwise without execution of a new designation; or if all designated beneficiaries predecease the Participant or die prior to complete distribution of the Participant's benefits hereunder; then, the Committee shall direct the distribution of such benefits to the Participant's estate.

        3.4     Death of Beneficiary.     At the death of the beneficiary who is entitled to receive payments hereunder, the balance (if any) then remaining in the Participant's Account shall be paid in a lump sum to the beneficiary's estate. Such payment shall completely discharge the Company's obligations under the Plan.

        3.5     Change of Beneficiary.     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any beneficiary designation may be changed by a Participant at any time by the written filing of such change on a form prescribed by the Committee.

        3.6     Beneficiary Designations Under Other Plan Recognized.     Any beneficiary designation properly executed under the terms of the WM DC Plan for HCEs shall be given full force and effect under this Plan.

4.
ACCOUNTS.

        4.1     Separate Accounts.     The Committee shall establish a separate Account for each Participant, to which it will credit each amount required to be credited hereunder. The Account thus established shall be a bookkeeping Account, and shall not grant to any Participant any security interest or other prior right in any assets of the Company by reason of such credits.

        4.2     Timing of Credit.     

7


        4.3     Additional Credits.     

8


5.
PAYMENT OF ACCOUNT BALANCE.

        5.1     Payment Method.     The Company shall pay the Participant's Account balance under the Plan to such Participant in accordance with the payment option designated by the Participant pursuant to Section 2.7. In the event of the death of the Participant prior to payment of the entire Account balance, payment shall be made to such Participant's beneficiary or beneficiaries designated under Section 3 in accordance with the payment method designated by the Participant pursuant to Section 2, or in accordance with any accelerated method (including lump sum) as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion.

        5.2     Withholding and Offset.     

        5.3     Payment for Unforeseeable Emergency.     A Participant shall not be entitled to withdraw any portion of the balance of his or her Account except that, in cases of an unforeseeable emergency, the Committee may authorize, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis and taking into account other resources reasonably available to the Participant, payment of so much of the Participant's Account as is required to meet the need created by the emergency. For the purposes hereof, an "unforeseeable emergency" is an unanticipated emergency that is caused by an event beyond the control of the Participant or the Participant's beneficiary and that would result in severe financial hardship to the individual if early withdrawal were not permitted. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, an unforeseeable emergency shall include a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of a dependent (as defined in Code § 152(a)) of the Participant, loss of the Participant's property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the Participant's control. The circumstances that will constitute an unforeseeable emergency will depend on the facts of each case, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, but, in any case, payment may not be made to the extent that such hardship is or may be relieved:

        For the purposes hereof, examples of what are not considered to be unforeseeable emergencies shall include the need to send a Participant's child to college or the desire to purchase a home.

        5.4     Limitation on Liability.     The Company's maximum liability to make payments hereunder is limited to the amount of the Participant's Account (including the interest thereon pursuant to Section 4.3).

9



6.
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

        The Compensation Committee shall from time to time appoint a committee, which shall be designated the Plan Administration Committee, to administer the Plan. The Compensation Committee may fix or change the number of members of the Committee at any time at its discretion. Each member of the Plan Administration Committee shall serve until such member resigns or becomes unable to serve due to death or disability or until such member is removed by the Compensation Committee. The Plan Administration Committee shall administer and interpret the Plan and for that purpose may make, amend or revoke rules and regulations at any time. The Committee also shall make determinations about benefits hereunder. All decisions of the Plan Administration Committee shall be by vote of a majority of its members eligible to vote on a particular matter, and shall be final and binding on all parties. The Plan Administration Committee shall have absolute discretion to carry out its responsibilities hereunder. Members of the Plan Administration Committee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan while serving as a member of the Committee; provided, however , that no member shall be entitled to vote or take any other action as part of the Committee with respect to such member's benefits or any other matter affecting such member's rights as a Participant under the Plan.

7.
CLAIMS PROCEDURE.

        7.1     Claims Procedure.     The Plan Administrator is responsible for evaluating all claims for reimbursement under the Plan. The Plan Administrator will decide the claim within a reasonable time not longer than ninety (90) days after it is received. This time period may be extended for an additional ninety (90) days for matters beyond the control of the Plan Administrator, including cases where a claim is incomplete. The Participant will receive written notice of any extension, including the reasons for the extension and information on the date by which a decision by the Administrator is expected to be made. Participant will be given forty-five forty-five (45) days in which to complete an incomplete claim.

        7.2     Benefit Denial.     If the Plan Administrator denies a Participant's claim, in whole or in part, the Participant will be furnished with a written notice of adverse benefit determination setting forth:

        For purposes of this Section 7, a "claim" means a written request for Plan benefits filed with the Plan Administrator. A mere inquiry or request for information shall not constitute a claim.

        7.3     Appealing Denied Claims.     If a Participant's claim is denied in whole or in part, the Participant may appeal to the Plan Administrator for a review of the denied claim. The appeal must be made in writing within sixty (60) days of the Plan administrator's initial notice of adverse benefit determination, or a Participant will lose the right to appeal the denial. Failure to make a timely appeal will result in forfeiture of the right to file suit in court, as a Participant will have failed to exhaust internal administrative appeal rights, which is generally a prerequisite to bringing suit.

        The written appeal should state the reasons that the Participant believes the claim should not have been denied and should cite specific provisions of the Plan that support that claim. It should include any additional facts and/or documents that support the claim. The Participant may also ask additional questions and make written comments, and may review (on request and at no charge) documents and

10



other information relevant to the appeal. The Plan Administrator will review all written comment submitted with the appeal.

        7.4     Review Procedure.     The Plan Administrator will review and decide the appeal within a reasonable time not longer than sixty (60) days after it is submitted and will notify a Participant of its decision in writing. The individual who decides the appeal will not be the same individual who decided the initial claim denial and will not be that individual's subordinate. If the decision on appeal affirms the initial denial of the claim, the Participant will be furnished with a notice of adverse benefit determination on review setting forth:

8.
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN.

        8.1     Amendment.     The Compensation Committee may at any time amend the Plan, provided that no amendment shall deny or reduce any amounts previously credited to any Participant's Account. The Plan Administration Committee may amend the Plan for the following reasons:

        8.2     Termination.     

9.
MISCELLANEOUS.

        9.1     Unsecured General Creditor; Unfunded Plan.     A Participant and such Participant's beneficiaries, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Company. Such assets of the Company shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of a Participant, or such Participant's beneficiaries, heirs, successors or assigns, or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfillment of the obligations of the Company under the Plan. Any and all assets of the Company shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company. The Company's obligation hereunder shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured

11


promise of the Company to pay money in the future. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Plan be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA.

        9.2     Plan Administrator.     With respect to ERISA, the Committee shall be the plan administrator and named fiduciary as to the Plan and the corporate secretary of WM, Inc. shall be the agent for purposes of receiving legal process.

        9.3     No Right to Employment.     The Plan shall not confer upon any person the right to be retained in the employ of the Company, interfere with the right of the Company to discharge or otherwise deal with any person without regard to the existence of the Plan or otherwise be interpreted or construed as creating or modifying any employment or other contract between the Company and any person.

        9.4     Alienation.     No right, interest or benefit under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, charge, execution, attachment, garnishment or legal process by the creditors of the Participant or the Participant's beneficiary, and any attempt to do so shall be void.

        9.5     Information.     Participants and their beneficiaries under the Plan shall provide such authorizations, elections, designations and other information as the Committee shall deem necessary for the proper administration of the Plan. All such authorizations, elections, designations and other information shall be in form approved by the Committee. The Committee shall not be obligated to determine the accuracy or authenticity of any information provided by any Participant or beneficiary under the Plan and any payment or other distribution of benefits based thereon shall be binding on such person, or on anyone claiming by, through or under such person, and shall completely discharge any liability under the Plan to the extent of any payment made.

        9.6     Headings.     Headings of sections and paragraphs of the Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of the Plan.

        9.7     Applicable Law.     The Plan shall be interpreted, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington, except insofar as state law has been preempted by ERISA.

        9.8     Validity.     In the event any provision of the Plan is held invalid, void or unenforceable, the same shall not affect, in any respect whatsoever, the remainder of the Plan.

12





QuickLinks

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR DIRECTORS AND CERTAIN HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 10.67

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
WAMU SHARES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS
1.1   Affiliate   1
1.2   Board   1
1.3   Company   1
1.4   Code   1
1.5   Committee   1
1.6   Date of Exercise   1
1.7   Disability   1
1.8   Employee   1
1.9   Employed   1
1.10   Employment   1
1.11   Exchange Act   1
1.12   Fair Market Value   1
1.13   Full-Time Employee   1
1.14   Option   1
1.15   Part-Time Employee.   2
1.16   Participant   2
1.17   Plan   2
1.18   Stock   2

ARTICLE 2. PURPOSE OF PLAN

ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION
3.1   Administration of Plan   2
3.2   Discretionary Authority of Committee   2

ARTICLE 4. AUTOMATIC GRANTS TO EMPLOYEES
4.1   Participation   3
4.2   Grant   3
4.3   Vesting of Options   3
4.4   Expiration of Options   3
4.5   No Agreements   3

ARTICLE 5. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN
5.1   Source of Shares   4
5.2   Maximum Number of Shares   4
5.3   Forfeitures   4

ARTICLE 6. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS
6.1   Exercise Price   4
6.2   Right to Exercise   4
6.3   Maximum Exercise Period   4
6.4   Nontransferability   4
6.5   Minimum Exercise   4

i



ARTICLE 7. METHOD OF EXERCISE
7.1   Exercise   4
7.2   Payment   4
7.3   Federal Withholding Tax Requirements   4
7.4   Shareholder Rights   4

ARTICLE 8. ADJUSTMENT UPON CORPORATE CHANGES
8.1   Adjustments to Shares   4
8.2   Substitution of Options on Merger or Acquisition   5
8.3   Effect of Certain Transactions   5
8.4   No Preemptive Rights   5
8.5   Fractional Shares   5

ARTICLE 9. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND APPROVAL OF REGULATORY BODIES
9.1   General   5
9.2   Representations by Participants   6

ARTICLE 10. GENERAL PROVISIONS
10.1   Effect on Employment   6
10.2   Unfunded Plan   6
10.3   Rules of Construction   6
10.4   Governing Law   6
10.5   Amendment   6
10.6   Effective Date of Plan   6

ii



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
WAMU SHARES

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS

        1.1     Affiliate.     A "parent corporation," as defined in section 424(e) of the Code, or "subsidiary corporation," as defined in section 424(f) of the Code, of the Company.

        1.2     Board.     The board of directors of the Company.

        1.3     Company.     Washington Mutual, Inc. and its successors.

        1.4     Code.     The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

        1.5     Committee.     A committee to which the Board has delegated the authority to administer the Plan.

        1.6     Date of Exercise.     The date that the Option exercise price is received by the Company or the person which the Company has designated as its agent for administering the exercise of Options under the Plan.

        1.7     Disability.     Eligibility for long-term disability benefits under a long-term disability program sponsored by the Company or, in the case of an Employee not eligible for such a program because of insufficient hours of Employment, a condition which the Committee or its designee determines is equivalent to a disability under such a program.

        1.8     Employee.     An individual employed by the Company or an Affiliate, except that the term "Employee" shall not include any of the following officers: the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, or any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or First Vice President of the Company or an affiliate.

        1.9     Employed.     Performing services for compensation for the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

        1.10     Employment.     Performance of services for compensation for the Company or an Affiliate as an employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

        1.11     Exchange Act.     The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

        1.12     Fair Market Value.     On any given date, the applicable description below:

        1.13     Full-Time Employee.     An Employee who regularly is scheduled to work at least 40 hours per week.

        1.14     Option.     The right that is granted hereunder to a Participant to purchase from the Company a stated number of shares of Stock at the price set forth in an Agreement. An Option includes only options which are not qualified as "incentive stock options" within the meaning of section 422 of the Code.

1



        1.15     Part-Time Employee.     An Employee other than a Full-Time Employee.

        1.16     Participant.     An Employee of the Company or of an Affiliate who satisfies the requirements of Article 4 for an automatic grant.

        1.17     Plan.     The Washington Mutual, Inc. WAMU Shares program set forth herein.

        1.18     Stock.     The common stock of the Company.

ARTICLE 2. PURPOSE OF PLAN

        The purpose of the Plan is to provide a performance incentive and to encourage stock ownership by employees of the Company and its Affiliates, and to align the interests of such individuals with those of the Company, its Affiliates and its shareholders. It is intended that Participants may acquire or increase their proprietary interests in the Company and be encouraged to remain in the employ of the Company or of its Affiliates. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Stock pursuant to this Plan may be used for general corporate purposes.

ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION

        3.1     Administration of Plan.     The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have complete authority to (i) interpret all provisions of this Plan; (ii) determine in its sole discretion eligibility for participation in the Plan; (iii) adopt, amend, and rescind rules for Plan administration; and (iv) make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of this Plan. The express grant in the Plan of any specific power to the Committee shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee. Any decision made or action taken by the Committee to administer the Plan shall be final and conclusive. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any act done in good faith with respect to this Plan or any Agreement or Option. The Company shall bear all expenses of Plan administration.

        3.2     Discretionary Authority of Committee.     Except to the extent provided otherwise, the Committee shall have full discretionary power, subject to, and within the limits of, the express provisions of the Plan:

2


ARTICLE 4. AUTOMATIC GRANTS TO EMPLOYEES

        4.1     Participation.     Effective October 1, 1997, the following Employees shall receive a stock option grant described in Section 4.2:

        4.2     Grant.     Effective September 1, 1997, any Employee described in Section 4.1(a) shall be granted an Option to purchase 100 shares of Stock. Effective September 1, 1997, every Employee described in Section 4.1(b) shall be granted an Option to purchase 50 shares of Stock. However, if any Employee is on approved leave status as of September 1, 1997, the grant of the Option which otherwise would be made hereunder shall not be effective until the date such Employee returns to active Employment.

        4.3     Vesting of Options.     Options granted under this Article 4 shall be vested and fully exercisable as of September 1, 1999, providing such Option has not expired prior to the time of exercise. In addition, Options shall be vested and fully exercisable upon termination of Employment because of Disability, death or retirement within the meaning of Sections 4.4(b), (c) and (d) respectively.

        4.4     Expiration of Options.     Options granted to an Employee under this Article 4 shall expire as of the earliest to occur of the following:

        4.5     No Agreements.     No agreements shall be issued with respect to options issued under this Article 4.

3


ARTICLE 5. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

        5.1     Source of Shares.     Upon the exercise of an Option, the Company shall deliver to the Participant authorized but unissued Stock.

        5.2     Maximum Number of Shares.     The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Options is 2,200,000 shares of stock, subject to increases and adjustments as provided in Article 8.

        5.3     Forfeitures.     If any Option granted hereunder expires or terminates for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased shares subject thereto shall be available for issuance under this Plan in connection with another Option.

ARTICLE 6. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

        6.1     Exercise Price.     The exercise price of an Option shall be $59.875, which is 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on September 1, 1997.

        6.2     Right to Exercise.     An Option granted under this Plan shall be exercisable as set forth in Article 4.

        6.3     Maximum Exercise Period.     Except as provided in Sections 3.2(c) and 4.4(a), no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date it was granted.

        6.4     Nontransferability.     Any Option granted under this Plan shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Only the Participant to whom an Option is granted may exercise such Option, unless he is deceased. No right or interest of a Participant in any Option shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation or liability of such Participant.

        6.5     Minimum Exercise.     An Option may be exercised in whole or in part, but the number of shares as to which the Option is exercised must be a multiple of 25.

ARTICLE 7. METHOD OF EXERCISE

        7.1     Exercise.     An Option granted hereunder shall be deemed to have been exercised on the Date of Exercise. Subject to the provisions of Articles 4, 6, 7, 8 and 9, an Option may be exercised in whole or in part at such times and in compliance with such requirements as the Committee shall determine.

        7.2     Payment.     Unless otherwise provided by the Agreement or by rules or procedures adopted by the Committee, payment of the Option price shall be effected by payment in cash or by any other method approved by the Committee and communicated to Participants from time to time.

        7.3     Federal Withholding Tax Requirements.     Upon exercise of an Option by a Participant who is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, the Participant shall, upon notification of the amount due and prior to or concurrently with the delivery of the certificates representing the shares, pay to the Company or its designee amounts necessary to satisfy applicable federal, state and local withholding tax requirements or shall otherwise make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for such requirements.

        7.4     Shareholder Rights.     No Participant shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to shares subject to his Option prior to the Date of Exercise of such Option.

ARTICLE 8. ADJUSTMENT UPON CORPORATE CHANGES

        8.1     Adjustments to Shares.     The maximum number and kind of shares of stock with respect to which Options hereunder may be granted and which are the subject of outstanding Options shall be

4


adjusted by way of increase or decrease as the Committee determines (in its sole discretion) to be appropriate, in the event that:

Provided, however, that if an event described in paragraph (a) or (b) occurs, the Committee shall make adjustments to the limits specified in Section 4.2 that are proportionate to the modifications of the Stock that are on account of such corporate changes.

        8.2     Substitution of Options on Merger or Acquisition.     The Committee may grant Options in substitution for stock awards, stock options, stock appreciation rights or similar awards held by an individual who becomes an employee of the Company or an Affiliate in connection with a transaction to which section 424(a) of the Code applies. The terms of such substituted Options shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, subject only to the limitations of Articles 4, 5 and 6.

        8.3     Effect of Certain Transactions.     Upon a merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation, reorganization or liquidation of the Company, as a result of which the shareholders of the Company receive cash, stock or other property in exchange for their shares of Stock, any Option granted hereunder shall terminate, unless the Committee elects to convert all Options hereunder into options to purchase stock of an acquiring corporation. If the Committee so elects to convert the Options, the amount and price of such converted options shall be determined by adjusting the amount and price of the Options granted hereunder in the same proportion as used for determining the number of shares of stock of the acquiring corporation the holders of the Stock receive in such merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation or reorganization, and the vesting schedule set forth in the Agreement shall continue to apply to the converted options. In addition, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant Participants the right, immediately prior to any such merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation, reorganization or liquidation to exercise their Options in whole or in part whether or not the vesting requirements otherwise specified in this Plan have been satisfied.

        8.4     No Preemptive Rights.     The issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, for cash or property, or for labor or services rendered, either upon direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, outstanding Options.

        8.5     Fractional Shares.     Only whole shares of Stock may be acquired through the exercise of an Option. The Company will return to the Participant any amount tendered in the exercise of an Option remaining after the maximum number of whole shares have been purchased.

ARTICLE 9. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND
APPROVAL OF REGULATORY BODIES

        9.1     General.     No Option shall be exercisable, no Stock shall be issued, no certificates for shares of Stock shall be delivered, and no payment shall be made under this Plan except in compliance with all federal and state laws and regulations (including, without limitation, withholding tax requirements), federal and state securities laws and regulations and the rules of all national securities exchanges or

5


self-regulatory organizations on which the Company's shares may be listed. The Company shall have the right to rely on an opinion of its counsel as to such compliance. Any certificate issued to evidence shares of Stock for which an Option is exercised may bear such legends and statements as the Committee upon advice of counsel may deem advisable to assure compliance with federal and state laws and regulations. No Option shall be exercisable, no Stock shall be issued, no certificate for shares shall be delivered and no payment shall be made under this Plan until the Company has obtained such consent or approval as the Committee may deem advisable from any regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over such matters.

        9.2     Representations by Participants.     As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require a Participant to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares, if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such representation is required by any relevant provision of the laws referred to in Section 9.1. At the option of the Company, a stop transfer order against any shares of stock may be placed on the official stock books and records of the Company, and a legend indicating that the stock may not be pledged, sold or otherwise transferred unless an opinion of counsel was provided (concurred in by counsel for the Company) and stating that such transfer is not in violation of any applicable law or regulation may be stamped on the stock certificate in order to assure exemption from registration. The Committee may also require such other action or agreement by the Participants as may from time to time be necessary to comply with the federal and state securities laws. This provision shall not obligate the Company or any Affiliate to undertake registration of options or stock hereunder.

ARTICLE 10. GENERAL PROVISIONS

        10.1     Effect on Employment.     Neither the adoption of this Plan, its operation, nor any documents describing or referring to this Plan (or any part thereof) shall confer upon any employee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate or in any way affect any right and power of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate the employment of any employee at any time with or without assigning a reason therefor.

        10.2     Unfunded Plan.     The Plan, insofar as it provides for grants, shall be unfunded, and the Company shall not be required to segregate any assets that may at any time be represented by grants under this Plan. Any liability of the Company to any person with respect to any grant under this Plan shall be based solely upon contractual obligations that may be created hereunder. No such obligation of the Company shall be deemed to be secured by any pledge of, or other encumbrance on, any property of the Company.

        10.3     Rules of Construction.     Headings are given to the articles and sections of this Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. The masculine gender when used herein refers to both masculine and feminine. The reference to any statute, regulation or other provision of law shall be construed to refer to any amendment to or successor of such provision of law.

        10.4     Governing Law.     The laws of the State of Washington shall apply to all matters arising under this Plan, to the extent that federal law does not apply.

        10.5     Amendment.     The Board may amend or terminate this Plan at any time; provided, however, an amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights of a Participant under an outstanding Option is not valid with respect to such Option without the Participant's consent. Provided further that the shareholders of the Company must approve any amendment:

        10.6     Effective Date of Plan.     This Plan is effective as of September 1, 1997.

6





QuickLinks

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. WAMU SHARES

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 10.68

JANUARY 1999 WAMU SHARES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS   1
 
1.1

 

Affiliate

 

1
  1.2   Board   1
  1.3   Company   1
  1.4   Code   1
  1.5   Committee   1
  1.6   Date of Exercise   1
  1.7   Disability   1
  1.8   Employee   1
  1.9   Employed   1
  1.10   Employment   1
  1.11   Exchange Act   1
  1.12   Full-Time Employee   1
  1.13   Option   1
  1.14   Part-Time Employee   1
  1.15   Participant   1
  1.16   Plan   1
  1.17   Stock   1

ARTICLE 2. PURPOSE OF PLAN

 

1

ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION

 

2
 
3.1

 

Administration of Plan

 

2
  3.2   Discretionary Authority of Committee   2

ARTICLE 4. AUTOMATIC GRANTS TO EMPLOYEES

 

2
 
4.1

 

Participation

 

2
  4.2   Grant   3
  4.3   Vesting of Options   3
  4.4   Expiration of Options   3
  4.5   No Agreements   3
  4.6   Additional Grants   3

ARTICLE 5. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

 

3
 
5.1

 

Source of Shares

 

3
  5.2   Maximum Number of Shares   3
  5.3   Forfeitures   3

ARTICLE 6. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

4
 
6.1

 

Exercise Price

 

4
  6.2   Right to Exercise   4
  6.3   Maximum Exercise Period   4
  6.4   Nontransferability   4
  6.5   Minimum Exercise   4

i



ARTICLE 7. METHOD OF EXERCISE

 

4
 
7.1

 

Exercise

 

4
  7.2   Payment   4
  7.3   Federal Withholding Tax Requirements   4
  7.4   Shareholder Rights   4

ARTICLE 8. ADJUSTMENT UPON CORPORATE CHANGES

 

4
 
8.1

 

Adjustments to Shares

 

4
  8.2   Substitution of Options on Merger or Acquisition   5
  8.3   Effect of Certain Transactions   5
  8.4   No Preemptive Rights   5
  8.5   Fractional Shares   5

ARTICLE 9. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND APPROVAL OF REGULATORY BODIES

 

5
 
9.1

 

General

 

5
  9.2   Representations by Participants   5

ARTICLE 10. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

6
 
10.1

 

Effect on Employment

 

6
  10.2   Unfunded Plan   6
  10.3   Rules of Construction   6
  10.4   Governing Law   6
  10.5   Amendment   6
  10.6   Effective Date of Plan   6

ii



JANUARY 1999 WAMU SHARES

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS

        1.1     Affiliate.     A "parent corporation," as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code, or "subsidiary corporation," as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, of the Company.

        1.2     Board.     The board of directors of the Company.

        1.3     Company.     Washington Mutual, Inc. and its successors.

        1.4     Code.     The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

        1.5     Committee.     The Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board, or such other committee to which the Board has delegated the authority to administer the Plan.

        1.6     Date of Exercise.     The date that the Option exercise price is received by the Company or the person which the Company has designated as its agent for administering the exercise of Options under the Plan.

        1.7     Disability.     Eligibility for long-term disability benefits under a long-term disability program sponsored by the Company or, in the case of an Employee not eligible for such a program because of insufficient hours of Employment, a condition which the Committee or its designee determines is equivalent to a disability under such a program.

        1.8     Employee.     An individual Employed by the Company or an Affiliate and paid on the payroll of the Company or an Affiliate, except that the term "Employee" shall not include any of the following officers: the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, or any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or First Vice President of the Company or an affiliate.

        1.9     Employed.     Performing services for compensation for the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

        1.10     Employment.     Performance of services for compensation for the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

        1.11     Exchange Act.     The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

        1.12     Full-Time Employee.     An Employee who regularly is scheduled to work at least 40 hours per week.

        1.13     Option.     The right that is granted hereunder to a Participant to purchase from the Company a stated number of shares of Stock at the price set forth in the Plan. An Option includes only options which are not qualified as "incentive stock options" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

        1.14     Part-Time Employee.     An Employee other than a Full-Time Employee.

        1.15     Participant.     An Employee of the Company or of an Affiliate who satisfies the requirements of Article 4 for an automatic grant.

        1.16     Plan.     January 1999 WAMU Shares program set forth herein.

        1.17     Stock.     The common stock of the Company.

ARTICLE 2. PURPOSE OF PLAN

        The purpose of the Plan is to provide a performance incentive and to encourage stock ownership by employees of the Company and its Affiliates, and to align the interests of such individuals with those of the Company, its Affiliates and its shareholders. It is intended that Participants may acquire or increase their proprietary interests in the Company and be encouraged to remain in the employ of the

1



Company or of its Affiliates. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Stock pursuant to this Plan may be used for general corporate purposes.

ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION

        3.1     Administration of Plan.     The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have complete authority to (i) interpret all provisions of this Plan; (ii) determine in its sole discretion eligibility for participation in the Plan; (iii) adopt, amend, and rescind rules for Plan administration; and (iv) make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of this Plan. The express grant in the Plan of any specific power to the Committee shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee. Any decision made or action taken by the Committee to administer the Plan shall be final and conclusive. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any act done in good faith with respect to this Plan or any Option. The Company shall bear all expenses of Plan administration.

        3.2     Discretionary Authority of Committee.     Except to the extent provided otherwise, the Committee shall have full discretionary power, subject to, and within the limits of, the express provisions of the Plan:

ARTICLE 4. AUTOMATIC GRANTS TO EMPLOYEES

        4.1     Participation.     Effective January 4, 1999, the following Employees shall receive a stock option grant described in Section 4.2:

2


        4.2     Grant.     Effective January 4, 1999, any Employee described in Section 4.1(a) shall be granted an Option to purchase 100 shares of Stock. Effective January 4, 1999, every Employee described in Section 4.1(b) shall be granted an Option to purchase 50 shares of Stock. However, if any Employee is on approved leave status as of January 4, 1999, the grant of the Option which otherwise would be made hereunder shall not be effective until the date such Employee returns to active Employment.

        4.3     Vesting of Options.     Options granted under this Article 4 shall be vested and fully exercisable as of January 4, 2001, providing such Option has not expired prior to the time of exercise. In addition, Options shall be vested and fully exercisable upon termination of Employment because of Disability, death or retirement within the meaning of Sections 4.4(b), (c) and (d) respectively.

        4.4     Expiration of Options.     Options granted to an Employee under this Article 4 shall expire as of the earliest to occur of the following:

        4.5     No Agreements.     No agreements shall be issued with respect to options issued under this Article 4.

        4.6     Additional Grants.     The Board may grant additional options by written authorization containing the date for determining the eligible employees, the exercise price, and the dates on which options vest and expire. All other terms of this Plan shall apply to grants under this Section 4.6.

ARTICLE 5. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

        5.1     Source of Shares.     Upon the exercise of an Option, the Company shall deliver to the Participant authorized but unissued Stock.

        5.2     Maximum Number of Shares.     The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Options is 3,300,000 shares of stock, subject to increases and adjustments as provided in Article 8.

        5.3     Forfeitures.     If any Option granted hereunder expires or terminates for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased shares subject thereto shall be available for issuance under this Plan in connection with another Option.

3



ARTICLE 6. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

        6.1     Exercise Price.     The exercise price of an Option shall be $32.875.

        6.2     Right to Exercise.     An Option granted under this Plan shall be exercisable as set forth in Article 4.

        6.3     Maximum Exercise Period.     Except as provided in Sections 3.2(c) and 4.4(a), no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date it was granted.

        6.4     Nontransferability.     Any Option granted under this Plan shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Only the Participant to whom an Option is granted may exercise such Option, unless he is deceased. No right or interest of a Participant in any Option shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation or liability of such Participant.

        6.5     Minimum Exercise.     An Option may be exercised in whole or in part, but the number of shares as to which the Option is exercised must be a multiple of 25.

ARTICLE 7. METHOD OF EXERCISE

        7.1     Exercise.     An Option granted hereunder shall be deemed to have been exercised on the Date of Exercise. Subject to the provisions of Articles 4, 6, 7, 8 and 9, an Option may be exercised in whole or in part at such times and in compliance with such requirements as the Committee shall determine.

        7.2     Payment.     Unless otherwise provided by the Plan or by rules or procedures adopted by the Committee, payment of the Option price shall be effected by payment in cash or by any other method approved by the Committee and communicated to Participants from time to time.

        7.3     Federal Withholding Tax Requirements.     Upon exercise of an Option by a Participant who is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, the Participant shall, upon notification of the amount due and prior to or concurrently with the delivery of the certificates representing the shares, pay to the Company or its designee amounts necessary to satisfy applicable federal, state and local withholding tax requirements or shall otherwise make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for such requirements.

        7.4     Shareholder Rights.     No Participant shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to shares subject to his Option prior to the Date of Exercise of such Option.

ARTICLE 8. ADJUSTMENT UPON CORPORATE CHANGES

        8.1     Adjustments to Shares.     The maximum number and kind of shares of stock with respect to which Options hereunder may be granted and which are the subject of outstanding Options shall be adjusted by way of increase or decrease as the Committee determines (in its sole discretion) to be appropriate, in the event that:

Provided, however, that if an event described in paragraph (a) or (b) occurs, the Committee shall make adjustments to the limits specified in Section 4.2 that are proportionate to the modifications of the Stock that are on account of such corporate changes.

4


        8.2     Substitution of Options on Merger or Acquisition.     The Committee may grant Options in substitution for stock awards, stock options, stock appreciation rights or similar awards held by an individual who becomes an employee of the Company or an Affiliate in connection with a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies. The terms of such substituted Options shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, subject only to the limitations of Articles 4, 5 and 6.

        8.3     Effect of Certain Transactions.     Upon a merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation, reorganization or liquidation of the Company, as a result of which the shareholders of the Company receive cash, stock or other property in exchange for their shares of Stock, any Option granted hereunder shall terminate, unless the Committee elects to convert all Options hereunder into options to purchase stock of an acquiring corporation. If the Committee so elects to convert the Options, the amount and price of such converted options shall be determined by adjusting the amount and price of the Options granted hereunder in the same proportion as used for determining the number of shares of stock of the acquiring corporation the holders of the Stock receive in such merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation or reorganization, and the vesting schedule set forth in the Plan shall continue to apply to the converted options. In addition, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant Participants the right, immediately prior to any such merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation, reorganization or liquidation to exercise their Options in whole or in part whether or not the vesting requirements otherwise specified in this Plan have been satisfied.

        8.4     No Preemptive Rights.     The issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, for cash or property, or for labor or services rendered, either upon direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, outstanding Options.

        8.5     Fractional Shares.     Only whole shares of Stock may be acquired through the exercise of an Option. The Company will return to the Participant any amount tendered in the exercise of an Option remaining after the maximum number of whole shares have been purchased.

ARTICLE 9. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND APPROVAL OF REGULATORY BODIES

        9.1     General.     No Option shall be exercisable, no Stock shall be issued, no certificates for shares of Stock shall be delivered, and no payment shall be made under this Plan except in compliance with all federal and state laws and regulations (including, without limitation, withholding tax requirements), federal and state securities laws and regulations and the rules of all national securities exchanges or self-regulatory organizations on which the Company's shares may be listed. The Company shall have the right to rely on an opinion of its counsel as to such compliance. Any certificate issued to evidence shares of Stock for which an Option is exercised may bear such legends and statements as the Committee upon advice of counsel may deem advisable to assure compliance with federal and state laws and regulations. No Option shall be exercisable, no Stock shall be issued, no certificate for shares shall be delivered and no payment shall be made under this Plan until the Company has obtained such consent or approval as the Committee may deem advisable from any regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over such matters.

        9.2     Representations by Participants.     As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require a Participant to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares, if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such representation is required by any relevant provision of the laws referred to in Section 9.1. At the option of the Company, a stop transfer order against any

5



shares of stock may be placed on the official stock books and records of the Company, and a legend indicating that the stock may not be pledged, sold or otherwise transferred unless an opinion of counsel was provided (concurred in by counsel for the Company) and stating that such transfer is not in violation of any applicable law or regulation may be stamped on the stock certificate in order to assure exemption from registration. The Committee may also require such other action or agreement by the Participants as may from time to time be necessary to comply with the federal and state securities laws. This provision shall not obligate the Company or any Affiliate to undertake registration of options or stock hereunder.

ARTICLE 10. GENERAL PROVISIONS

        10.1     Effect on Employment.     Neither the adoption of this Plan, its operation, nor any documents describing or referring to this Plan (or any part thereof) shall confer upon any employee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate or in any way affect any right and power of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate the employment of any employee at any time with or without assigning a reason therefor.

        10.2     Unfunded Plan.     The Plan, insofar as it provides for grants, shall be unfunded, and the Company shall not be required to segregate any assets that may at any time be represented by grants under this Plan. Any liability of the Company to any person with respect to any grant under this Plan shall be based solely upon contractual obligations that may be created hereunder. No such obligation of the Company shall be deemed to be secured by any pledge of, or other encumbrance on, any property of the Company.

        10.3     Rules of Construction.     Headings are given to the articles and sections of this Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. The masculine gender when used herein refers to both masculine and feminine. The reference to any statute, regulation or other provision of law shall be construed to refer to any amendment to or successor of such provision of law.

        10.4     Governing Law.     The laws of the State of Washington shall apply to all matters arising under this Plan, to the extent that federal law does not apply.

        10.5     Amendment.     The Board may amend or terminate this Plan at any time; provided, however, an amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights of a Participant under an outstanding Option is not valid with respect to such Option without the Participant's consent.

        10.6     Effective Date of Plan.     This Plan is effective as of January 4, 1999.

6





QuickLinks

JANUARY 1999 WAMU SHARES

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 10.69

FEBRUARY 2001 WAMU SHARES
TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS   1
  1.1   Affiliate   1
  1.2   Board   1
  1.3   Company   1
  1.4   Code   1
  1.5   Committee   1
  1.6   Date of Exercise   1
  1.7   Disability   1
  1.8   Employee   1
  1.9   Employed   1
  1.10   Employment   1
  1.11   Exchange Act   1
  1.12   Full-Time Employee   1
  1.13   Option   1
  1.14   Part-Time Employee   1
  1.15   Participant   1
  1.16   Plan   1
  1.17   Stock   1

ARTICLE 2. PURPOSE OF PLAN

 

1

ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION

 

2
 
3.1

 

Administration of Plan

 

2
  3.2   Discretionary Authority of Committee   2

ARTICLE 4. AUTOMATIC GRANTS TO EMPLOYEES

 

2
 
4.1

 

Participation

 

3
  4.2   Grant   3
  4.3   Vesting of Options   3
  4.4   Expiration of Options   3
  4.5   No Agreements   3
  4.6   Additional Grants   3

ARTICLE 5. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

 

3
 
5.1

 

Source of Shares

 

3
  5.2   Maximum Number of Shares   3
  5.3   Forfeitures   4

ARTICLE 6. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

4
 
6.1

 

Exercise Price

 

4
  6.2   Right to Exercise   4
  6.3   Maximum Exercise Period   4
  6.4   Nontransferability   4
  6.5   Minimum Exercise   4

ARTICLE 7. METHOD OF EXERCISE

 

4

i


 
7.1

 

Exercise

 

4
  7.2   Payment   4
  7.3   Federal Withholding Tax Requirements   4
  7.4   Shareholder Rights   4

ARTICLE 8. ADJUSTMENT UPON CORPORATE CHANGES

 

4
 
8.1

 

Adjustments to Shares

 

4
  8.2   Substitution of Options on Merger or Acquisition   5
  8.3   Effect of Certain Transactions   5
  8.4   No Preemptive Rights   5
  8.5   Fractional Shares   5

ARTICLE 9. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND APPROVAL OF REGULATORY BODIES

 

5
 
9.1

 

General

 

5
  9.2   Representations by Participants   5

ARTICLE 10. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

6
 
10.1

 

Effect on Employment

 

6
  10.2   Unfunded Plan   6
  10.3   Rules of Construction   6
  10.4   Governing Law   6
  10.5   Amendment   6
  10.6   Effective Date of Plan   6

ii



FEBRUARY 2001 WAMU SHARES

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS

        1.1     Affiliate.     A "parent corporation," as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code, or "subsidiary corporation," as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, of the Company.

        1.2     Board.     The board of directors of the Company.

        1.3     Company.     Washington Mutual, Inc. and its successors.

        1.4     Code.     The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

        1.5     Committee.     The Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board, or such other committee to which the Board has delegated the authority to administer the Plan.

        1.6     Date of Exercise.     The date that the Option exercise price is received by the Company or the person which the Company has designated as its agent for administering the exercise of Options under the Plan.

        1.7     Disability.     Eligibility for long-term disability benefits under a long-term disability program sponsored by the Company or, in the case of an Employee not eligible for such a program because of insufficient hours of Employment, a condition which the Committee or its designee determines is equivalent to a disability under such a program.

        1.8     Employee.     An individual Employed by the Company or an Affiliate and paid on the payroll of the Company or an Affiliate, except that the term "Employee" shall not include any of the following officers: the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, or any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or First Vice President of the Company or an affiliate.

        1.9     Employed.     Performing services for compensation for the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

        1.10     Employment.     Performance of services for compensation for the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

        1.11     Exchange Act.     The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

        1.12     Full-Time Employee.     An Employee who regularly is scheduled to work at least 40 hours per week.

        1.13     Option.     The right that is granted hereunder to a Participant to purchase from the Company a stated number of shares of Stock at the price set forth in the Plan. An Option includes only options which are not qualified as "incentive stock options" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

        1.14     Part-Time Employee.     An Employee other than a Full-Time Employee.

        1.15     Participant.     An Employee of the Company or of an Affiliate who satisfies the requirements of Article 4 for an automatic grant.

        1.16     Plan.     February 2001 WAMU Shares program set forth herein.

        1.17     Stock.     The common stock of the Company.

ARTICLE 2. PURPOSE OF PLAN

        The purpose of the Plan is to provide a performance incentive and to encourage stock ownership by employees of the Company and its Affiliates, and to align the interests of such individuals with those of the Company, its Affiliates and its shareholders. It is intended that Participants may acquire or increase their proprietary interests in the Company and be encouraged to remain in the employ of the

1



Company or of its Affiliates. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Stock pursuant to this Plan may be used for general corporate purposes.

ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION

        3.1     Administration of Plan.     The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have complete authority to (i) interpret all provisions of this Plan; (ii) determine in its sole discretion eligibility for participation in the Plan; (iii) adopt, amend, and rescind rules for Plan administration; and (iv) make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of this Plan. The express grant in the Plan of any specific power to the Committee shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee. Any decision made or action taken by the Committee to administer the Plan shall be final and conclusive. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any act done in good faith with respect to this Plan or any Option. The Company shall bear all expenses of Plan administration.

        3.2     Discretionary Authority of Committee.     Except to the extent provided otherwise, the Committee shall have full discretionary power, subject to, and within the limits of, the express provisions of the Plan:

ARTICLE 4. AUTOMATIC GRANTS TO EMPLOYEES

        4.1     Participation.     Effective February 12, 2001, the following Employees shall receive a stock option grant described in Section 4.2:

2


        4.2     Grant.     Effective February 12, 2001, any Employee described in Section 4.1(a) shall be granted an Option to purchase 100 shares of Stock. Effective February 12, 2001, every Employee described in Section 4.1(b) shall be granted an Option to purchase 50 shares of Stock. However, if any Employee is on approved leave status as of February 12, 2001, the grant of the Option which otherwise would be made hereunder shall not be effective until the date such Employee returns to active Employment.

        4.3     Vesting of Options.     Options granted under this Article 4 shall be vested and fully exercisable as of February 12, 2003, providing such Option has not expired prior to the time of exercise. In addition, Options shall be vested and fully exercisable upon termination of Employment because of Disability, death or retirement within the meaning of Sections 4.4(b), (c) and (d) respectively.

        For purposes of the Plan, "vesting" refers to the maturation of a right to exercise an Option. A Participant who completes the specified service period, or whose service terminates by reason of a specified event, as discussed above in Section 4.3, may exercise his or her Options. An Option which expires before it is vested, may not be exercised. In addition, an Option can expire even if it is vested, as discussed in Section 4.4 below.

        4.4     Expiration of Options.     Options granted to an Employee under this Article 4 shall expire as of the earliest to occur of the following:

        4.5     No Agreements.     No agreements shall be issued with respect to options issued under this Article 4.

        4.6     Additional Grants.     The Board may grant additional options by written authorization containing the date for determining the eligible employees, the exercise price, and the dates on which options vest and expire. All other terms of this Plan shall apply to grants under this Section 4.6.

ARTICLE 5. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

        5.1     Source of Shares.     Upon the exercise of an Option, the Company shall deliver to the Participant authorized but unissued Stock.

        5.2     Maximum Number of Shares.     The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Options is 3,300,000 shares of stock, subject to increases and adjustments as provided in Article 8.

3



        5.3     Forfeitures.     If any Option granted hereunder expires or terminates for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased shares subject thereto shall be available for issuance under this Plan in connection with another Option.

ARTICLE 6. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

        6.1     Exercise Price.     The exercise price of an Option shall be $51.00 per share.

        6.2     Right to Exercise.     An Option granted under this Plan shall be exercisable as set forth in Article 4.

        6.3     Maximum Exercise Period.     Except as provided in Sections 3.2(c) and 4.4, no Option shall be exercisable after February 12, 2006.

        6.4     Nontransferability.     Any Option granted under this Plan shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Only the Participant to whom an Option is granted may exercise such Option, unless he is deceased. No right or interest of a Participant in any Option shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation or liability of such Participant.

        6.5     Minimum Exercise.     An Option may be exercised in whole or in part, but the number of shares as to which the Option is exercised must be a multiple of 25.

ARTICLE 7. METHOD OF EXERCISE

        7.1     Exercise.     An Option granted hereunder shall be deemed to have been exercised on the Date of Exercise. Subject to the provisions of Articles 4, 6, 7, 8 and 9, an Option may be exercised in whole or in part at such times and in compliance with such requirements as the Committee shall determine.

        7.2     Payment.     Unless otherwise provided by the Plan or by rules or procedures adopted by the Committee, payment of the Option price shall be effected by payment in cash or by any other method approved by the Committee and communicated to Participants from time to time.

        7.3     Federal Withholding Tax Requirements.     Upon exercise of an Option by a Participant who is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, the Participant shall, upon notification of the amount due and prior to or concurrently with the delivery of the certificates representing the shares, pay to the Company or its designee amounts necessary to satisfy applicable federal, state and local withholding tax requirements or shall otherwise make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for such requirements.

        7.4     Shareholder Rights.     No Participant shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to shares subject to his Option prior to the Date of Exercise of such Option.

ARTICLE 8. ADJUSTMENT UPON CORPORATE CHANGES

        8.1     Adjustments to Shares.     The maximum number and kind of shares of stock with respect to which Options hereunder may be granted and which are the subject of outstanding Options shall be adjusted by way of increase or decrease as the Committee determines (in its sole discretion) to be appropriate, in the event that:

4


Provided, however, that if an event described in paragraph (a) or (b) occurs, the Committee shall make adjustments to the limits specified in Section 4.2 that are proportionate to the modifications of the Stock that are on account of such corporate changes.

        8.2     Substitution of Options on Merger or Acquisition.     The Committee may grant Options in substitution for stock awards, stock options, stock appreciation rights or similar awards held by an individual who becomes an employee of the Company or an Affiliate in connection with a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies. The terms of such substituted Options shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, subject only to the limitations of Articles 4, 5 and 6.

        8.3     Effect of Certain Transactions.     Upon a merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation, reorganization or liquidation of the Company, as a result of which the shareholders of the Company receive cash, stock or other property in exchange for their shares of Stock, any Option granted hereunder shall terminate, unless the Committee elects to convert all Options hereunder into options to purchase stock of an acquiring corporation. If the Committee so elects to convert the Options, the amount and price of such converted options shall be determined by adjusting the amount and price of the Options granted hereunder in the same proportion as used for determining the number of shares of stock of the acquiring corporation the holders of the Stock receive in such merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation or reorganization, and the vesting schedule set forth in the Plan shall continue to apply to the converted options. In addition, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant Participants the right, immediately prior to any such merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation, reorganization or liquidation to exercise their Options in whole or in part whether or not the vesting requirements otherwise specified in this Plan have been satisfied.

        8.4     No Preemptive Rights.     The issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, for cash or property, or for labor or services rendered, either upon direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, outstanding Options.

        8.5     Fractional Shares.     Only whole shares of Stock may be acquired through the exercise of an Option. The Company will return to the Participant any amount tendered in the exercise of an Option remaining after the maximum number of whole shares have been purchased.

ARTICLE 9. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND APPROVAL OF REGULATORY BODIES

        9.1     General.     No Option shall be exercisable, no Stock shall be issued, no certificates for shares of Stock shall be delivered, and no payment shall be made under this Plan except in compliance with all federal and state laws and regulations (including, without limitation, withholding tax requirements), federal and state securities laws and regulations and the rules of all national securities exchanges or self-regulatory organizations on which the Company's shares may be listed. The Company shall have the right to rely on an opinion of its counsel as to such compliance. Any certificate issued to evidence shares of Stock for which an Option is exercised may bear such legends and statements as the Committee upon advice of counsel may deem advisable to assure compliance with federal and state laws and regulations. No Option shall be exercisable, no Stock shall be issued, no certificate for shares shall be delivered and no payment shall be made under this Plan until the Company has obtained such consent or approval as the Committee may deem advisable from any regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over such matters.

        9.2     Representations by Participants.     As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require a Participant to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are

5



being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares, if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such representation is required by any relevant provision of the laws referred to in Section 9.1. At the option of the Company, a stop transfer order against any shares of stock may be placed on the official stock books and records of the Company, and a legend indicating that the stock may not be pledged, sold or otherwise transferred unless an opinion of counsel was provided (concurred in by counsel for the Company) and stating that such transfer is not in violation of any applicable law or regulation may be stamped on the stock certificate in order to assure exemption from registration. The Committee may also require such other action or agreement by the Participants as may from time to time be necessary to comply with the federal and state securities laws. This provision shall not obligate the Company or any Affiliate to undertake registration of options or stock hereunder.

ARTICLE 10. GENERAL PROVISIONS

        10.1     Effect on Employment.     Neither the adoption of this Plan, its operation, nor any documents describing or referring to this Plan (or any part thereof) shall confer upon any employee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate or in any way affect any right and power of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate the employment of any employee at any time with or without assigning a reason therefor.

        10.2     Unfunded Plan.     The Plan, insofar as it provides for grants, shall be unfunded, and the Company shall not be required to segregate any assets that may at any time be represented by grants under this Plan. Any liability of the Company to any person with respect to any grant under this Plan shall be based solely upon contractual obligations that may be created hereunder. No such obligation of the Company shall be deemed to be secured by any pledge of, or other encumbrance on, any property of the Company.

        10.3     Rules of Construction.     Headings are given to the articles and sections of this Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. The masculine gender when used herein refers to both masculine and feminine. The reference to any statute, regulation or other provision of law shall be construed to refer to any amendment to or successor of such provision of law.

        10.4     Governing Law.     The laws of the State of Washington shall apply to all matters arising under this Plan, to the extent that federal law does not apply.

        10.5     Amendment.     The Board may amend or terminate this Plan at any time; provided, however, an amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights of a Participant under an outstanding Option is not valid with respect to such Option without the Participant's consent.

        10.6     Effective Date of Plan.     This Plan is effective as of February 12, 2001.

6





QuickLinks

FEBRUARY 2001 WAMU SHARES

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 12.1


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
  1998
 
  (in millions)
Earnings, including interest on deposits (1) :                              
Income before income tax expense   $ 6,154   $ 4,932   $ 2,984   $ 2,884   $ 2,369
Fixed charges     6,026     8,285     9,538     7,674     6,990
   
 
 
 
 
    $ 12,180   $ 13,217   $ 12,522   $ 10,558   $ 9,359
   
 
 
 
 
Fixed charges (1) :                              
  Interest expense   $ 5,906   $ 8,189   $ 9,472   $ 7,610   $ 6,929
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense     120     96     66     64     61
   
 
 
 
 
    $ 6,026   $ 8,285   $ 9,538   $ 7,674   $ 6,990
   
 
 
 
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)     2.02     1.60     1.31     1.38     1.34
   
 
 
 
 
Earnings, excluding interest on deposits:                              
Income before income tax expense   $ 6,154   $ 4,932   $ 2,984   $ 2,884   $ 2,369
Fixed charges     3,358     5,191     6,248     4,504     3,402
   
 
 
 
 
    $ 9,512   $ 10,123   $ 9,232   $ 7,388   $ 5,771
   
 
 
 
 
Fixed charges:                              
  Interest expense   $ 5,906   $ 8,189   $ 9,472   $ 7,610   $ 6,929
  Less interest on deposits     2,668     3,094     3,290     3,170     3,588
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense     120     96     66     64     61
   
 
 
 
 
    $ 3,358   $ 5,191   $ 6,248   $ 4,504   $ 3,402
   
 
 
 
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)     2.83     1.95     1.48     1.64     1.70
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
As defined in Item 503(d) of Regulation S-K.

(2)
These computations are included herein in compliance with Securities and Exchange Commission Regulations. However, management believes that fixed charge ratios are not meaningful measures for the business of the Company because of two factors. First, even if there were no change in net income, the ratios would decline with an increase in the proportion of income which is tax-exempt or, conversely, they would increase with a decrease in the proportion of income which is tax-exempt. Second, even if there were no change in net income, the ratios would decline if interest income and interest expense increase by the same amount due to an increase in the level of interest rates or, conversely, they would increase if interest income and interest expense decrease by the same amount due to a decrease in the level of interest rates.



QuickLinks

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 12.2


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
  1998
 
  (in millions)
Earnings, including interest on deposits (1) :                              
Income before income tax expense   $ 6,154   $ 4,932   $ 2,984   $ 2,884   $ 2,369
Fixed charges     6,026     8,285     9,538     7,674     6,990
   
 
 
 
 
    $ 12,180   $ 13,217   $ 12,522   $ 10,558   $ 9,359
   
 
 
 
 
Preferred dividend requirement   $ 5   $ 7   $   $   $ 20
Ratio of income before income tax expense to net income     1.58     1.58     1.57     1.59     1.59
   
 
 
 
 
Preferred dividends (2)   $ 8   $ 11   $   $   $ 32
   
 
 
 
 
Fixed charges (1) :                              
  Interest expense   $ 5,906   $ 8,189   $ 9,472   $ 7,610   $ 6,929
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense     120     96     66     64     61
   
 
 
 
 
      6,026     8,285     9,538     7,674     6,990
   
 
 
 
 
  Fixed charges and preferred dividends   $ 6,034   $ 8,296   $ 9,538   $ 7,674   $ 7,022
   
 
 
 
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends(3)     2.02     1.59     1.31     1.38     1.33
   
 
 
 
 
Earnings, excluding interest on deposits :                              
Income before income tax expense   $ 6,154   $ 4,932   $ 2,984   $ 2,884   $ 2,369
Fixed charges     3,358     5,191     6,248     4,504     3,402
   
 
 
 
 
    $ 9,512   $ 10,123   $ 9,232   $ 7,388   $ 5,771
   
 
 
 
 
Preferred dividends (2)   $ 8   $ 11   $   $   $ 32
   
 
 
 
 
Fixed charges:                              
  Interest expense   $ 5,906   $ 8,189   $ 9,472   $ 7,610   $ 6,929
  Less interest on deposits     2,668     3,094     3,290     3,170     3,588
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense     120     96     66     64     61
   
 
 
 
 
      3,358     5,191     6,248     4,504     3,402
   
 
 
 
 
  Fixed charges and preferred dividends   $ 3,366   $ 5,202   $ 6,248   $ 4,504   $ 3,434
   
 
 
 
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends (3)     2.83     1.95     1.48     1.64     1.68
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
As defined in Item 503(d) of Regulation S-K.
(2)
The preferred dividends were increased to amounts representing the pretax earnings that would be required to cover such dividend requirements.
(3)
These computations are included herein in compliance with Securities and Exchange Commission Regulations. However, management believes that fixed charge ratios are not meaningful measures for the business of the Company because of two factors. First, even if there were no change in net income, the ratios would decline with an increase in the proportion of income which is tax-exempt or, conversely, they would increase with a decrease in the proportion of income which is tax-exempt. Second, even if there were no change in net income, the ratios would decline if interest income and interest expense increase by the same amount due to an increase in the level of interest rates or, conversely, they would increase if interest income and interest expense decrease by the same amount due to a decrease in the level of interest rates.



QuickLinks

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 21


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

SUBSIDIARY LISTING

WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK

Chartered under the laws of the State of Washington

DBA:

 

Washington Mutual Bank

 

 

 

NEW AMERICAN CAPITAL, INC., a Delaware corporation

DBA:

 

Washington Mutual Bank, FA
North American Mortgage Company
HomeSide Lending

Federally chartered under the laws of the United States.



QuickLinks

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. SUBSIDIARY LISTING

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 23


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-23221, 333-52785, 333-81221, 333-47308 and 333-68624 on Form S-4; Registration Statement Nos. 33-86840, 333-40928, 333-69503, 333-87675, 333-74646, 333-88660 and 333-76834 on Form S-8; and Registration Statement Nos. 333-63976, 333-86546 and 333-10299 on Form S-3 of Washington Mutual, Inc. of our report dated February 18, 2003 (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to Washington Mutual, Inc.'s adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended, on January 1, 2001; SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , on January 1, 2002; and SFAS No. 147, Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions , on October 1, 2002), appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Washington Mutual, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2002.

GRAPHIC

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Seattle, Washington
March 14, 2003




QuickLinks

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

EXHIBIT 99.1
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Kerry K. Killinger, the Chief Executive Officer of Washington Mutual, Inc., does hereby certify that this report on Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in this report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

    By: /s/   KERRY K. KILLINGER       
Kerry K. Killinger
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Washington Mutual, Inc.
   
              



QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 99.2
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.


Certification of the Chief Financial Officer

        Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Thomas W. Casey, the Chief Financial Officer of Washington Mutual, Inc., does hereby certify that this report on Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in this report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

    By: /s/   THOMAS W. CASEY       
Thomas W. Casey
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Washington Mutual, Inc.
   
              



QuickLinks

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer